UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x                               ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007

OR

o                                  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from           to

Commission file number 0-11230

Regis Corporation

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Minnesota

 

41-0749934

State or other jurisdiction

 

(I.R.S. Employer

of incorporation or organization

 

Identification No.)

7201 Metro Boulevard, Edina, Minnesota

 

55439

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

(952) 947-7777

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.05 per share

 

New York Stock Exchange

Preferred Share Purchase Rights

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x    No   o

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   o    No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes   x    No   o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  Yes   x    No   o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer x

Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes   o    No   x

The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, December 31, 2006, was approximately $1,716,300,000. The Registrant has no non-voting common equity.

As of August 21, 2007, the Registrant had 44,157,259 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.05 per share, issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on October 23, 2007 (the “2007 Proxy Statement”) (to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year-end of June 30, 2007) are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 




PART I

Item 1.                         Business

Regis Corporation, the Registrant, together with its subsidiaries, is referred to herein as the “Company.”

(a) General Development of Business

In 1922, Paul and Florence Kunin opened Kunin Beauty Salon, which quickly expanded into a chain of value priced salons located in department stores. In 1958, the chain was purchased by their son and renamed Regis Corporation. In recent years, the Company purchased Hair Club for Men and Women. During fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into an agreement to contribute its 51 accredited cosmetology schools to Empire Education Group, Inc. The transaction closed on August 1, 2007 (fiscal year 2008). Additionally, the Company continues to acquire hair and retail product salons. Regis Corporation is listed on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “RGS.” Discussions of the general development of the business take place throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(b) Financial Information about Segments

Segment data for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are included in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8, of this Form 10-K.

(c) Narrative Description of Business

The following topical areas are discussed below in order to aid in understanding the Company and its operations:

 

2




Background:

Based in Minneapolis, Minnesota, the Company’s primary business is owning, operating and franchising hair and retail product salons. In addition to the primary hair and retail product salons, the Company owns Hair Club for Men and Women, a provider of hair restoration services and operates beauty school locations in North America and internationally. As of June 30, 2007, the Company owned, franchised or held ownership interests in over 12,400 worldwide locations. The Company’s locations consisted of 11,881 company-owned and franchise salons, 90 hair restoration centers, 56 beauty schools and approximately 400 locations in which the Company maintains an ownership interest. Each of the Company’s salon concepts offer similar salon products and services and serve the mass market consumer marketplace. The Company’s beauty school locations offer similar educational services to students. Services are marketed to potential students pursuing post-secondary education alternatives. The Company’s hair restoration centers offer three hair restoration solutions; hair systems, hair transplants and hair therapy, which are targeted at the mass market consumer.

The Company is organized to manage its operations based on significant lines of business—salons, beauty schools and hair restoration centers. Salon operations are managed based on geographical location—North America and international. The Company’s North American salon operations are comprised of 7,658 company-owned salons and 2,168 franchise salons operating in the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico. The Company’s international operations are comprised of 481 company-owned salons and 1,574 franchise salons operating throughout Europe, primarily in the United Kingdom, France, Italy and Spain. The Company’s worldwide salon locations operate primarily under the trade names of Regis Salons, MasterCuts, Trade Secret, SmartStyle, Supercuts, Cost Cutters, Jean Louis David, and Vidal Sassoon. The Company’s beauty school operations are managed in aggregate, regardless of geographical location, and include 52 locations in the United States and four locations in the United Kingdom. The Company’s hair restoration centers are located in the United States and Canada. During fiscal year 2007, the number of customer visits at the Company’s company-owned salons approximated 109 million. The Company had approximately 62,000 corporate employees worldwide during fiscal year 2007.

On August 1, 2007 (fiscal year 2008), the Company contributed 51 of its accredited cosmetology schools to Empire Education Group, Inc., creating the largest beauty school operator in North America. Upon completion of the transaction, the Company will own a 49.0 percent minority interest in Empire Education Group, Inc. The investment will be accounted for under the equity method. The Company recorded an impairment charge related to this transaction of $23.0 million ($19.6 million net of tax) during the three months ended March 31, 2007.

The Company realized that in order to maximize the potential of the beauty school division, it would be necessary to invest heavily in information technology platforms and management. The Company believes merging with Empire is the most efficient and accretive way to achieve its goals. This transaction leverages Empire Education Group, Inc.’s management expertise, while enabling the Company to maintain a vested interest in the beauty school industry. The consolidated new Empire Education Group, Inc. will own 88 accredited cosmetology schools with revenues of approximately $130 million annually and will be overseen by the current Empire management team.

The Company expects the integration of the Regis schools into Empire Education Group, Inc. to take several months and that there will be significant integration costs. Once the integration is complete, the Company expects to share in significant synergies and operating improvements. Long-term, the Company expects this transaction to be very accretive and to add significantly more shareholder value than the $23.0 million ($19.6 million net of tax) impairment charge. Refer to Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

3




Industry Overview:

Management estimates that annual revenues of the hair care industry are approximately $53 billion in the United States and approximately $150 billion worldwide. Management estimates that the Company holds approximately two percent of the worldwide market. The hair salon, beauty school and hair restoration markets are each highly fragmented, with the vast majority of locations independently owned and operated. However, the influence of salon chains on these markets, both franchise and company-owned, has increased substantially. Management believes that salon chains will continue to have a significant influence on these markets and will continue to increase their presence. As the Company is the principal consolidator of these chains in the hair care industry, it prevails as an established exit strategy for them, which affords the Company numerous opportunities for continued selective acquisitions. Management believes the demand for salon services, professional products and hair restoration services will continue to increase as the overall population continues to focus on personal health and beauty, as well as convenience.

Salon Business Strategy:

The Company’s goal is to provide high quality, affordable hair care services and products to a wide range of mass market consumers, which enables the Company to expand in a controlled manner. The key elements of the Company’s strategy to achieve these goals are taking advantage of (1) growth opportunities, (2) economies of scale and (3) centralized control over salon operations in order to ensure (i) consistent, quality services and (ii) a superior selection of high quality, professional products. Each of these elements is discussed below.

Salon Growth Opportunities.   The Company’s salon expansion strategy focuses on organic (new salon construction and same-store sales growth of existing salons) and salon acquisition growth.

Organic Growth.    The Company executes its organic growth strategy through a combination of new construction of company-owned and franchise salons, as well as same-store sales increases. The square footage requirements related to opening new salons allow the Company great flexibility in securing real estate for new salons as the Company has small or flexible square footage requirements for its salons. The Company’s long-term outlook for organic expansion remains strong. The Company has at least one salon in all major cities in the U.S. and has penetrated every viable U.S. market with at least one concept. However, because the Company has a variety of concepts, it can place several of its salons within any given market. The Company plans to continue expansion not only in North America, but also in the United Kingdom and throughout continental Europe. In April 2007, the Company entered the Asian market through an investment in a privately held Japanese company that operates salons in Asia. Refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

A key component to successful North American and international organic growth relates to site selection, as discussed in the following paragraphs.

Salon Site Selection.    The Company’s salons are located in high-traffic locations, such as: regional shopping malls, strip centers, lifestyle centers, Wal-Mart Supercenters, high-street locations and department stores. The Company is an attractive tenant to landlords due to its financial strength, successful salon operations and international recognition. In evaluating specific locations for both company-owned and franchise salons, the Company seeks conveniently located, visible sites which allow customers adequate parking and quick and easy location access. Various other factors are considered in evaluating sites, including area demographics, availability and cost of space, the strength of the major retailers within the area, location and strength of competitors, proximity of other company-owned and franchise salons, traffic volume, signage and other leasehold factors in a given center or area.

4




Because the Company’s various salon concepts target slightly different mass market customer groups, more than one of the Company’s salon concepts may be located in the same real estate development without impeding sales of either concept. As a result, there are numerous leasing opportunities for all of its salon concepts.

While same-store sales growth plays an important role in the Company’s organic growth strategy, it is not critical to achieving the Company’s long-term revenue growth objectives. New salon construction and salon acquisitions (described below) are expected to generate low-double-digit revenue growth. The trend for the past several years has been declining visitation patterns due to fashion trends and increasing average ticket price resulting in flat to low-single-digit same-store sales growth. The Company expects fiscal year 2008 same-store sales growth to be consistent with this trend.

Pricing is a factor in same-store sales growth. The Company actively monitors the prices charged by its competitors in each market and makes every effort to maintain prices which remain competitive with prices of other salons offering similar services. Historically, the Company has not depended on price increases to drive same-store sales growth. However, price increases are considered on a market-by-market basis and are established based on local market conditions.

Salon Acquisition Growth.    In addition to organic growth, another key component of the Company’s growth strategy is the acquisition of salons. With an estimated two percent world wide market share, management believes the opportunity to continue to make selective acquisitions persists.

Over the past thirteen years, the Company has acquired 7,601 locations, expanding in both North America and internationally. When contemplating an acquisition, the Company evaluates the existing salon or salon group with respect to the same characteristics as discussed above in conjunction with site selection for constructed salons (conveniently located, visible, strong retailers within the area, etc.). The Company generally acquires mature strip center locations, which are systematically integrated within the salon concept that it most clearly emulates.

In addition to adding new salon locations each year, the Company has an ongoing program of remodeling its existing salons, ranging from redecoration to substantial reconstruction. This program is implemented as management determines that a particular location will benefit from remodeling, or as required by lease renewals. A total of 155 and 170 salons were remodeled in fiscal years 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Recent Salon Additions.    During fiscal year 2007, net of closures and relocations, the Company added approximately 550 salons through new construction and acquisitions. The Company constructed 673 new salons (420 company-owned and 253 franchise). Additionally, the Company acquired 354 company-owned salons, including 97 franchise salon buybacks. The Company’s largest fiscal year 2007 salon acquisition consisted of 175 Fiesta Hair salons.

During fiscal year 2006, net of closures and relocations, the Company added over 450 salons through new construction and acquisitions. The Company constructed 788 new salons (531 company-owned and 257 franchise). Additionally, the Company acquired 290 salons, including 142 franchise salon buybacks. The Company’s largest fiscal year 2006 salon acquisition included 105 Famous Hair salons.

During fiscal year 2005, net of closures and relocations, the Company added over 700 salons through new construction and acquisitions. The Company constructed 810 new salons (525 company-owned and 285 franchise). Additionally, the Company acquired 451 salons, including 139 franchise salon buybacks. The Company’s most significant fiscal year 2005 acquisitions included 129 TGF salons and 67 HeadStart salons.

5




Salon Closures.    The Company evaluates its salon performance on a regular basis. Upon evaluation, the Company may close a salon for operational performance or real estate issues. In either case, the closures generally occur at the end of a lease term and typically do not require significant lease buyouts. In addition, during the Company’s acquisition evaluation process, the Company may identify acquired salons that do not meet operational or real estate requirements. Generally, at the time of acquisition limited value is allocated to these salons, which are usually closed within the first year.

During fiscal year 2007, 303 salons were closed, including 135 company-owned salons and 168 franchise salons (excluding 97 franchise buybacks).

During fiscal year 2006, 407 salons were closed, including 178 company-owned salons and 229 franchise salons (excluding 142 franchise buybacks). In the fourth quarter, the Company decided to close 64 company-owned salon locations and refocus efforts on improving the sales and operations of nearby salons. The salon closures resulted in an aggregate $4.1 million in lease termination fees (recorded within rent expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations). However, it is not the Company’s typical practice to incur such fees upon salon closure.

During fiscal year 2005, 315 salons were closed, including 147 company-owned salons and 168 franchise salons (excluding 139 franchise buybacks).

Economies of Scale.    Management believes that due to its size and number of locations, the Company has certain advantages which are not available to single location salons or small chains. The Company has developed a comprehensive point of sale system to accumulate and monitor service and product sales trends, as well as assist in payroll and cash management. Economies of scale are realized through the centralized support system offered by the home office. Additionally, due to its size, the Company has numerous financing and capital expenditure alternatives, as well as the benefits of buying retail products, supplies and salon fixtures directly from manufacturers. Furthermore, the Company can offer employee benefit programs, training and career path opportunities that are often superior to its smaller competitors.

Centralized Control Over Salon Operations.    The Company manages its expansive salon base through a combination of area and regional supervisors, corporate salon directors and chief operating officers. Each area supervisor is responsible for the management of approximately ten to 12 salons. Regional supervisors oversee the performance of five to seven area supervisors or approximately 60 to 80 salons. Salon directors manage approximately 200 to 300 salons while chief operating officers are responsible for the oversight of an entire salon concept. This operational hierarchy is key to the Company’s ability to expand successfully. In addition, the Company has an extensive training program, including the production of training DVDs for use in the salons, to ensure its stylists are knowledgeable in the latest haircutting and fashion trends and provide consistent quality hair care services. Finally, the Company tracks salon activity for all of its company-owned salons through the utilization of daily sales detail delivered from the salons’ point of sale system. This information is used to reconcile cash on a daily basis and is also reported to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is also the Chief Operating Decision Maker.

6




Consistent, Quality Service.    The Company is committed to meeting its customers’ hair care needs by providing competitively priced services and products with professional and knowledgeable stylists. The Company’s operations and marketing emphasize high quality services to create customer loyalty, to encourage referrals and to distinguish the Company’s salons from its competitors. To promote quality and consistency of services provided throughout the Company’s salons, the Company employs full and part-time artistic directors whose duties are to train salon stylists in current styling trends. The major services supplied by the Company’s salons are haircutting and styling, hair coloring and waving, shampooing and conditioning. During fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, the percentage of company-owned service revenues attributable to each of these services was as follows:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Haircutting and styling (including shampooing & conditioning)

 

 

72

%

 

 

72

%

 

 

72

%

 

Hair coloring

 

 

18

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

18

 

 

Hair waving

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

Other

 

 

6

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

High Quality, Professional Products.    The Company’s salons merchandise nationally recognized hair care and beauty products as well as a complete line of private label products sold under the Regis, MasterCuts and Cost Cutters labels. The retail products offered by the Company are intended to be sold only through professional salons. The top selling brands include Paul Mitchell, Biolage, Redken, Nioxin, Tigi Bedhead, OPI Nail and the Company’s various private label brands.

The Company has launched a product diversion website for the entire industry to use as a measurement tool to track diversion. Diversion involves the selling of salon exclusive hair care products to unauthorized distribution channels such as discount retailers and pharmacies. Diversion is harmful to the consumer because diverted product can be old, tainted or damaged. It is also harmful to the salon owners and stylists because their credibility with the consumer is brought into question.

The Company has the most comprehensive assortment of retail products in the industry, with an estimated share of the North American retail beauty product market of up to 15 percent. Although the Company constantly strives to carry an optimal level of inventory in relation to consumer demand, it is more economical for the Company to have a higher amount of inventory on hand than to run the risk of being under stocked should demand prove higher than expected. The extended shelf life and lack of seasonality related to the beauty products allows the cost of carrying inventory to be relatively low and lessens the importance of inventory turnover ratios. The Company’s primary goal is to maximize revenues rather than inventory turns.

The retail portion of the Company’s business complements its salon services business. The Company’s stylists and beauty consultants are compensated and regularly trained to sell hair care and beauty products to their customers. Additionally, customers are enticed to purchase products after a stylist demonstrates its effect by using it in the styling of the customer’s hair.

Salon Concepts:

The Company’s salon concepts focus on providing high quality hair care services and professional products, primarily to the middle consumer market. The Company’s North American salon operations consist of 9,826 salons (including 2,168 franchise salons), operating under five concepts, each offering attractive and affordable hair care products and services in the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico. The Company’s international salon operations consist of 2,055 hair care salons, including 1,574 franchise salons, located throughout Europe, primarily in the United Kingdom, France, Italy and Spain. Under the table below, the number of new salons expected to be opened within the upcoming fiscal year is discussed.

7




In addition to these openings, the Company typically acquires several hundred salons each year. The number of acquired salons, and the concept under which the acquisitions will fall, vary based on the acquisition opportunities which develop throughout the year.

Salon Development

The table on the following pages set forth the number of system wide salons (company-owned and franchise) opened at the beginning and end of each of the last five years, as well as the number of salons opened, closed, relocated, converted and acquired during each of these periods.

COMPANY-OWNED AND FRANCHISE LOCATION SUMMARY

NORTH AMERICAN SALONS:

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

REGIS SALONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

1,079

 

1,093

 

1,085

 

1,095

 

1,016

 

Salons constructed

 

17

 

38

 

39

 

33

 

53

 

Acquired

 

49

 

14

 

13

 

4

 

72

 

Less relocations

 

(14

)

(16

)

(14

)

(10

)

(12

)

Salon openings

 

52

 

36

 

38

 

27

 

113

 

Conversions

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

(2

)

(2

)

Salons closed

 

(31

)

(50

)

(29

)

(35

)

(32

)

Total, Regis Salons

 

1,099

 

1,079

 

1,093

 

1,085

 

1,095

 

MASTERCUTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

642

 

636

 

604

 

590

 

551

 

Salons constructed

 

15

 

32

 

47

 

34

 

47

 

Acquired

 

 

 

2

 

3

 

 

Less relocations

 

(12

)

(8

)

(13

)

(9

)

(6

)

Salon openings

 

3

 

24

 

36

 

28

 

41

 

Conversions

 

 

(2

)

1

 

1

 

2

 

Salons closed

 

(16

)

(16

)

(5

)

(15

)

(4

)

Total, MasterCuts

 

629

 

642

 

636

 

604

 

590

 

TRADE SECRET

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company-owned salons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

615

 

597

 

549

 

517

 

490

 

Salons constructed

 

20

 

33

 

56

 

26

 

34

 

Acquired

 

3

 

2

 

23

 

12

 

10

 

Franchise buybacks

 

 

5

 

 

2

 

 

Less relocations

 

(11

)

(6

)

(17

)

(5

)

(4

)

Salon openings

 

12

 

34

 

62

 

35

 

40

 

Conversions

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

Salons closed

 

(15

)

(17

)

(14

)

(4

)

(13

)

Total company-owned salons

 

613

 

615

 

597

 

549

 

517

 

Franchise salons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

19

 

24

 

24

 

25

 

26

 

Salons constructed

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Salon openings

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Franchise buybacks

 

 

(5

)

 

(2

)

 

Salons closed

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Total franchise salons

 

19

 

19

 

24

 

24

 

25

 

Total, Trade Secret

 

632

 

634

 

621

 

573

 

542

 

8




 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

SMARTSTYLE/COST CUTTERS IN WAL-MART

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company-owned salons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

1,739

 

1,497

 

1,263

 

1,033

 

861

 

Salons constructed

 

242

 

215

 

194

 

174

 

168

 

Acquired

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Franchise buybacks

 

21

 

31

 

45

 

61

 

12

 

Less relocations

 

(2

)

(2

)

(1

)

 

(5

)

Salon openings

 

261

 

244

 

238

 

235

 

177

 

Conversions

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Salons closed

 

 

(3

)

(4

)

(5

)

(5

)

Total company-owned salons

 

2,000

 

1,739

 

1,497

 

1,263

 

1,033

 

Franchise salons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

164

 

184

 

201

 

230

 

210

 

Salons constructed

 

8

 

11

 

29

 

33

 

33

 

Salon openings

 

8

 

11

 

29

 

33

 

33

 

Franchise buybacks

 

(21

)

(31

)

(45

)

(61

)

(12

)

Salons closed

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

(1

)

Total franchise salons

 

151

 

164

 

184

 

201

 

230

 

Total, SmartStyle/Cost Cutters in Wal-Mart

 

2,151

 

1,903

 

1,681

 

1,464

 

1,263

 

STRIP CENTERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company-owned salons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

3,031

 

2,728

 

2,310

 

1,928

 

1,476

 

Salons constructed

 

101

 

180

 

167

 

166

 

85

 

Acquired

 

193

 

122

 

248

 

162

 

361

 

Franchise buybacks

 

72

 

104

 

94

 

133

 

85

 

Less relocations

 

(17

)

(21

)

(21

)

(8

)

(3

)

Salon openings

 

349

 

385

 

488

 

453

 

528

 

Conversions

 

 

(2

)

(3

)

(8

)

(13

)

Salons closed

 

(63

)

(80

)

(67

)

(63

)

(63

)

Total company-owned salons

 

3,317

 

3,031

 

2,728

 

2,310

 

1,928

 

Franchise salons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

2,004

 

2,102

 

2,105

 

2,172

 

1,988

 

Salons constructed

 

135

 

135

 

154

 

146

 

147

 

Acquired(2)

 

 

 

7

 

 

198

 

Less relocations

 

(19

)

(18

)

(13

)

(10

)

(10

)

Salon openings

 

116

 

117

 

148

 

136

 

335

 

Conversions

 

 

2

 

6

 

8

 

13

 

Franchise buybacks

 

(72

)

(104

)

(94

)

(133

)

(85

)

Salons closed

 

(50

)

(113

)

(63

)

(78

)

(79

)

Total franchise salons

 

1,998

 

2,004

 

2,102

 

2,105

 

2,172

 

Total, Strip Centers

 

5,315

 

5,035

 

4,830

 

4,415

 

4,100

 

 

9




 

INTERNATIONAL  SALONS   (1):

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Company-owned salons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

453

 

426

 

416

 

395

 

382

 

Salons constructed

 

25

 

33

 

22

 

19

 

10

 

Acquired

 

12

 

10

 

19

 

18

 

13

 

Franchise buybacks

 

4

 

2

 

 

10

 

 

Less relocations

 

(3

)

(4

)

 

 

 

Salon openings

 

38

 

41

 

41

 

47

 

23

 

Conversions

 

 

(2

)

(3

)

 

 

Salons closed

 

(10

)

(12

)

(28

)

(26

)

(10

)

Total company-owned salons

 

481

 

453

 

426

 

416

 

395

 

Franchise salons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

1,587

 

1,592

 

1,594

 

1,627

 

1,684

 

Salons constructed

 

110

 

111

 

102

 

88

 

95

 

Acquired(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less relocations

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Salon openings

 

109

 

111

 

102

 

88

 

95

 

Conversions

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Franchise buybacks

 

(4

)

(2

)

 

(10

)

 

Salons closed

 

(118

)

(116

)

(104

)

(111

)

(152

)

Total franchise salons

 

1,574

 

1,587

 

1,592

 

1,594

 

1,627

 

Total, International Salons

 

2,055

 

2,040

 

2,018

 

2,010

 

2,022

 

TOTAL SYSTEM WIDE SALONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company-owned salons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

7,559

 

6,977

 

6,227

 

5,558

 

4,776

 

Salons constructed

 

420

 

531

 

525

 

452

 

397

 

Acquired

 

257

 

148

 

305

 

199

 

458

 

Franchise buybacks

 

97

 

142

 

139

 

206

 

97

 

Less relocations

 

(59

)

(57

)

(66

)

(32

)

(30

)

Salon openings

 

715

 

764

 

903

 

825

 

922

 

Conversions

 

 

(4

)

(6

)

(8

)

(13

)

Salons closed

 

(135

)

(178

)

(147

)

(148

)

(127

)

Total company-owned salons

 

8,139

 

7,559

 

6,977

 

6,227

 

5,558

 

Franchise salons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

3,774

 

3,902

 

3,924

 

4,054

 

3,908

 

Salons constructed

 

253

 

257

 

285

 

268

 

275

 

Acquired(2)

 

 

 

7

 

 

198

 

Less relocations

 

(20

)

(18

)

(13

)

(10

)

(10

)

Salon openings

 

233

 

239

 

279

 

258

 

463

 

Conversions

 

 

4

 

6

 

8

 

13

 

Franchise buybacks

 

(97

)

(142

)

(139

)

(206

)

(97

)

Salons closed

 

(168

)

(229

)

(168

)

(190

)

(233

)

Total franchise salons

 

3,742

 

3,774

 

3,902

 

3,924

 

4,054

 

Total Salons

 

11,881

 

11,333

 

10,879

 

10,151

 

9,612

 


(1)           Canadian and Puerto Rican salons are included in the Regis Salons, Strip Center, MasterCuts and Trade Secret concepts and not included in the international salon totals.

(2)           Represents primarily the acquisition of franchise networks.

In the preceding table, relocations represent a transfer of location by the same salon concept and conversions represent the transfer of one concept to another concept.

10




Regis Salons.    Regis Salons are primarily mall based, full service salons providing complete hair care and beauty services aimed at moderate to upscale, fashion conscious consumers. In recent years, the Company has expanded its Regis Salons into strip centers. As of June 30, 2007, 159 Regis Salons were located in strip centers. The customer mix at Regis Salons is approximately 77 percent women and both appointments and walk-in customers are common. These salons offer a full range of custom styling, cutting, hair coloring and waving services as well as professional hair care products. Service revenues represent approximately 83 percent of the concept’s total revenues. The average ticket is approximately $37. Regis Salons compete in their existing markets primarily by emphasizing the high quality of the services provided. Included within the Regis Salons concept are various other trade names, including Carlton Hair, Vidal Sassoon, Jean Louis David (North America), Mia & Maxx Hair Studios, Hair by Stewarts and Heidi’s.

The average initial capital investment required for a new Regis Salon typically ranges from $190,000 to $220,000, excluding average opening inventory costs of approximately $17,000. Average annual salon revenues in a Regis Salon which has been open five years or more are approximately $426,000. During fiscal year 2008, the Company plans to open approximately 20 new Regis Salons.

MasterCuts.    MasterCuts is a full service, mall based salon group which focuses on the walk-in consumer (no appointment necessary) that demands moderately priced hair care services. MasterCuts salons emphasize quality hair care services, affordable prices and time saving services for the entire family. These salons offer a full range of custom styling, cutting, hair coloring and waving services as well as professional hair care products. The customer mix at MasterCuts is split relatively evenly between men and women. Service revenues compose approximately 79 percent of the concept’s total revenues. The average ticket is approximately $17.

The average initial capital investment required for a new MasterCuts salon typically ranges from $165,000 to $190,000, excluding average opening inventory costs of approximately $13,000. Average annual salon revenues in a MasterCuts salon which has been open five years or more are approximately $296,000. During fiscal year 2008, the Company plans to open approximately 20 new MasterCuts salons.

Trade Secret.    Trade Secret salons are designed to emphasize the sale of hair care and beauty products in a retail setting while providing high quality hair care services. Trade Secret salons offer one of the most comprehensive assortments of hair and beauty products in the industry. Trade Secret’s retail selection consists of highly recognized brands, and the products held for sale vary in tandem with changing trends. These salons offer a full range of custom styling, cutting, hair coloring and waving services as well as professional hair care products. Trade Secret’s primary customer base includes the female head of the household shopping for her entire family, as well as singles shopping for their own beauty products and accessories. Trade Secret salons are primarily mall based, however, in recent years, the Company has expanded into strip centers. As of June 30, 2007, 90 company-owned Trade Secret salons were located in strip centers. Product revenues represent approximately 88 percent of the concept’s total revenues. The average ticket is approximately $26.

The average initial capital investment required for a new Trade Secret salon typically ranges from $190,000 to $225,000, excluding average opening inventory costs of approximately $50,000. Average annual salon revenues in a Trade Secret salon which has been open five years or more are approximately $433,000. During fiscal year 2008, the Company plans to open approximately 20 new company-owned Trade Secret salons.

SmartStyle.    The SmartStyle salons share many operating characteristics of the Company’s other salon concepts; however, they are located exclusively in Wal-Mart Supercenters. SmartStyle has a walk-in customer base, pricing is promotional and services are focused on the family. These salons offer a full range of custom styling, cutting, hair coloring and waving services as well as professional hair care products. The customer mix at SmartStyle Salons is approximately 76 percent women. Professional

11




retail product sales contribute considerably to overall revenues at approximately 35 percent. The Company has 151 franchise Cost Cutters salons located in Wal-Mart Supercenters. The average ticket is approximately $18.

The average initial capital investment required for a new SmartStyle salon typically ranges from $33,000 to $35,000, excluding average opening inventory costs of approximately $13,000. Average annual salon revenues in a SmartStyle salon which has been open five years or more are approximately $272,000. During fiscal year 2008, the Company plans to open approximately 220 new company-owned SmartStyle salons and approximately 13 franchise salons in Wal-Mart Supercenters.

Strip Center Salons.    The Company’s Strip Center Salons are comprised of company-owned and franchise salons operating in strip centers across North America under the following concepts:

Supercuts.    The Supercuts concept provides consistent, high quality hair care services and professional products to its customers at convenient times and locations and at a reasonable price. This concept appeals to men, women and children, although male customers account for approximately 67 percent of the customer mix. Service revenues represent approximately 88 percent of total company-owned strip center revenues. The average ticket is approximately $14.

The average initial capital investment required for a new Supercuts salon typically ranges from $90,000 to $105,000, excluding average opening inventory costs of approximately $9,000. Average annual salon revenues in a company-owned Supercuts salon which has been open five years or more are approximately $262,000. During fiscal year 2008, the Company plans to open approximately 24 new company-owned Supercuts salons, and anticipates that franchisees will open approximately 88 new franchise Supercuts salons.

Cost Cutters (franchise salons).    The Cost Cutters concept is a full service salon concept providing value priced hair care services for men, women and children. These full service salons also sell a complete line of professional hair care products. The customer mix at Cost Cutters is split relatively evenly between men and women. Franchise revenues from Cost Cutters salons are split relatively evenly between franchise revenues related to royalties and fees and those from product sales to franchisees. Average annual salon revenues in a franchised Cost Cutters salon which has been open five years or more are approximately $289,000. During fiscal year 2008, the Company anticipates that Cost Cutters franchisees will open approximately 43 new salons.

In addition to the franchise salons, the Company operates company-owned Cost Cutters salons, as discussed below under Promenade Salons.

Promenade Salons.    Promenade Salons are made up of successful regional company-owned salon groups acquired over the past several years operating under the primary concepts of Hair Masters, Style America, First Choice Haircutters, Famous Hair, Cost Cutters, BoRics, Magicuts, Holiday Hair and TGF, as well as other concept names. Most concepts offer a full range of custom hairstyling, cutting, coloring and waving, as well as hair care products. Hair Masters offers moderately-priced services to a predominately female demographic, while the other concepts primarily cater to time-pressed, value-oriented families. The customer mix is split relatively evenly between men and women at most concepts. Service revenues represent approximately 89 percent of total company-owned strip center revenues. The average ticket is approximately $17.

The average initial capital investment required for a new Promenade Salon typically ranges from $75,000 to $90,000, excluding average opening inventory costs of approximately $7,000. Average annual salon revenues in a Promenade Salon which has been open five years or more are approximately $250,000. During fiscal year 2008, the Company plans to open approximately 24 new Promenade Salons.

12




Other Franchise Concepts.    This group of franchise salons includes primarily First Choice Haircutters, Magicuts and Pro-Cuts. These concepts function primarily in the high volume, value priced hair care market segment, with key selling features of value, convenience, quality and friendliness, as well as a complete line of professional hair care products. In addition to these franchise salons, the Company operates company-owned First Choice Haircutters and Magicuts salons, as previously discussed above under Promenade Salons. During fiscal year 2008, the Company anticipates that franchisees will open approximately 32 new franchise strip center salons.

International Salons.    The Company’s international salons are comprised of company-owned and franchise salons operating in Europe primarily under the Jean Louis David, St. Algue, Supercuts, Regis, Trade Secret and Vidal Sassoon concepts. Nearly 80 percent of the 2,055 international salons are franchised under the Jean Louis David and St. Algue concepts. The international Regis, Trade Secret and Supercuts salons operated in the United Kingdom are company-owned. These salons offer similar levels of service as the North American salons previously mentioned. However, the initial capital investment required is typically between £105,000 and £115,000 for a Regis Hairstylists salon, between £50,000 and £55,000 for a Supercuts UK salon and between £125,000 and £135,000 for an international Trade Secret salon. Average annual salon revenues for a salon which has been open five years or more are approximately £257,000 in a Regis Hairstylists salon, £183,000 in a Supercuts UK salon and £416,000 in an international Trade Secret salon. During fiscal year 2008, the Company plans to open approximately 19 new company-owned international salons, as well as approximately 86 new international franchise salons. Certain international salon concepts are further described below.

Vidal Sassoon.    The Company’s international Vidal Sassoon salons are located in the United Kingdom and Germany. Vidal Sassoon is one of the world’s most recognized names in hair fashion and appeals to women and men looking for a prestigious full service hair salon. Salons are usually located on prominent high-street locations and offer a full range of custom hairstyling, cutting, coloring and waving, as well as professional hair care products. The initial capital investment required typically ranges between £400,000 and £500,000. The Company is exploring suitable locations for potential new salons in fiscal year 2008.

Jean Louis David (JLD).    These franchise salons offer full service hair care without an appointment. Salons are located in European cities, with populations of more than 20,000 in town centers, high-traffic areas and shopping centers. JLD salons are located in France, Italy, Spain, Poland, and Switzerland.

St. Algue.    This concept represents fashion forward, full service franchise salons known for creativity and an emphasis on personal style, and focusing on the walk-in customer. Salons are located in European cities with populations of more than 20,000 in town centers, high-traffic areas and shopping centers. Salons are located mainly in France, with some locations in Switzerland, Portugal and Belgium.

Salon Franchising Program:

General.    The Company has various franchising programs supporting its 3,742 franchise salons as of June 30, 2007, consisting mainly of Supercuts, Cost Cutters, First Choice Haircutters, Magicuts, Pro Cuts, St. Algue and JLD. These salons have been included in the discussions regarding salon counts and concepts on the preceding pages.

The Company provides its franchisees with a comprehensive system of business training, stylist education, site approval and lease negotiation, professional marketing, promotion and advertising programs, and other forms of support designed to help the franchisee build a successful business.

13




Standards of Operations.    The Company does not control the day to day operations of its franchisees, including hiring and firing, establishing prices to charge for products and services, business hours, personnel management and capital expenditure decisions. However, the franchise agreements afford certain rights to the Company, such as the right to approve location, suppliers and the sale of a franchise. Additionally, franchisees are required to conform to company established operational policies and procedures relating to quality of service, training, design and decor of stores, and trademark usage. The Company’s field personnel make periodic visits to franchise stores to ensure that the stores are operating in conformity with the standards for each franchising program. All of the rights afforded the Company with regard to the franchise operations allow the Company to protect its brands, but do not allow the Company to control the franchise operations or make decisions that have a significant impact on the success of the franchise salons.

To further ensure conformity, the Company may enter into the lease for the store site directly with the landlord, and subsequently sublease the site to the franchisee. The franchise agreement and sublease provide the Company with the right to terminate the sublease and gain possession of the store if the franchisee fails to comply with the Company’s operational policies and procedures. See Note 6 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for further information about the Company’s commitments and contingencies, including leases.

Franchise Terms.    Pursuant to their franchise agreement with the Company, each franchisee pays an initial fee for each store and ongoing royalties to the Company. In addition, for most franchise concepts, the Company collects advertising funds from franchisees and administers the funds on behalf of the concept. Franchisees are responsible for the costs of leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, equipment, supplies, inventory and certain other items, including initial working capital.

Additional information regarding each of the major franchisee brands is listed below:

Supercuts (North America)

The majority of existing Supercuts franchise agreements have a perpetual term, subject to termination of the underlying lease agreement or termination of the franchise agreement by either the Company or the franchisee. The agreements also provide the Company a right of first refusal if the store is to be sold. The franchisee must obtain the Company’s approval in all instances where there is a sale of the franchise. The current franchise agreement is site specific and does not provide any territorial protection to a franchisee, although some older franchise agreements do include limited territorial protection. During fiscal year 2001, the Company began selling development agreements for new markets which include limited territory protection for the Supercuts concept. The Company has a comprehensive impact policy that resolves potential conflicts among franchisees and/or the Company regarding proposed salon sites.

Cost Cutters, First Choice Haircutters and Magicuts (North America)

The majority of existing Cost Cutters’ franchise agreements have a 15 year term with a 15 year option to renew (at the option of the franchisee), while the majority of First Choice Haircutters’ franchise agreements have a ten year term with a five year option to renew. The majority of Magicuts’ franchise agreements have a term equal to the greater of five years or the current initial term of the lease agreement with an option to renew for two additional five year periods. All of the agreements also provide the Company a right of first refusal if the store is to be sold. The franchisee must obtain the Company’s approval in all instances where there is a sale of the franchise. The current franchise agreement is site specific. Franchisees may enter into development agreements with the Company which provide limited territorial protection.

14




Pro Cuts (North America)

The majority of existing Pro Cuts franchise agreements have a ten year term with a ten year option to renew. The agreements also provide the Company a right of first refusal if the store is to be sold or transferred. The current franchise agreement is site specific. Franchisees may enter into development agreements with the Company which provide limited territorial protection.

St. Algue and JLD (International)

St. Algue was purchased in connection with the acquisition of the French franchisor, Groupe Gerard Glemain (GGG). The majority of St. Algue’s franchise contracts have a five year term with an implied option to renew for a term of three years. All new JLD contracts have five year terms. The franchise agreements for both St. Algue and JLD are site specific and only a small minority of the contracts provide for territorial exclusivity. The agreements provide for the right of first refusal during the period covered by the franchise contract if the salon is to be sold and the franchisee must obtain the Company’s approval before selling of the salon. With regards to the store site, neither St. Algue nor JLD acts as lessor for their franchisees. Additionally, JLD franchise contracts prohibit the franchisee from selling the salon to another major national competitor for one year after the contract term ends.

Franchisee Training.    The Company provides new franchisees with training, focusing on the various aspects of store management, including operations, personnel management, marketing fundamentals and financial controls. Existing franchisees receive training, counseling and information from the Company on a continuous basis. The Company provides store managers and stylists with extensive technical training for Supercuts franchises. For further description of the Company’s education and training programs, see the “Salon Education and Training Programs” section of this document.

Salon Markets and Marketing:

The Company maintains various advertising, sales and promotion programs for its salons, budgeting a predetermined percent of revenues for such programs. The Company has developed promotional tactics and institutional sales messages for each of its concepts targeting certain customer types and positioning each concept in the marketplace. Print, radio, television and billboard advertising are developed and supervised at the Company’s headquarters, but most advertising is done in the immediate market of the particular salon.

Most franchise concepts maintain separate Advertising Funds (the Funds), managed by the Company, that provide comprehensive advertising and sales promotion support for each system. All stores, company-owned and franchise, contribute to the Funds, the majority of which are allocated to the contributing market for media placement and local marketing activities. The remainder is allocated for the creation of national advertising campaigns and system wide activities. This intensive advertising program creates significant consumer awareness, a strong concept image and high loyalty.

Salon Education and Training Programs:

The Company has an extensive hands-on training program for its stylists which emphasizes both technical training in hairstyling and cutting, hair coloring, waving and hair treatment regimes as well as customer service and product sales. The objective of the training programs is to ensure that customers receive professional and quality services, which the Company believes will result in more repeat customers, referrals and product sales.

The Company has full- and part-time artistic directors who train the stylists in techniques for providing the salon services and instruct the stylists in current styling trends. Stylist training is achieved

15




through seminars, workshops and DVD based programs. The Company was the first in its industry to develop a DVD based training system in its salons and currently has over 190 DVDs designed to enhance technical skills of stylists.

The Company has a customer service training program to improve the interaction between employees and customers. Staff members are trained in the proper techniques of customer greeting, telephone courtesy and professional behavior through a series of professionally designed video tapes and instructional seminars.

The Company also provides regulatory compliance training for all its field employees. This training is designed to help supervisors and stylists understand employee regulatory requirements and compliance with these standards.

Salon Staff Recruiting and Retention:

Recruiting quality managers and stylists is essential to the establishment and operation of successful salons. In search of salon managers, the Company’s supervisory team recruits or develops and promotes from within those stylists that display initiative and commitment. The Company has been and believes it will continue to be successful in recruiting capable managers and stylists. The Company believes that its compensation structure for salon managers and stylists is competitive within the industry. Stylists benefit from the Company’s high-traffic locations and receive a steady source of new business from walk-in customers. In addition, the Company offers a career path with the opportunity to move into managerial and training positions within the Company.

Salon Design:

The Company’s salons are designed, built and operated in accordance with uniform standards and practices developed by the Company based on its experience. Salon fixtures and equipment are generally uniform, allowing the Company to place large orders for these items with cost savings due to the economies of scale.

The size of the Company’s salons ranges from 500 to 5,000 square feet, with the typical salon having about 1,200 square feet. At present, the cost to the Company of normal tenant improvements and furnishing of a new salon, including inventories, ranges from approximately $25,000 to $225,000, depending on the size of the salon and the concept. Less than ten percent of all new salons fall within a higher bracket and will cost between $225,000 and $500,000 to furnish with International Vidal Sassoon salons costing potentially even more. Of the total leasehold costs, approximately 70 percent of the cost is for leasehold improvements and the balance is for salon fixtures, equipment and inventories.

The Company maintains its own design and real estate department, which designs and supervises the leasehold installations, furnishing and fixturing of all new company-owned salons and certain franchise locations. The Company has developed considerable expertise in designing salons. The design and real estate staff focus on visual appeal, efficient use of space, cost and rapid completion times.

Salon Management Information Systems:

At all of its company-owned salons, the Company utilizes a point-of-sale (POS) information system to collect daily sales information. Salon employees deposit cash receipts into a local bank account on a daily basis. The POS system sends the amount expected to be deposited to the corporate office, where the amount is reconciled daily with local deposits transferred into a centralized corporate bank account. The salon POS information is consolidated into several management systems maintained at the corporate office. The information is also used to generate payroll information, monitor salon performance, manage salon staffing and payroll costs, and generates customer data to identify and anticipate industry pricing and

16




staffing trends. The corporate information systems deliver online information of product sales to improve its inventory control system, including recommendations for each salon of monthly product replenishments.

Management believes that its information systems provide the Company with operational efficiencies as well as advantages in planning and analysis which are generally not available to competitors. The Company continually reviews and improves its Information Systems to ensure systems and processes are kept up to date and that they will meet the growing needs of the Company. A new, international version of the POS system is currently under development with an expected release date in 2008. The goal of Information Systems is to maximize the overall value to the business while improving the output per dollar spent by implementing cost-effective solutions and services.

Salon Competition:

The hair care industry is highly fragmented and competitive. In every area in which the Company has a salon, there are competitors offering similar hair care services and products at similar prices. The Company faces competition within malls from companies which operate salons within department stores and from smaller chains of salons, independently owned salons and, to a lesser extent, salons which, although independently owned, are operating under franchises from a franchising company that may assist such salons in areas of training, marketing and advertising.

Significant entry barriers exist for chains to expand nationally due to the need to establish systems and infrastructure, recruitment of experienced hair care management and adequate store staff, and leasing of quality sites. The principal factors of competition in the affordable hair care category are quality, consistency and convenience. The Company continually strives to improve its performance in each of these areas and to create additional points of differentiation versus the competition. In order to obtain locations in shopping malls, the Company must be competitive as to rentals and other customary tenant obligations.

Beauty School Business Strategy:

Involvment in the beauty school business is complementary to the salon business as it allows the Company to maintain a vested interest in attracting, training and retaining valuable employees. The principal activity of the beauty schools is the teaching of beauticians to prepare for their licensing. The activities also include clinic and school sales of products to students and customers and other miscellaneous sales. Subjects available for enrollment include cosmetology, nail art and esthetic programs. Most schools are certified by the U.S. Department of Education for participation in Federal Title IV Student Financial Assistance Programs. As of June 30, 2007, the Company operated 51 such facilities.

On August 1, 2007 (fiscal year 2008), the Company contributed its 51 accredited cosmetology schools to Empire Education Group, Inc., creating the largest beauty school operator in North America. This transaction leverages Empire Education Group, Inc.’s management expertise, while enabling the Company to maintain a vested interest in the beauty school industry. Upon completion of the transaction, the Company will own a 49.0 percent minority interest in Empire Education Group, Inc. The investment will be accounted for under the equity method. The Company expects the integration of the Regis schools into Empire Education Group, Inc. to take several months and that there will be significant integration costs. Once the integration is complete, the Company expects to share in significant synergies and operating improvements.

17




Following is a summary of the Company’s beauty school locations:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Beauty schools:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

 

54

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

11

 

 

Constructed

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired

 

 

1

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

13

 

 

Less relocations

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

School openings

 

 

2

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

13

 

 

Total beauty schools

 

 

56

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

Hair Restoration Business Strategy:

In December 2004, the Company acquired Hair Club for Men and Women (Hair Club), the largest U.S. provider of hair loss solutions and the only company offering a comprehensive menu of proven hair loss products and services. The Company leverages its strong brand, best-in-class service model and comprehensive menu of hair restoration alternatives to build an increasing base of repeat customers that generate recurring cash flow for the Company. From its traditional non-surgical hair replacement systems, to hair transplants, hair therapies and hair care products and services, Hair Club offers a solution for anyone experiencing or anticipating hair loss. The Company’s operations consist of 90 locations (41 franchise) in the United States and Canada. The domestic hair restoration market is estimated to generate over $4 billion annually. The competitive landscape is highly fragmented and comprised of approximately 4,000 locations. Hair Club and its franchisees have the largest market share, with approximately five percent based on customer count.

In an effort to provide privacy to its customers, Hair Club offices are located primarily in office and professional buildings within larger metropolitan areas. Following is a summary of the company-owned and franchise hair restoration centers in operation at June 30, 2007 and 2006:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Company-owned hair restoration centers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

 

48

 

 

 

41

 

 

Constructed

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Acquired

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

Franchise buybacks

 

 

1

 

 

 

7

 

 

Less relocations

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Site openings

 

 

2

 

 

 

8

 

 

Sites closed

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

Total company-owned hair restoration centers

 

 

49

 

 

 

48

 

 

Franchise hair restoration centers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Open at beginning of period

 

 

42

 

 

 

49

 

 

Acquired

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

Franchise buybacks

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

Less Relocations

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

Site openings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sites closed

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(7

)

 

Total franchise hair restoration centers

 

 

41

 

 

 

42

 

 

Total hair restoration centers

 

 

90

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

18




Hair Restoration Growth Opportunities.    The Company’s hair restoration center expansion strategy focuses on organic growth (successfully converting new leads into customers at existing centers, broadening the menu of services and products at each location and to a lesser extent, new center construction) and acquisition growth.

Organic Growth.    The hair restoration centers’ business model is driven by productive lead generation that ultimately produces recurring customers. The primary marketing vehicle is direct response television in the form of infomercials that create leads into the hair restoration centers’ telemarketing center. Call center employees receive calls and schedule a consultation at a local hair restoration company-owned or franchise center. At the consultation, sales consultants assess the needs of each individual client and educate them on the hair restoration centers’ suite of hair loss solutions.

The Company’s long term outlook for organic expansion remains strong due to several factors, including favorable industry dynamics, addressing new market opportunities, menu expansion, developing new locations and new cross marketing initiatives. The aging “baby boomer” population is expanding the number of individuals within the hair restoration centers’ target market. This group of individuals is entering their peak years of disposable income and has demonstrated a willingness to improve their physical appearance.

In 2003, Hair Club began marketing to women and changed its name to Hair Club for Men and Women. This represents a large and relatively untapped market. Women now represent approximately 35 percent of new customers.

Currently, all locations offer hair systems, hair therapy and hair care products. Among the hair restoration centers’ product offerings are hair transplants. The hair restoration centers employ a hub and spoke strategy for hair transplants. As of June 30, 2007, 13 locations were equipped and staffed to perform the procedure. Currently, a total of 31 hair restoration centers offer this service to their customers. The Company plans to add the capability to conduct hair transplants to more centers in future periods.

Company-owned and franchise hair restoration centers are located in markets representing 72 percent of all U.S. television (TV) households. The Company’s hair restoration centers advertise on cable TV to over 93 million households, or 85 percent of the total U.S. TV households. There is an opportunity to add a limited number of new centers in under penetrated markets. Additionally, the Company is currently investigating international expansion opportunities.

Hair Restoration Acquisition Growth.    The Company plans to supplement organic growth with opportunistic acquisition activity. The hair restoration industry is comprised of a highly-fragmented group of 4,000 locations. This landscape provides an opportunity for consolidation. Given the existing coverage of Hair Club locations, it is anticipated that transactions may involve the acquisition of customer lists, rather than physical locations.

Corporate Trademarks:

The Company holds numerous trademarks, both in the United States and in many foreign countries. The most recognized trademarks are “Regis Salons,” “Supercuts,” “MasterCuts,” “Trade Secret,” “SmartStyle,” “Cost Cutters,” “Hair Masters,” “Jean Louis David,” “Saint Algue,” “First Choice Haircutters,” “Magicuts” and “Hair Club for Men and Women.”

“Vidal Sassoon” is a registered trademark of Procter & Gamble. The Company has a license agreement to use the Vidal Sassoon name for existing salons and academies, and new salon development.

Although the Company believes the use of these trademarks is an element in establishing and maintaining its reputation as a national operator of high quality hairstyling salons, and is committed to

19




protecting these trademarks by vigorously challenging any unauthorized use, the Company’s success and continuing growth are the result of the quality of its salon location selections and real estate strategies.

Corporate Employees:

During fiscal year 2007, the Company had approximately 62,000 full- and part-time employees worldwide, of which an approximately 55,000 employees were located in the United States. None of the Company’s employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement and the Company believes that its employee relations are amicable.

Executive Officers:

Information relating to Executive Officers of the Company follows:

Name

 

 

 

Age

 

Position

Myron Kunin

 

79

 

Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

Paul D. Finkelstein

 

65

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer

Randy L. Pearce

 

52

 

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer

Kris Bergly

 

46

 

Executive Vice President and Corporate Chief Operating Officer, Regis Salons, Promenade Salon Concepts, MasterCuts and Supercuts

Bruce Johnson

 

53

 

Executive Vice President, Design and Construction

Mark Kartarik

 

51

 

Executive Vice President, Regis Corporation and President, Franchise Division

Norma Knudsen

 

49

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Trade Secret

Gordon Nelson

 

56

 

Executive Vice President, Fashion, Education and Marketing

Eric A. Bakken

 

40

 

Senior Vice President, Law, General Counsel and Secretary

C. John Briggs

 

63

 

Senior Vice President and President, SmartStyle Family Hair Care

Lynn Hempe

 

48

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer

Andrew Cohen

 

44

 

President, International Division

Raymond Duke

 

56

 

Senior Vice President, International Managing Director, U.K.

Darryll Porter

 

44

 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Hair Club for Men and Women

David Bortnem

 

40

 

Chief Operating Officer, MasterCuts

Diane Calta

 

38

 

Chief Operating Officer, Supercuts

Amy Edwards

 

38

 

Chief Operating Officer, Promenade Salon Concepts

John Exline

 

44

 

Chief Operating Officer, SmartStyle Family Hair Care

 

Myron Kunin has served as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors since 2004. He served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company from 1983 to 2004, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company from 1965 until July 1, 1996, as President of the Company from 1965 to 1987 and as a director of the Company since its formation in 1954. He is also Chairman of the Board and holder of the majority voting power of Curtis Squire, Inc., a 2.0 percent shareholder. Further, he is a director of Nortech Systems Incorporated.

Paul D. Finkelstein has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO since 2004. He served as President and Chief Executive Officer from 1996 to 2004, as President and Chief Operating Officer from 1988 to 1996 and as Executive Vice President from 1987 to 1988.

20




Randy L. Pearce has served as Senior Executive Vice President since 2006. He served as Executive Vice President from 1999 to 2006, as Chief Administrative Officer since 1999 and as Chief Financial Officer since 1998. Additionally, he was Senior Vice President, Finance from 1998 to 1999, Vice President of Finance from 1995 to 1997 and Vice President of Financial Reporting from 1991 to 1994. During fiscal year 2006, he was also elected Director and Audit Committee Chair of Dress Barn, Inc., which operates a chain of women’s apparel specialty stores.

Kris Bergly has served as Executive Vice President of Regis Salons, Promenade Salon Concepts, Supercuts, Inc. and MasterCuts and Corporate Chief Operating Officer. He served as Chief Operating Officer of Promenade Salon Concepts from 1998 to 2006 and of MasterCuts from 2005 to 2006, as Vice President of Salon Operations from 1993 to 1998 and in other roles with the Company from 1987 to 1993.

Bruce Johnson has served as Executive Vice President of Real Estate and Construction since 2007. He served as Senior Vice President from 1997 to 2007 and in other roles with the Company from 1977 to 1997.

Mark Kartarik has served as Executive Vice President of Regis Corporation since 2007. He served as Senior Vice President from 2001 to 2007, as President of Supercuts, Inc. from 1998 to 2001, as Chief Operating Officer of Supercuts, Inc. from 1997 to 1998 and in other roles with the Company from 1984 to 1997.

Norma Knudsen has served as Executive Vice President, Merchandising since July 2006. She served as Chief Operating Officer, Trade Secret from February 1999 through 2006 and as Vice President, Trade Secret Operations from 1995 to 1999.

Gordon Nelson has served as Executive Vice President, Fashion, Education and Marketing of the Company since 2006. He served as Senior Vice President from 1994 to 2006 and in other roles with the Company from 1977 to 1994.

Eric A. Bakken has served as Senior Vice President, Law in 2006. He served as General Counsel from 2004 to 2006, as Vice President, Law from 1998 to 2004 and as a laywer to the Company from 1994 to 1998.

C. John Briggs has served as Senior Vice President and President, SmartStyle Family Hair Salons since April 2007. He served as Chief Operating Officer, SmartStyle, from 1999 to 2007. He has served as Vice President, Regis Operations from 1988 to 1999.

Lynn Hempe has served as Senior Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer since May 2007. She served as Senior Vice President and General Merchandise Manager, Softlines, for ShopKo from 2005 to 2007. She as worked worked in merchandising for over 20 years.

Andrew Cohen has served as President, International Division since April 2002. He served as Vice President, Salon Operations from 1998 to 2002 and in other roles with the Company from 1991 to 1998.

Raymond Duke has served as Senior Vice President, International Managing Director, U.K. since February 1999. He served as Vice President from 1992 to 1999 and in other roles with the Company from 1972 to 1992.

Darryll Porter has served as President and Chief Executive Officer, Hair Club for Men and Women since 2007. He served as Chief Operating and Financial Officer from 2002 to 2007 and as Chief Financial Officer from 2000 to 2002.

David Bortnem has served as Chief Operating Officer, MasterCuts, since 2006. He has served as a Vice President, MasterCuts from 2003 to 2006, as Vice President, Regis Salons from 2000 to 2003 and as Salon Director from 1998 to 2000.

21




Diane Calta has seved as Chief Operating Officer, Supercuts, since January 2007. She served as Vice President, Supercuts from 1999 to 2007.

Amy Edwards has served as Chief Operating Officer, Promenade Salon Concepts since 2006. She served as Vice President, Promenade Salon Concepts from 1998 to 2006.

John Exline has served as Chief Operating Officer, SmartStyle Family Hair Salons since 2007. He served as Vice President, SmartStyle Family Hair Salons from 1999 to 2007 and in other roles with the Company since 1990.

Corporate Community Involvement:

Many of the Company’s stylists volunteer their time to support charitable events for breast cancer research. Proceeds collected from such events are distributed through the Regis Foundation for Breast Cancer Research. The Company’s community involvement also includes a major sponsorship role for the Susan G. Komen Twin Cities Race for the Cure. This 5K run and one mile walk is held in Minneapolis, Minnesota on Mother’s Day to help fund breast cancer research, education, screening and treatment. Through its community involvement efforts, the Company has helped raise millions of dollars in fundraising for breast cancer research.

Governmental Regulations:

The Company is subject to various federal, state, local and provincial laws affecting its business as well as a variety of regulatory provisions relating to the conduct of its beauty related business, including health and safety.

In the United States, the Company’s franchise operations are subject to the Federal Trade Commission’s Trade Regulation Rule on Franchising (the FTC Rule) and by state laws and administrative regulations that regulate various aspects of franchise operations and sales. The Company’s franchises are offered to franchisees by means of an offering circular/disclosure document containing specified disclosures in accordance with the FTC Rule and the laws and regulations of certain states. The Company has registered its offering of franchises with the regulatory authorities of those states in which it offers franchises and in which such registration is required. State laws that regulate the franchisor-franchisee relationship presently exist in a substantial number of states and, in certain cases, apply substantive standards to this relationship. Such laws may, for example, require that the franchisor deal with the franchisee in good faith, may prohibit interference with the right of free association among franchisees, and may limit termination of franchisees without payment of reasonable compensation. The Company believes that the current trend is for government regulation of franchising to increase over time. However, such laws have not had, and the Company does not expect such laws to have, a significant effect on the Company’s operations.

In Canada, the Company’s franchise operations are subject to both the Alberta Franchise Act and the Ontario Franchise Act. The offering of franchises in Canada occurs by way of a disclosure document, which contains certain disclosures required by the Ontario and Alberta Franchise Acts. Both the Ontario and Alberta Franchise Acts primarily focus on disclosure requirements, although each requires certain relationship requirements such as a duty of fair dealing and the right of franchisees to associate and organize with other franchisees.

Governmental regulations surrounding franchise operations in Europe are similar to those in the United States. The Company believes it is operating in substantial compliance with applicable laws and regulations governing all of its operations.

22




Beauty schools derive a significant portion of their revenue from student financial assistance originating from the U.S. Department of Education’s Title IV Higher Education Act of 1965. For the students to receive financial assistance at the school, the beauty schools must maintain eligibility requirements established by the U.S. ED. The Company thoroughly researches each potential acquisition to ensure they remain in good standing with the U.S. Department of Education. The Company believes all of its existing schools are compliant.

(d) Financial Information about Foreign and North American Operations

Financial information about foreign and North American markets is incorporated herein by reference to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Part II, Item 7 and segment information in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

(e) Available Information

The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act). The Company therefore files periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Such reports may be obtained by visiting the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, or by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet site ( http://www.sec.gov ) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically.

Financial and other information can be accessed in the Investor Information section of the Company’s website at www.regiscorp.com . The Company makes available, free of charge, copies of its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material electronically or otherwise furnishing it to the SEC.

Item 1A.                 Risk Factors

If we are not able to increase our number of salons, we may not be able to grow our revenue and earnings.

The key driver of our revenue and earnings growth is the number of salons we and our franchisees acquire or construct. Acquiring and constructing new salons is subject to the ability of our company and our franchisees to identify suitable sites and obtain financing for development. While we believe that substantial future acquisition and organic growth opportunities exist, any inability to identify and successfully complete future acquisitions or increase our same-store sales would have a material adverse effect on our revenue and earnings growth.

Changes in the general economic environment may impact our business and results of operations.

Changes to the United States, Canadian, United Kingdom and other European economies have an impact on our business. As a result of our recent entrance into the Asian market, changes in the Asian economies may also impact our business. General economic factors that are beyond our control, such as interest rates, recession, inflation, deflation, tax rates and policy, energy costs, unemployment trends, and other matters that influence consumer confidence and spending, may impact our business. In particular, visitation patterns to our salons and hair restoration centers can be adversely impacted by changes in unemployment rates and discretionary income levels.

23




Changes in our key relationships may adversely affect our operating results.

We maintain key relationships with certain companies, including Wal-Mart. Termination or modification of any of these relationships could significantly reduce our revenues and have an adverse impact on our ability to grow or future operating results.

Changes in fashion trends may impact our revenue.

Changes in consumer tastes and fashion trends can have an impact on our financial performance. For example, trends in wearing longer hair may reduce the number of visits to, and therefore, sales at our salons.

Changes in regulatory and statutory laws may result in increased costs to our business.

With approximately 12,400 locations and 62,000 employees worldwide, our financial results can be adversely impacted by regulatory or statutory changes in laws. Due to the number of people we employ, laws that increase minimum wage rates or increase costs to provide employee benefits may result in additional costs to our company. Compliance with new, complex and changing laws may cause our expenses to increase. In addition, any non-compliance with these laws could result in fines, product recalls and enforcement actions or otherwise restrict our ability to market certain products, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are also subject to laws that affect the franchisor-franchisee relationship.

If we are not able to successfully compete in our business segments, our financial results may be affected.

Competition on a market by market basis remains strong. Therefore, our ability to raise prices in certain markets can be adversely impacted by this competition. If we are not able to raise prices, our ability to grow same-store sales and increase our revenue and earnings may be impaired.

Changes in manufacturers’ choice of distribution channels may negatively affect our revenues.

The retail products that we sell are licensed to be carried exclusively by professional salons. The products we purchase for sale in our salons are purchased pursuant to purchase orders, as opposed to long-term contracts and generally can be terminated by the producer without much advance notice. Should the various product manufacturers decide to utilize other distribution channels, such as large discount retailers, it could negatively impact the revenue earned from product sales.

Changes to interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates may impact our results from operations.

Changes in interest rates will have an impact on our expected results from operations. Currently, we manage the risk related to fluctuations in interest rates through the use of variable rate debt instruments and other financial instruments. See discussion in Part II, Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” for additional information.

Item 1B.                Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.                         Properties

The Company’s corporate offices are headquartered in a 270,000 square foot, four building complex in Edina, Minnesota owned or leased by the Company. The Company also operates small offices in Toronto, Canada; Coventry and London, England; Paris, France; Barcelona, Spain; Luxembourg,

24




Luxembourg; Warsaw, Poland and Boca Raton, Florida. These offices are occupied under long-term leases.

The Company owns distribution centers located in Chattanooga, Tennessee and Salt Lake City, Utah. The Chattanooga facility currently utilizes 250,000 square feet while the Salt Lake City facility utilizes 210,000 square feet. The Salt Lake City facility may be expanded to 290,000 square feet to accommodate future growth.

The Company operates all of its salon locations and hair replacement centers under leases or license agreements. Substantially all of its North American locations in regional malls are operating under leases with an original term of at least ten years. Salons operating within strip centers and Wal-Mart Supercenters have leases with original terms of at least five years, generally with the ability to renew, at the Company’s option, for one or more additional five year periods. Salons operating within department stores in Canada and Europe operate under license agreements, while freestanding or shopping center locations in those countries have real property leases comparable to the Company’s domestic locations.

The Company also leases the premises in which certain franchisees operate and has entered into corresponding sublease arrangements with the franchisees. These leases have a five year initial term and one or more five year renewal options. All lease costs are passed through to the franchisees. Remaining franchisees, who do not enter into sublease arrangements with the Company, negotiate and enter into leases on their own behalf.

None of the Company’s salon leases is individually material to the operations of the Company, and the Company expects that it will be able to renew its leases on satisfactory terms as they expire. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Item 3.                         Legal Proceedings

The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits and claims arising out of the normal course of business. Like certain other large retail employers, the Company has been faced with allegations of purported class-wide wage and hour violations. Litigation is inherently unpredictable and the outcome of these matters cannot presently be determined. Although company counsel believes that the Company has valid defenses in these matters, it could in the future incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations in any particular period.

Item 4.                         Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

None.

25




PART II

Item 5.                         Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issue Repurchase of Equity Securities

(a) Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters; Performance Graph

Regis common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “RGS.”

The accompanying table sets forth the high and low closing bid quotations for each quarter during fiscal years 2007 and 2006 as reported by the New York Stock Exchange (under the symbol “RGS”). The quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission, and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

As of August 21, 2007, Regis shares were owned by approximately 19,935 shareholders based on the number of record holders and an estimate of individual participants in security position listings. The common stock price was $33.28 per share on August 23, 2007.

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Fiscal Quarter

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

1 st  Quarter

 

$

37.32

 

$

32.78

 

$

42.30

 

$

37.30

 

2 nd  Quarter

 

40.30

 

35.90

 

40.67

 

35.64

 

3 rd  Quarter

 

43.29

 

38.90

 

42.59

 

33.49

 

4 th  Quarter

 

41.59

 

37.79

 

36.26

 

33.38

 

 

The Company paid quarterly dividends of $0.04 per share in fiscal years 2007 and 2006. The Company expects to continue paying regular quarterly dividends for the foreseeable future.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of our previous filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that might incorporate future filings or this Annual Report, the following performance graph and accompanying data shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any such filings. In addition, they shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or “filed” with the SEC.

The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s stock for the last five years with the cumulative total return of the Standard and Poor’s 500 Stock Index and the cumulative total return of a peer group index (the “Peer Group”) constructed by the Company. In addition, the Company has included the Standard and Poor’s 400 Midcap Index and the Dow Jones Consumer Services Index in this analysis because the Company believes these two indices provide a comparative correlation to the cumulative total return of an investment in shares of Regis Corporation.

The comparison assumes the initial investment of $100 in the Company’s Common Stock, the S&P 500 Index, the Peer Group, the S&P 400 Midcap Index and the Dow Jones Consumer Services Index on June 30, 2002 and those dividends, if any, were reinvested.

26




GRAPHIC

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Regis

 

100.00

 

108.03

 

166.38

 

146.41

 

133.97

 

144.51

 

S & P 500

 

100.00

 

100.24

 

119.39

 

126.92

 

137.86

 

166.24

 

S & P 400 Midcap

 

100.00

 

99.29

 

127.09

 

144.91

 

163.73

 

194.02

 

Dow Jones Consumer Service Index

 

100.00

 

125.75

 

162.55

 

132.63

 

118.67

 

142.56

 

Peer Group

 

100.00

 

102.81

 

135.37

 

144.72

 

149.94

 

169.79

 

 

(c) Share Repurchase Program

In May 2000, the Company’s Board of Directors (BOD) approved a stock repurchase program. Originally, the program authorized up to $50.0 million to be expended for the repurchase of the Company’s stock. The BOD elected to increase this maximum to $100.0 million in August 2003, to $200.0 million on May 3, 2005, and to $300.0 million on April 26, 2007. The timing and amounts of any repurchases will depend on many factors, including the market price of the common stock and overall market conditions. Historically, the repurchases to date have been made primarily to eliminate the dilutive effect of shares issued in conjunction with acquisitions, restricted stock grants and stock option exercises. All repurchased shares become authorized but unissued shares of the Company. This repurchase program has no stated expiration date. As of June 30, 2007, 2006, and 2005, a total accumulated 5.1, 3.0, and 2.4 million shares have been repurchased for $176.5, $96.8, and $76.5 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2007, $123.5 million remains to be spent on share repurchases under this program.

27




Repurchases of the Company’s common stock during the quarter ended June 30, 2007 were part of this repurchase program. These shares are included within the total number of shares purchased and the average price paid per share in the table below, which shows the monthly, fourth quarter fiscal year 2007 stock repurchase activity:

Period

 

 

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased

 

Average Price
Paid per Share

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs

 

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
under the Plans or
Programs (in thousands)

 

4/1/07 - 4/30/07

 

 

582,000

 

 

 

$

38.88

 

 

 

582,000

 

 

 

$

139,269

 

 

5/1/07 - 5/31/07

 

 

403,050

 

 

 

39.17

 

 

 

403,050

 

 

 

123,482

 

 

6/1/07 - 6/30/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123,482

 

 

Total

 

 

985,050

 

 

 

$

39.00

 

 

 

985,050

 

 

 

$

123,482

 

 

 

CEO and CFO Certifications

The certifications by our chief executive officer and chief financial officer required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, have been filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our CEO’s annual certification pursuant to NYSE Corporate Governance Standards Section 303A.12(a) that our CEO was not aware of any violation by the company of the NYSE’s Corporate Governance listing standards was submitted to the NYSE on November 16, 2006.

Item 6.                         Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth, in thousands (except per share data), for the periods indicated, selected financial data derived from the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8.

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Revenues (a)

 

$

2,626,588

 

$

2,430,864

 

$

2,194,294

 

$

1,923,143

 

$

1,684,530

 

Operating income(b)(c)

 

164,613

 

204,491

 

137,890

 

178,748

 

157,113

 

Net income(b)(c)(d)

 

83,170

 

109,578

 

64,631

 

104,218

 

85,555

 

Net income per diluted share

 

1.82

 

2.36

 

1.39

 

2.26

 

1.89

 

Total assets

 

2,132,114

 

1,985,324

 

1,725,976

 

1,271,859

 

1,112,955

 

Long-term debt, including current portion

 

709,231

 

622,269

 

568,776

 

301,143

 

301,757

 

Dividends declared

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.12

 


a)                 Revenues from salons, schools or hair restorations centers acquired each year were $108.0, $165.7, $181.2, $122.3, and $152.9 million during fiscal years 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

b)                The following significant items affected both operating and net income:

·        An impairment charge of $23.0 million ($19.6 million net of tax) associated with the Company’s accredited cosmetology schools was recorded in fiscal year 2007. An impairment charge of $4.3 million ($2.8 million net of tax) related to a cost method investment was recorded in fiscal year 2006. An impairment charge of $38.3 million ($38.3 million net of tax) related to goodwill associated with the Company’s European business was recorded in fiscal year 2005.

·        A net settlement gain of $33.7 million ($21.7 million net of tax) was recognized during fiscal year 2006 stemming from a termination fee collected from Alberto-Culver Company due to the terminated merger Agreement for Sally Beauty Company. The termination fee gain is net of direct transaction-related expenses associated with the terminated merger Agreement.

28




·        Adjustments of $10.8 million ($6.8 million net of tax), $1.0 million ($0.6 million net of tax) and $2.3 million ($1.5 million net of tax) were recorded in fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005 related to the Company’s self-insurance accruals, primarily prior years’ workers’ compensation claims reserves, due to the continued improvement of our safety and return-to-work programs over the recent years as well as changes in state laws.

·        Charges of $6.8 million ($4.3 million net of tax), $8.4 million ($5.4 million net of tax), $3.6 million ($2.4 million net of tax), $3.2 million ($2.0 million net of tax), and $3.1 million ($2.0 million net of tax) million related to the impairment of property and equipment at underperforming locations were recorded during fiscal years 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

·        A $6.5 million ($4.2 million net of tax) charge associated with disposal charges and lease termination fees related to the closure of salons other than in the normal course of business was recorded in fiscal year 2006.

·        Fiscal year 2006 includes a $2.8 million ($1.8 million net of tax) charge related to the settlement of a wage and hour lawsuit under the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA). Fiscal year 2003 includes a $3.2 million ($2.0 million net of tax) charge related to the settlement of an Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC).

c)                 Effective July 1, 2003, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS No. 123), as amended, using the prospective transition method. Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS No. 123R), using the modified prospective method of application. Total compensation cost for stock-based payment arrangements totaled $4.9, $4.9 and $1.2 and $0.2 million ($3.2, $4.1, $0.8 and $0.1 million after tax) during fiscal years 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Prior to the adoption of these Statements, no compensation cost for stock-based payment arrangements was recognized in earnings. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

d)                An income tax benefit increased reported net income by approximately $4.1 million during fiscal year 2007 due to the reinstatement of the Work Opportunity and Welfare-to-Work Tax Credits during fiscal year 2007. Approximately $1.3 million of this benefit related to credits earned during fiscal year 2006, as the change in tax law during fiscal year 2007 was retroactive to January 1, 2006. Work Opportunity and Welfare-to-Work Tax Credits increased reported net income by $0.8 and $1.8 million during fiscal years 2006 and 2005, respectively. Approximately $0.1 million of the fiscal year 2005 benefit related to credits earned during fiscal year 2004, as the change in tax law during fiscal year 2005 was retroactive to January 1, 2004. Credits recorded in fiscal year 2006 were impacted by the expiration of the Work Opportunity and Welfare-to-Work Tax Credits on December 31, 2005.

29




Item 7.                         Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) is designed to provide a reader of our financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of our management on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and certain other factors that may affect our future results. Our MD&A is presented in five sections:

·        Management’s Overview

·        Critical Accounting Policies

·        Overview of Fiscal Year 2007 Results

·        Results of Operations

·        Liquidity and Capital Resources

MANAGEMENT’S OVERVIEW

Regis Corporation (RGS) owns or franchises beauty salons, hair restoration centers and educational establishments. As of June 30, 2007, we owned, franchised or held ownership interests in over 12,400 worldwide locations. Our locations consisted of 11,881 system wide North American and international salons, 90 hair restoration centers, 56 beauty schools and approximately 400 locations in which we maintain an ownership interest. Our salon concepts offer generally similar products and services and serve mass market consumers. Our salon operations are organized to be managed based on geographical location. Our North American salon operations include 9,826 salons, including 2,168 franchise salons, operating in the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico primarily under the trade names of Regis Salons, MasterCuts, Trade Secret, SmartStyle, Supercuts and Cost Cutters. Our international salon operations include 2,055 salons, including 1,574 franchise salons, located throughout Europe, primarily in the United Kingdom, France, Italy and Spain. Hair Club for Men and Women includes 90 North American locations, including 41 franchise locations. Our beauty schools are managed in aggregate, regardless of geographical location, and include 52 locations in the United States and four locations in the United Kingdom. During fiscal year 2007, we had approximately 62,000 corporate employees worldwide.

Our growth strategy consists of two primary, but flexible, components. Through a combination of organic and acquisition growth, we seek to achieve our long-term objective of eight to ten percent annual revenue growth. We anticipate that going forward, the mix of organic and acquisition growth will be roughly equal. However, depending on several factors, including the ability of our salon development program to keep pace with the availability of real estate for new construction, hair restoration lead generation, the availability of attractive acquisition candidates and same-store sales trends, this mix will vary from year to year. We believe achieving revenue growth of eight to ten percent, including same-store sales increases in excess of two percent, will allow us to increase annual earnings at a low-double-digit growth rate. We anticipate expanding our presence in both North America and Europe. In April 2007, the Company entered the Asian market through an investment in a privately held Japanese company.

Maintaining financial flexibility is a key element in continuing our successful growth. With strong operating cash flow and balance sheet, we are confident that we will be able to financially support our long-term growth objectives.

Salon Business

The strength of our salon business is in the fundamental similarity and broad appeal of our salon concepts that allow flexibility and multiple salon concept placements in shopping centers and neighborhoods. Each concept generally targets the middle market customer, however, each attracts a

30




different demographic. We anticipate expanding all of our salon concepts. When commercial opportunities arise, we anticipate testing and developing new salon concepts to complement our existing concepts.

We execute our salon growth strategy by focusing on real estate. Our salon real estate strategy is to add new units in convenient locations with good visibility and customer traffic, as well as appropriate trade demographics. Our various salon and product concepts operate in a wide range of retailing environments, including regional shopping malls, strip centers and Wal-Mart Supercenters. We believe that the availability of real estate will augment our ability to achieve the aforementioned long-term growth objectives. In fiscal year 2008, although we have tempered our outlook for constructed salons to approximately 350 units, we still expect to add between 500 and 700 net locations through a combination of organic, acquisition and franchise growth. Our long-term outlook anticipates that we will add between 800 to 1,000 net locations each year through a combination of organic, acquisition and franchise growth. Capital expenditures in fiscal year 2008, excluding acquisition expenditures budgeted at $75.0 million, are projected to be approximately $100 million, which includes approximately $50 million for salon maintenance.

Organic salon revenue growth is achieved through the combination of new salon construction and salon same-store sales increases. Each fiscal year, we anticipate building several hundred company-owned salons. We anticipate our franchisees will open several hundred salons as well. Older, unprofitable salons will be closed or relocated. Our long-term outlook for our salon business is for annual consolidated low single digit same-store sales increases. Based on current fashion and economic cycles (i.e., longer hairstyles and lengthening of customer visitation patterns), we project our annual fiscal year 2008 consolidated same-store sales increase to be flat to low-single-digit.

Historically, our salon acquisitions have varied in size from as small as one salon to over one thousand salons. The median acquisition size is approximately ten salons. From fiscal year 1994 to fiscal year 2007, we acquired 7,601 salons, net of franchise buybacks. We anticipate adding several hundred company-owned salons each year from acquisitions. Some of these acquisitions may include buying salons from our franchisees.

Hair Restoration Business

In December 2004, we acquired Hair Club for Men and Women. Hair Club for Men and Women is a provider of hair loss solutions with an estimated five percent share of the $4 billion domestic market. This industry is comprised of numerous locations domestically and is highly fragmented. As a result, we believe there is an opportunity to consolidate this industry through acquisition. Expanding the hair loss business organically and through acquisition would allow us to add incremental revenue which is neither dependent upon, nor dilutive to, our existing salon and school businesses.

Our organic growth plans for hair restoration include the construction of a modest number of new locations in untapped markets domestically and internationally. However, the success of our hair restoration business is not dependent on the same real estate criteria used for salon expansion. In an effort to provide confidentiality for our customers, hair restoration centers operate primarily in professional or medical office buildings. Further, the hair restoration business is more marketing intensive. As a result, organic growth at our hair restoration centers will be dependent on successfully generating new leads and converting them into hair restoration customers. Our growth expectations for our hair restoration business are not dependent on referral business from, or cross marketing with, our hair salon business, but these concepts will be evaluated closely for additional growth opportunities.

Beauty School Business

On April 18, 2007, we entered into a Contribution Agreement with Empire Beauty School Inc. Regis and Empire Beauty School Inc. will each contribute their respective cosmetology school businesses to a

31




newly formed company, Empire Education Group, Inc. The cosmetology schools we contributed comprised substantially all of the beauty schools segment (Refer to Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). This transaction closed on August 1, 2007 (fiscal year 2008) and we now own a 49.0 percent minority interest in Empire Education Group, Inc. Empire’s management team will operate and manage the combined business. Our investment in Empire Education Group, Inc. is accounted for under the equity method.

We realized that in order to maximize the potential of the beauty school division, it would be necessary to invest heavily in information technology platforms and management. We believe merging with Empire is the most efficient and accretive way for us to achieve our goals. This transaction leverages Empire Education Group, Inc.’s management expertise, while enabling the Company to maintain a vested interest in the beauty school industry. The consolidated new Empire Education Group, Inc. will own 88 accredited cosmetology schools with revenues of approximately $130 million annually and will be overseen by the current Empire management team.

We will be able to add significant value to the venture with our strong education and marketing programs coupled with the ancillary benefits that the Vidal Sassoon Academies (which are not part of this transaction) and Horst Rechelbacher (the founder of Aveda and a beauty industry icon) will provide. In addition, we will have double the number of qualified graduates who will have placement opportunities at our Regis operated salons.

We recorded a $23.0 million pre-tax ($19.6 million after tax), non-cash goodwill impairment charge as a result of the transaction. We expect the integration of the Regis schools into Empire Education Group, Inc. to take several months and that there will be significant integration costs. Once the integration is complete, we expect to share in significant synergies and operating improvements. Long-term, we expect this transaction to be very accretive and to add significantly more shareholder value than the $23.0 million ($19.6 million net of tax) impairment charge.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to make various judgments, estimates and assumptions that could have a significant impact on the results reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements. We base these estimates on historical experience and other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates are considered to be critical if they meet both of the following criteria: (1) the estimate requires assumptions about material matters that are uncertain at the time the accounting estimates are made, and (2) other materially different estimates could have been reasonably made or material changes in the estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Changes in these estimates could have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. We believe the following accounting policies are most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial condition and results of operations.

Cost of Product Used and Sold

Cost of product used in salon services is determined by applying estimated gross profit margins to service revenues, which are based on historical factors including product pricing trends and estimated shrinkage. In addition, the estimated gross profit margin is adjusted based on the results of physical inventory counts performed at least semi-annually and the monthly monitoring of factors that could impact our usage rates estimates. These factors include mix of service sales, discounting and special promotions.

32




Cost of product sold to salon customers is determined based on the weighted average cost of product to the Company, adjusted for an estimated shrinkage factor. Product and service inventories are adjusted based on the results of physical inventory counts performed at least semi-annually. During fiscal year 2007, we performed physical inventory counts between September and November and May and June, and adjusted our estimated gross profit margin to reflect the results of the observations. Significant changes in product costs, volumes or shrinkage could have a material impact on our gross margin.

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or at the time of a triggering event in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . Fair values are estimated based on our best estimate of the expected present value of future cash flows and compared with the corresponding carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill. Where available and as appropriate comparative market multiples are used to corroborate the results of the present value method. We consider our various concepts to be reporting units when we test for goodwill impairment because that is where we believe goodwill resides. Our policy is to perform our annual goodwill impairment test during our third quarter of each fiscal year ending June 30.

During the three months ended March 31 of fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, we performed our annual goodwill impairment analysis on our reporting units. Based on our testing, a $23.0 million ($19.6 million net of tax) impairment charge was recorded during fiscal year 2007 related to our beauty school business and a $38.3 million impairment charge was recorded in fiscal year 2005 related to our European business. No impairment charges were recorded during fiscal year 2006.

The recent performance challenges and necessary investments in information technology platforms and management that are required to effectively operate our beauty schools led us to exploring strategic alternatives pertaining to our beauty school operating segment. On August 1, 2007 (fiscal year 2008), we merged our 51 accredited cosmetology schools into Empire Education Group, Inc., creating the largest beauty school operator in North America. This transaction leverages Empire Education Group, Inc.’s management expertise, while enabling us to maintain a vested interest in the beauty school industry. During the three months ended March 31, 2007, the terms of the transaction indicated that the estimated fair value of the accredited cosmetology schools was less than the current carrying value of this reporting unit’s net assets, including goodwill. Thus, a $23.0 million pre-tax ($19.6 million after tax), non-cash impairment loss was recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2007.

Our fiscal year 2006 analysis indicated that the net book value of our European business and Beauty School business approximated their fair values. The fair value of our North American salons and hair restoration centers exceeded their carrying amounts.

During the three months ended March 31, 2005, we reduced our expectations for our European business based on recent growth trends, and wrote down the carrying value of our European business to reflect its revised estimated fair value.

Long-Lived Assets, Excluding Goodwill

We assess the impairment of long-lived assets annually or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets or the asset grouping may not be recoverable. Our impairment analysis is performed on a salon by salon basis. Factors considered in deciding when to perform an impairment review include significant under-performance of an individual salon in relation to expectations, significant economic or geographic trends, and significant changes or planned changes in our use of the assets. Recoverability of assets that will continue to be used in our operations is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the related total estimated future net cash flows. If an asset’s carrying value is not recoverable through those cash flows, the asset grouping is considered to be impaired. The

33




impairment is measured by the difference between the assets’ carrying amount and their fair value, based on the best information available, including market prices or discounted cash flow analysis. During fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, $6.8, $8.4, and $3.6 million of impairment was recorded within depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Judgments made by management related to the expected useful lives of long-lived assets and the ability to realize undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets are affected by factors such as the ongoing maintenance and improvement of the assets, changes in economic conditions and changes in operating performance. As the ongoing expected cash flows and carrying amounts of long-lived assets are assessed, these factors could cause us to realize material impairment charges.

Purchase Price Allocation

We make numerous acquisitions. The purchase prices are allocated to assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. Fair value is estimated based on the amount for which the asset or liability could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. For our acquisitions, the majority of the purchase price that is not allocated to identifiable assets, or liabilities assumed, is accounted for as residual goodwill rather than identifiable intangible assets. This stems from the value associated with the walk-in customer base of the acquired salons, the value of which is not recorded as an identifiable intangible asset under current accounting guidance and the limited value of the acquired leased site and customer preference associated with the acquired hair salon brand. Residual goodwill further represents our opportunity to strategically combine the acquired business with our existing structure to serve a greater number of customers through our expansion strategies. Identifiable intangible assets purchased in fiscal year 2007, 2006 and 2005 acquisitions totaled $4.5, $17.3, and $9.3 million, respectively. The residual goodwill generated by fiscal year 2007, 2006, and 2005 acquisitions totaled $50.8, $127.3, and $92.3 million, respectively.

Self-insurance Accruals

We use a combination of third party insurance and self-insurance for a number of risks including workers’ compensation, health insurance, employment practice liability and general liability claims. The liability reflected on our Consolidated Balance Sheet represents an estimate of the undiscounted ultimate cost of uninsured claims incurred as of the balance sheet date. In estimating this liability, we utilize loss development factors prepared by independent third party actuaries. These development factors utilize historical data to project the future development of incurred losses. Loss estimates are adjusted based upon actual claims settlements and reported claims. Although we do not expect the amounts ultimately paid to differ significantly from the estimates, self-insurance accruals could be affected if future claims experience differs significantly from the historical trends and actuarial assumptions. We recorded a positive adjustment to our self-insurance accruals of $10.8 million ($6.8 million net of tax) during fiscal year 2007. The reserve reduction relates primarily to an actuarial reduction in prior years workers’ compensation claims reserves as a result of continued improvement of our new safety and return-to-work programs over the recent years as well as changes in state laws. In fiscal 2006 and 2005 we increased self-insurance accruals related to prior years claims by $1.0 and $2.3 million, respectively. During fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, our insurance costs were $29.7, $40.5 and $38.2 million, respectively.

Income Taxes

In determining income for financial statement purposes, management must make certain estimates and judgments. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets, which arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expense.

34




Management must assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered. If recovery is not likely, we must increase our provision for taxes by recording a reserve, in the form of a valuation allowance, for the deferred tax assets that will not be ultimately recoverable. Should there be a change in our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which it is determined that the recovery is more likely than not.

In addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. Management recognizes potential liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the United States and other tax jurisdictions based on our estimate of whether and the extent to which additional taxes will be due. If payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of the liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when we determine the liabilities are no longer necessary. If our estimate of tax liabilities proves to be less than the ultimate assessment, a further charge to expense would result. In the United States, fiscal years 2003 and after remain open for federal tax audit. For state tax audits, the statute of limitations generally spans three to four years, resulting in a number of states remaining open for tax audits dating back to fiscal year 2003. Internationally (including Canada), the statute of limitations for tax audits varies by jurisdiction, but generally ranges from three to five years.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

Compensation expense for stock-based compensation is estimated on the grant date using an option-pricing model. During fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, stock-based compensation expense totaled $4.9, $4.9, and $1.2 million, respectively. Our specific weighted average assumptions for the risk free interest rate, expected term, expected volatility and expected dividend yield are documented in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, under SFAS No. 123R, we are required to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures for purposes of determining compensation expense to be recognized. Future expense amounts for any particular quarterly or annual period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or changes in market conditions.

Contingencies

We are involved in various lawsuits and claims that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. Accruals are recorded for such contingencies based on our assessment that the occurrence is probable, and where determinable, an estimate of the liability amount. Management considers many factors in making these assessments including past history and the specifics of each case. However, litigation is inherently unpredictable and excessive verdicts do occur, which could have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

OVERVIEW OF FISCAL YEAR 2007 RESULTS

The following summarizes key aspects of our fiscal year 2007 results:

·   Revenues increased 8.1 percent to $2.6 billion and consolidated same-store sales increased 0.2 percent during fiscal year 2007. An increase in average ticket price offset by the continued decline in visitation patterns due to fashion trends resulted in consolidated same-store sales of 0.2 percent. The Company expects fiscal year 2008 same-store sales growth to be consistent with this trend toward flat to low-single-digit same-store sales growth.

·   The decrease in operating income as a percentage of consolidated revenues during fiscal year 2007 was in part due to the pre-tax, non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $23.0 million ($19.6 million net of tax) associated with our accredited cosmetology schools. On August 1, 2007 (fiscal year 2008), our schools were contributed to a newly formed company, Empire Education Group, Inc.

35




Our 49.0 percent investment in Empire Education Group, Inc. will be accounted for under the equity method.

·        Total debt at the end of the fiscal year was $709.2 million and our debt-to-capitalization ratio, calculated as total debt as a percentage of total debt and shareholders’ equity at fiscal year end, increased 200 basis points to 43.7 percent as compared to June 30, 2006.

·        The effective income tax rate was adversely impacted by the goodwill impairment charge, which caused a 4.2 percent increase in the rate, as the majority of the associated goodwill written off was not deductible for tax purposes. This was partially offset by Work Opportunity and Welfare-to-Work Tax Credits earned during the fiscal year, which caused a 3.2 percent decrease in the rate.

·        Site operating expenses were positively impacted by a $10.8 million ($6.8 million net of tax) reduction in our self-insurance accruals, primarily workers’ compensation, due to the continued improvement of our safety and return-to-work programs over the recent years as well as changes in state laws.

·        Earnings per share decreased to $1.82 per diluted share, down from $2.36 per diluted share in fiscal year 2006, primarily related to the gain on the terminated acquisition settlement in fiscal year 2006 and the schools goodwill impairment charge in fiscal year 2007.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Consolidated Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain information derived from our Consolidated Statement of Operations in Item 8, expressed as a percent of revenues. The percentages are computed as a percent of total revenues, except as noted.

Results of Operations as a Percent of Revenues

 

 

For the Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

  2007  

 

  2006  

 

  2005  

 

Service revenues

 

 

68.3

%

 

 

67.2

%

 

 

66.8

%

 

Product revenues

 

 

28.6

 

 

 

29.6

 

 

 

29.6

 

 

Royalties and fees

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

3.6

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of service(1)

 

 

56.6

 

 

 

56.8

 

 

 

57.0

 

 

Cost of product(2)

 

 

50.6

 

 

 

51.6

 

 

 

51.8

 

 

Site operating expenses

 

 

7.9

 

 

 

8.2

 

 

 

8.3

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

12.5

 

 

 

12.1

 

 

 

11.9

 

 

Rent

 

 

14.6

 

 

 

14.4

 

 

 

14.2

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

4.8

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

Terminated acquisition income, net

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

0.0

 

 

Operating income

 

 

6.3

 

 

 

8.4

 

 

 

6.3

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

4.9

 

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

5.3

 

 

Net income

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

2.9

 

 


(1)           Computed as a percent of service revenues and excludes depreciation expense.

(2)           Computed as a percent of product revenues and excludes depreciation expense.

36




Consolidated Revenues

Consolidated revenues primarily include revenues of company-owned salons, product and equipment sales to franchisees, beauty schools revenues, hair restoration center revenues, and franchise royalties and fees. As compared to the prior fiscal year, consolidated revenues increased 8.1 percent to $2.6 billion during fiscal year 2007 and 10.8 percent to $2.4 billion during fiscal year 2006. The following table details our consolidated revenues by concept. All service revenues, product revenues (which include product and equipment sales to franchisees), and franchise royalties and fees are included within their respective concept within the table.

 

 

For the Periods Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

North American salons:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regis

 

$  498,577

 

$  481,760

 

$  475,736

 

MasterCuts

 

174,287

 

174,674

 

172,792

 

Trade Secret(1)

 

253,250

 

262,862

 

252,934

 

SmartStyle

 

462,321

 

413,907

 

351,741

 

Strip Center(1)

 

776,995

 

703,345

 

621,008

 

Total North American Salons

 

2,165,430

 

2,036,548

 

1,874,211

 

International salons(1)

 

253,430

 

220,662

 

226,784

 

Beauty schools

 

85,627

 

63,952

 

33,911

 

Hair restoration centers(1)(3)

 

122,101

 

109,702

 

59,388

 

Consolidated revenues

 

$ 2,626,588

 

$ 2,430,864

 

$ 2,194,294

 

Percent change from prior year

 

8.1

%

10.8

%

14.1

%

Salon same-store sales increase(2)

 

0.2

%

0.4

%

0.9

%


(1)           Includes aggregate franchise royalties and fees of $80.5, $77.9, and $79.5 million in fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. North American salon franchise royalties and fees represented 48.2, 50.4, and 50.6 percent of total franchise revenues in fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

(2)           Same-store sales increases or decreases are calculated on a daily basis as the total change in sales for company-owned locations which were open on a specific day of the week during the current period and the corresponding prior period. Annual same-store sales increases are the sum of the same-store sales increases computed on a daily basis. Relocated locations are included in same-store sales as they are considered to have been open in the prior period. International same-store sales are calculated in local currencies so that foreign currency fluctuations do not impact the calculation. We began including hair restoration centers in same-store sales calculations beginning with the third fiscal quarter of 2007, as we did not own or operate any hair restoration centers until December 2004. Management believes that same-store sales, a component of organic growth, are useful in order to help determine the increase in salon revenues attributable to its organic growth (new salon construction and same-store sales growth) versus growth from acquisitions.

(3)           We did not own or operate any hair restoration centers until December 2004.

37




The 8.1 and 10.8 percent increases in consolidated revenues during fiscal years 2007 and 2006, respectively, were driven by the following:

 

 

Percentage Increase
(Decrease)
in Revenues
For the Years Ended June 30,

 

Factor

 

 

 

         2007         

 

        2006        

 

Acquisitions (previous twelve months)

 

 

4.4

%

 

 

7.5

%

 

Organic growth

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

4.0

 

 

Foreign currency

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

Franchise revenues

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

Closed salons

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

 

 

8.1

%

 

 

10.8

%

 

 

We acquired 354 company-owned salons (including 97 franchise buybacks), one beauty school and two company-owned hair restoration centers (including one franchise buyback) during fiscal year 2007 compared to 290 company-owned salons (including 142 franchise buybacks), 30 beauty schools and eight company-owned hair restoration centers (including seven franchise buybacks) during fiscal year 2006. The organic growth stemmed primarily from the construction of 420 and 531 company-owned salons during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, as well as consolidated same-store sales increases. We closed 303 and 407 salons (including 168 and 229 franchise salons) during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

During fiscal year 2007, the foreign currency impact was driven by the weakening of the United States dollar against the Canadian dollar, British pound and Euro as compared to the prior fiscal year’s exchange rates. During fiscal year 2006, the foreign currency impact was driven by the strengthening of the United States dollar against the British pound and Euro as compared to the prior fiscal year’s exchange rates, partially offset by the continued weakening of the United States dollar against the Canadian dollar.

During fiscal year 2008, revenues from our beauty schools will not be included in consolidated revenues, as our 49.0 percent investment in Empire Education Group, Inc. will be accounted for under the equity method.

Consolidated revenues are primarily composed of service and product revenues, as well as franchise royalties and fees. Fluctuations in these three major revenue categories were as follows:

Service Revenues.    Service revenues include revenues generated from company-owned salons, tuition and service revenues generated within our beauty schools, and service revenues generated by hair restoration centers. Consolidated service revenues were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Increase Over Prior
Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Revenues

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$ 1,793,802

 

$ 159,774

 

 

9.8

%

 

2006

 

1,634,028

 

167,692

 

 

11.4

 

 

2005

 

1,466,336

 

195,104

 

 

15.3

 

 

 

The growth in service revenues during fiscal year 2007 was driven primarily by acquisitions and new salon construction (a component of organic growth). Consolidated same-store service sales increased 1.0 percent during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007. Additionally, hair restoration service revenues contributed to the increase in consolidated service revenues during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 due to strong recurring and new customer revenues and increases in hair transplant management fees.

38




Same-store sales were negatively impacted by the sustained long-hair trend, as customer visitation patterns continued to be modest related to the fashion trend towards longer hairstyles.

The growth in service revenues during fiscal years 2006 and 2005 was driven primarily by acquisitions (including the acquisition of the hair restoration centers at the end of the three months ended December 31, 2004) and new salon construction (a component of organic growth). Same-store service sales in our salons continued to be modest due to a slight lengthening of customer visitation patterns stemming from a fashion trend towards longer hairstyles.

Product Revenues.    Product revenues are primarily sales at company-owned salons, beauty schools, hair restoration centers, and sales of product and equipment to franchisees. Consolidated product revenues were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Increase Over Prior
Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Revenues

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$ 752,280

 

$ 33,338

 

 

4.6

%

 

2006

 

718,942

 

70,522

 

 

10.9

 

 

2005

 

648,420

 

70,141

 

 

12.1

 

 

 

The growth in product revenues during fiscal year 2007 was primarily due to acquisitions. Growth was not as robust compared to the prior fiscal year due to a same-store product sales decrease of 1.8 percent during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007, related to product diversion, reduced promotions and increased appeal of mass retail hair care lines to the consumer.

The growth in product revenues during fiscal years 2006 and 2005 was primarily due to acquisitions. Growth was not as robust compared to the prior fiscal years primarily due to a lower same-store product sales increase; same-store product sales increased 0.1 percent during fiscal year 2006 and were flat in fiscal year 2005.

Franchise Royalties and Fees.    Consolidated franchise revenues, which include royalties and franchise fees, were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease) Over
Prior Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Revenues

 

  Dollar  

 

  Percentage  

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$ 80,506

 

$ 2,612

 

 

3.4

%

 

2006

 

77,894

 

(1,644

)

 

(2.1

)

 

2005

 

79,538

 

5,906

 

 

8.0

 

 

 

Total franchise locations open at June 30, 2007 and 2006 were 3,783 (including 41 franchise hair restoration centers) and 3,816 (including 42 franchise hair restoration centers). We purchased 97 of our franchise salons during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 compared to 142 during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006, which drove the overall decrease in the number of franchise salons between periods. The increase in consolidated franchise revenues during fiscal year 2007 was primarily due to the weakening of the United States dollar against the Canadian dollar, British pound and Euro as compared to the exchange rates for fiscal year 2006, partially offset by a decreased number of franchise salons, as discussed above.

Total franchise locations open at June 30, 2006 and 2005 were 3,816 (including 42 franchise hair restoration centers) and 3,951 (including 49 franchise hair restoration centers), respectively. We purchased 142 of our franchise salons during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006 compared to 139 during the twelve months ended June 30, 2005, which drove the overall decrease in the number of franchise salons

39




between periods. Strip center and international franchise salon closures also drove this decrease. The decrease in consolidated franchise revenues during fiscal year 2006 was primarily due to the impact of unfavorable foreign currency fluctuations, as well as 142 franchise buybacks during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006.

The increase in consolidated franchise revenues during fiscal year 2005 was due to favorable foreign currency fluctuations, the acquisition of 49 franchise hair restoration centers and the opening of additional new international franchise salons during fiscal year 2005 as compared to the prior fiscal year.

Gross Margin (Excluding Depreciation)

Our cost of revenues primarily includes labor costs related to salon employees, beauty school instructors and hair restoration center employees, the cost of product used in providing services and the cost of products sold to customers and franchisees. The resulting gross margin was as follows:

 

 

Gross

 

Margin as % of
Service and Product

 

Increase (Decrease) Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Margin

 

Revenues

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

 

Basis Point(1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$ 1,150,809

 

 

45.2

%

 

$ 97,372

 

 

9.2

%

 

 

40

 

 

2006

 

1,053,437

 

 

44.8

 

 

110,766

 

 

11.8

 

 

 

20

 

 

2005

 

942,671

 

 

44.6

 

 

115,168

 

 

13.9

 

 

 

(10

)

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in gross margin as a percent of service and product revenues as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

Service Margin (Excluding Depreciation).    Service margin was as follows:

 

 

Service

 

Margin as % of

 

Increase (Decrease) Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Margin

 

Service Revenues

 

Dollar

 

  Percentage  

 

Basis Point(1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$ 779,021

 

 

43.4

%

 

$ 73,508

 

 

10.4

%

 

 

20

 

 

2006

 

705,513

 

 

43.2

 

 

75,626

 

 

12.0

 

 

 

20

 

 

2005

 

629,887

 

 

43.0

 

 

77,179

 

 

14.0

 

 

 

(50

)

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in service margin as a percent of service revenues as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

The basis point improvement in service margins as a percent of service revenues during fiscal year 2007 was primarily due to a same-store service sales increase of 1.0 percent during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 compared to 0.6 percent during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006. The improvement was also due to increased tuition in the schools segment, increased hair restoration service revenues due to strong recurring and new customer revenues and increases in hair transplant management fees and the continued focus on management of salon payroll costs. During fiscal year 2008, we expect service margins to decrease as a percent of service revenues by approximately 40 basis points due to the deconsolidation of beauty schools.

The basis point improvement in service margins as a percent of service revenues during fiscal year 2006 was primarily due to improved payroll and payroll-related costs and a same-store service sales increase of 0.6 percent during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006.

The basis point deterioration in service margins as a percent of service revenues during fiscal year 2005 was primarily related to increased payroll taxes and an increased cost of goods used in services.

40




Product Margin (Excluding Depreciation).    Product margin was as follows:

 

 

Product

 

Margin as % of

 

Increase Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Margin

 

Product Revenues

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

 

Basis Point   (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

371,788

 

 

49.4

%

 

$

23,864

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

110

 

 

2006

 

347,924

 

 

48.4

 

 

35,140

 

 

11.2

 

 

 

20

 

 

2005

 

312,784

 

 

48.2

 

 

37,989

 

 

13.8

 

 

 

70

 

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in product margin as a percent of product revenues as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

The basis point improvement in product margins as a percent of product revenues during fiscal year 2007 was primarily due to a reduction in retail promotional discounting as compared to fiscal year 2006. During fiscal year 2008, we expect product margins to increase as a percent of product revenues by approximately 50 basis points. Product margins are not expected to be materially impacted by the deconsolidation of beauty schools.

The basis point improvement in product margins as a percent of product revenues during fiscal year 2006 was primarily related to product sales from the hair restoration centers, which have higher product margins than sales of retail products in salons, for the full year as compared to seven months (since the date of acquisition) during the prior fiscal year. This benefit was partially offset by reduced sales margins realized on several vendor product lines repackaged during the fiscal year.

The basis point improvement in product margins as a percent of product revenues during fiscal year 2005 was due to the impact of including product sales in the hair restoration centers in our operations for approximately half of the year (the acquisition closed in December 2004), which have higher product margins than our salon business. This favorable impact was softened by an upward adjustment to the usage percentage to reflect current trends towards the sale of lower margin products and an increase to our slow-moving product reserve in response to changing product lines.

Site Operating Expenses

This expense category includes direct costs incurred by our salons, beauty schools and hair restoration centers, such as on-site advertising, workers’ compensation, insurance, utilities and janitorial costs. Site operating expenses were as follows:

 

 

Site

 

Expense as %
of Consolidated

 

Increase (Decrease) Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Operating

 

Revenues

 

    Dollar    

 

Percentage

 

Basis Point   (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

208,101

 

 

7.9

%

 

 

$

8,499

 

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

(30

)

 

2006

 

199,602

 

 

8.2

 

 

 

16,546

 

 

 

9.0

 

 

 

(10

)

 

2005

 

183,056

 

 

8.3

 

 

 

19,691

 

 

 

12.1

 

 

 

(20

)

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in site operating expenses as a percent of consolidated revenues as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

The basis point improvement in site operating expenses as a percent of consolidated revenues during fiscal year 2007 was primarily due to an actuarial reduction in insurance claims reserves, primarily workers’ compensation, as a result of the continued improvement of our safety and return-to-work programs over the recent years, as well as changes in state laws, providing an additional benefit of $10.8 million ($6.8 million net of tax) during fiscal year 2007. During fiscal year 2008, we expect site operating expenses to increase as a percent of consolidated revenues by approximately 40 basis points, 20 basis points due to the deconsolidation of beauty schools.

41




The basis point improvement in site operating expenses as a percent of consolidated revenues during fiscal year 2006 was primarily due to reduced workers’ compensation insurance-related costs stemming from decreased claims activity.

The basis point improvement in site operating expenses during fiscal year 2005 was primarily due to the addition of the hair restoration centers in December 2004, which have lower site operating expenses as a percentage of consolidated revenue.

General and Administrative

General and administrative (G&A) includes costs associated with our field supervision, salon training and promotions, product distribution centers and corporate offices (such as salaries and professional fees), including costs incurred to support franchise, beauty school and hair restoration center operations. G&A expenses were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Expense as %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Consolidated

 

Increase Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

G&A

 

Revenues

 

    Dollar    

 

Percentage

 

Basis Point   (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

328,644

 

 

12.5

%

 

 

$

34,552

 

 

 

11.7

%

 

 

40

 

 

2006

 

294,092

 

 

12.1

 

 

 

33,885

 

 

 

13.0

 

 

 

20

 

 

2005

 

260,207

 

 

11.9

 

 

 

45,597

 

 

 

21.2

 

 

 

70

 

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in G&A as a percent of consolidated revenues as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

The planned basis point deterioration in G&A costs as a percent of consolidated revenues during fiscal year 2007 was primarily due to increases in salon supervisor salaries, benefits, travel expenses, professional fees and the timing of promotional salon and hair restoration advertising. During fiscal year 2008, we expect G&A expenses as a percent of consolidated revenues to remain consistent with fiscal year 2007. G&A expenses are not expected to be materially impacted by the deconsolidation of beauty schools.

The basis point deterioration in G&A costs as a percent of consolidated revenues during fiscal year 2006 was primarily due to $2.8 million related to the settlement of a Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) lawsuit over wage and hour disputes. Excluding the ten basis point impact of this settlement, G&A expenses were relatively consistent as a percent of revenues compared to the prior fiscal year.

The basis point deterioration in G&A expenses as a percent of consolidated revenues during fiscal year 2005 was primarily due to the addition of the hair restoration centers, which have slightly higher G&A costs as a percent of consolidated revenues due to the marketing-intensive nature of that business, as well as increased professional fees related to the June 30, 2005 Sarbanes-Oxley 404 compliance effort and legal fees stemming from a lawsuit related to the FLSA. Additionally, we recorded additional expense related to certain employee benefits during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005.

42




Rent

Rent expense, which includes base and percentage rent, common area maintenance and real estate taxes, was as follows:

 

 

 

 

Expense as %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Consolidated

 

Increase Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Rent

 

Revenues

 

     Dollar     

 

Percentage

 

Basis Point    (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

382,820

 

 

14.6

%

 

 

$

31,894

 

 

 

9.1

%

 

 

20

 

 

2006

 

350,926

 

 

14.4

 

 

 

39,942

 

 

 

12.8

 

 

 

20

 

 

2005

 

310,984

 

 

14.2

 

 

 

41,555

 

 

 

15.4

 

 

 

20

 

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in rent expense as a percent of consolidated revenues as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

The basis point deterioration in rent expense as a percent of consolidated revenues during fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005 was primarily due to rent expense increasing at a faster rate than location same-store sales. Additionally, fiscal year 2007 is impacted by an extra week of rent in the United Kingdom. During fiscal year 2008, we expect rent expense as a percent of consolidated revenues to increase by approximately 30 basis points. Rent expense rates are not materially impacted by the deconsolidation of beauty schools.

During fiscal year 2006, $4.1 million in lease termination costs were recognized through rent expense. These costs resulted from our decision to close 64 company-owned salon locations and refocus efforts on improving the sales and operations of nearby salons. Additionally, the increase in this fixed-cost expense as a percent of consolidated revenues was due to salon rent increasing at a faster rate than salon same-store sales during both fiscal years 2006 and 2005.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense (D&A) was as follows:

 

 

 

 

Expense as %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Consolidated

 

Increase (Decrease) Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

Periods Ended June 30,

 

 

 

D&A

 

Revenues

 

    Dollar    

 

Percentage

 

Basis Point   (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

124,137

 

 

4.7

%

 

 

$

8,234

 

 

 

7.1

%

 

 

(10

)

 

2006

 

115,903

 

 

4.8

 

 

 

24,150

 

 

 

26.3

 

 

 

60

 

 

2005

 

91,753

 

 

4.2

 

 

 

16,770

 

 

 

22.4

 

 

 

30

 

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in depreciation and amortization as a percent of consolidated revenues as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

The basis point improvement in D&A for fiscal year 2007 relates primarily to lower salon impairment charges in fiscal year 2007 when compared to salon impairment charges in fiscal year 2006. Impairment charges of $6.8 million ($4.3 million net of tax) were recorded during fiscal 2007 related to the impairment of property and equipment at underperforming locations. During fiscal year 2008, we expect D&A as a percent of consolidated revenues to decrease by approximately 20 basis points. D&A expense rates are not expected to be impacted by the deconsolidation of beauty schools.

The basis point deterioration in D&A as a percent of consolidated revenues during fiscal year 2006 was primarily due to increased salon impairment charges during fiscal year 2006 over fiscal year 2005, stemming from lower same-store sales volumes during recent fiscal years. Impairment charges of $7.4 and $1.0 million were recognized for the North American and international operations, respectively, during fiscal year 2006. Additionally, $2.4 million in losses on disposal of property and equipment was recognized

43




related to the fourth quarter closure of 64 salons. We decided to close these company-owned salon locations in order to refocus efforts on improving the sales and operations of nearby salons.

The basis point deterioration in D&A as a percent of consolidated revenues during fiscal year 2005 was primarily due to amortization of intangible assets that we acquired in the acquisition of the hair restoration centers during the three months ended December 31, 2004.

Interest

Interest expense was as follows:

 

 

 

 

Expense as %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Consolidated

 

Increase Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Interest

 

Revenues

 

     Dollar     

 

Percentage

 

Basis Point   (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

41,770

 

 

1.6

%

 

 

$

6,781

 

 

 

19.4

%

 

 

20

 

 

2006

 

34,989

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

10,604

 

 

 

43.5

 

 

 

30

 

 

2005

 

24,385

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

7,321

 

 

 

42.9

 

 

 

20

 

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in interest expense as a percent of consolidated revenues as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

The basis point deterioration in interest expense as a percent of consolidated revenues during fiscal year 2007 was primarily due to increased debt levels due to the Company’s repurchase of $79.7 million of our outstanding common stock, acquisitions and the timing of income tax payments during the fiscal year. During fiscal year 2008, we expect interest expense to decrease to approximately $37 million.

The basis point deterioration in interest expense as a percent of consolidated revenues during fiscal years 2006 and 2005 was primarily due to an increase in our debt level stemming from fiscal years 2006 and 2005 acquisition activity, including additional beauty schools and the fiscal year 2005 acquisition of the hair restoration centers. Additionally, increased borrowing rates contributed to the fiscal year 2006 increase in interest expense as a percent of consolidated revenues.

Income Taxes

Our reported effective tax rate was as follows:

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

Effective
Rate

 

Basis Point
Improvement
(Deterioration)

 

 

2007

 

 

35.0

%

 

 

60

 

 

2006

 

 

35.6

 

 

 

890

 

 

2005

 

 

44.5

 

 

 

(850

)

 

 

The basis point improvement in our overall effective income tax rate for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 was primarily due to the tax benefit received during the three months ended December 31, 2006 related to the retroactive reinstatement to January 1, 2006 of the Work Opportunity and Welfare-to-Work Tax Credits. The basis point improvement was also due to increases in international income subject to tax in lower tax foreign jurisdictions, partially offset by the pre-tax, non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $23.0 million ($19.6 million net of tax) recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2007. The majority of the impairment charge was not deductible for tax purposes.

The basis point improvement in our overall effective income tax rate for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 was related to the 2005 goodwill impairment charge in the international salon segment, which is non-deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill impairment caused an 11.0 percent increase in the fiscal year

44




2005 tax rate. Excluding the impact of the goodwill impairment, the increase in the fiscal year 2006 tax rate over the prior year was primarily due to the elimination of the Work Opportunity and Welfare-to-Work Tax Credits, which expired on December 31, 2005. During fiscal year 2005, excluding the impact of the goodwill impairment, the improvement in the effective tax rate over fiscal year 2004 was primarily due to the successful settlement of our federal audit and the retroactive reinstatement of the Work Opportunity and Welfare-to-Work Tax Credits during fiscal year 2005 (see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements are discussed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Effects of Inflation

We compensate some of our salon employees with percentage commissions based on sales they generate, thereby enabling salon payroll expense as a percent of company-owned salon revenues to remain relatively constant. Accordingly, this provides us certain protection against inflationary increases, as payroll expense and related benefits (our major expense components) are variable costs of sales. In addition, we may increase pricing in our salons to offset any significant increases in wages. Therefore, we do not believe inflation has had a significant impact on the results of our operations.

Constant Currency Presentation

The presentation below demonstrates the effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations from year to year. To present this information, current period results for entities reporting in currencies other than United States dollars are converted into United States dollars at the average exchange rates in effect during the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year, rather than the actual average exchange rates in effect during the current fiscal year. Therefore, the foreign currency impact is equal to current year results in local currencies multiplied by the change in the average foreign currency exchange rate between the current fiscal period and the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on consolidated revenues due to the strengthening of the Canadian dollar, British pound and Euro, as compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, foreign currency translation had a negative impact on consolidated revenues due to the weakening of the British pound and Euro against the United States dollar, partially offset by the strengthening of the Canadian dollar.

 

 

Favorable (Unfavorable) Impact of Foreign
Currency Exchange Rate Fluctuations

 

 

 

Impact on Revenues

 

Impact on Income
Before Income Taxes

 

Currency

 

 

 

Fiscal 2007

 

Fiscal 2006

 

Fiscal 2007

 

Fiscal 2006

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Canadian dollar

 

 

$

3,606

 

 

 

$

7,274

 

 

 

$

608

 

 

 

$

1,060

 

 

British pound

 

 

15,167

 

 

 

(6,753

)

 

 

616

 

 

 

(341

)

 

Euro

 

 

4,388

 

 

 

(2,472

)

 

 

782

 

 

 

(292

)

 

Total

 

 

$

23,161

 

 

 

$

(1,951

)

 

 

$

2,006

 

 

 

$

427

 

 

 

45




Results of Operations by Segment

Based on our internal management structure, we report four segments: North American salons, international salons, beauty schools and hair restoration centers. Significant results of operations are discussed below with respect to each of these segments.

North American Salons

North American Salon Revenues.    Total North American salon revenues were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Increase Over Prior
Fiscal Year

 

Same-Store

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Revenues

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

 

Sales Increase

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

2,165,430

 

$

128,882

 

 

6.3

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

2006

 

2,036,548

 

162,337

 

 

8.7

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

2005

 

1,874,211

 

168,665

 

 

9.9

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

The percentage increases during the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 were due to the following factors:

 

 

Percentage Increase

 

 

 

(Decrease) in Revenues

 

 

 

For the Years Ended June 30,

 

Factor

 

 

 

        2007        

 

        2006        

 

Acquisitions (previous twelve months)

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

4.4

%

 

Organic growth

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

4.4

 

 

Foreign currency

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

Franchise revenues

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

Closed salons

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

 

 

6.3

%

 

 

8.7

%

 

 

We acquired 338 North American salons during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007, including 93 franchise buybacks. The organic growth was due primarily to the construction of 395 company-owned salons in North America during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007, partially offset by a lower same-store sales increase of 0.1 percent during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 as compared to 0.7 percent during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006. The foreign currency impact during fiscal year 2007 was driven by the weakening of the United States dollar against the Canadian dollar as compared to the exchange rate for fiscal year 2006.

We acquired 278 North American salons during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006, including 140 franchise buybacks. The organic growth stemmed primarily from the construction of 498 company-owned salons in North America during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006. The foreign currency impact during fiscal year 2006 was driven by the weakening of the United States dollar against the Canadian dollar as compared to the exchange rate for fiscal year 2005.

46




North American Salon Operating Income.    Operating income for the North American salons was as follows:

 

 

Operating

 

Operating Income as

 

Increase (Decrease) Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Income

 

% of Total Revenues

 

    Dollar    

 

Percentage

 

Basis Point   (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

282,498

 

 

13.0

%

 

 

$

25,936

 

 

 

10.1

%

 

 

40

 

 

2006

 

256,561

 

 

12.6

 

 

 

8,481

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

(60

)

 

2005

 

248,080

 

 

13.2

 

 

 

(1,330

)

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

(140

)

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in North American salon operating income as a percent of total North American salon revenues as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

The basis point improvement in North American salon operating income as a percent of North American salon revenues during fiscal year 2007 was due to improved product margins and a reduction in workers’ compensation expense as a result of the continued improvement of our safety and return-to-work programs over the recent years, as well as changes in state laws and rent expense increasing at a faster rate than salon same-store sales.

The basis point deterioration in North American salon operating income as a percent of North American salon revenues during fiscal year 2006 was primarily due to reduced retail product margins, largely the result of increased costs associated with the repackaging efforts by suppliers of several top retail product lines. Additionally, rent and depreciation and amortization expenses increased as a percent of North American salon revenues due to lease termination costs and losses on the disposal of property and equipment stemming from salon closures. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, we decided to close 64 company-owned salon locations prior to the lease end date in order to refocus efforts on improving the sales and operations of nearby salons. Increased salon impairment charges during fiscal year 2006 and lower same-store sales volumes during recent fiscal years also contributed to the increase in depreciation and amortization expenses during fiscal year 2006.

The basis point deterioration in North American salon operating income as a percent of North American salon revenues during fiscal year 2005 was primarily related to decreased margins stemming from lower vendor rebates due to a decrease in our level of purchases from certain vendors during fiscal year 2005, an upward adjustment to the usage percentage to reflect current trends towards the sale of lower margin products and an increase to our slow-moving product reserve in response to changing product lines. Additionally, an adjustment to the weighted average cost associated with our private label product line negatively impacted our product margins in the North American salons. Additionally, rent increased at a faster rate than North American salon same-store sales during the year ended June 30, 2005 and payroll taxes were higher as a percent of North American salon revenues than in the prior fiscal year.

International Salons

International Salon Revenues.    Total international salon revenues were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)
Over Prior
Fiscal Year

 

Same-Store
Sales
(Decrease)

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Revenues

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

 

Increase

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

253,430

 

$

32,768

 

 

14.8

%

 

 

(0.6

)%

 

2006

 

220,662

 

(6,122

)

 

(2.7

)

 

 

(3.0

)

 

2005

 

226,784

 

24,330

 

 

12.0

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

47




The percentage increases during the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 were due to the following factors.

 

 

Percentage Increase
(Decrease) in Revenues

 

 

 

For the Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

       2007       

 

       2006       

 

Acquisitions (previous twelve months)

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

1.8

%

 

Organic growth

 

 

4.4

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

Foreign currency

 

 

8.5

 

 

 

(3.9

)

 

Franchise revenues

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

(0.5

)

 

Closed salons

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

 

 

14.8

%

 

 

(2.7

)%

 

 

We acquired 16 international salons during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007, including four franchise buybacks. The organic growth was due to the construction of 25 company-owned international salons during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 and the additional week in the fiscal year 2007 reporting period as compared to the fiscal year 2006 reporting period, partially offset by a same-store sales decrease of 0.6 percent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2007. The foreign currency impact during fiscal year 2007 was driven by the weakening of the United States dollar against the British pound and the Euro as compared to the exchange rates for fiscal year 2006.

We acquired 12 international salons during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006, including two franchise buybacks. The organic growth stemmed from the construction of 33 company-owned international salons during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006, partially offset by a same-store sales decrease of 3.0 percent during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006. The foreign currency impact during fiscal year 2006 was driven by the strengthening of the United States dollar against the British pound and the Euro as compared to the exchange rates for fiscal year 2005. The decrease in franchise revenues was primarily due to the closure and sale of 116 franchise salons during fiscal year 2006.

International Salon Operating Income (Loss).    Operating income (loss) for the international salons was as follows:

 

 

Operating

 

Operating Income
(Loss) as

 

Increase (Decrease) Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

% of Total Revenues

 

    Dollar    

 

Percentage

 

Basis Point   (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

 

$

17,548

 

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

$

3,986

 

 

 

29.4

%

 

 

80

 

 

2006

 

 

13,562

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

31,695

 

 

 

174.8

 

 

 

1,410

 

 

2005

 

 

(18,133

)

 

 

(8.0

)

 

 

(40,612

)

 

 

(180.7

)

 

 

(1,910

)

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in international salon operating income (loss) as a percent of total international salon revenues as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

The basis point improvement in international salon operating income as a percent of international salon revenues during fiscal year 2007 was primarily due to improved product margins and severance expenses incurred in fiscal 2006 that did not occur in fiscal 2007. A same-store product sales increase of 7.1 percent for the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 also contributed to the improvement.

The basis point improvement in international salon operating income as a percent of international salon revenues during fiscal year 2006 was primarily due to the goodwill impairment charge of $38.3 million recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2005, offset by a $1.0 million charge in fiscal year 2006 related to the impairment of certain salons’ property and equipment which contributed to an increase in depreciation and amortization expense. Exclusive of the prior year goodwill impairment charge, operating income decreased 280 basis points as a percentage of total international salon revenues.

48




This decrease was primarily due to the impact of certain fixed cost categories, such as rent and depreciation expense, measured as a percentage of lower same-store sales, as well as the $1.0 million of property and equipment impairment charges.

The basis point deterioration in international salon operating income as a percent of international salon revenues during fiscal year 2005 was due to the goodwill impairment charge discussed in the preceding paragraph. The primary factor that led to the impairment charge was slower than expected growth of the European economy. Exclusive of the goodwill impairment charge, international salon operating income decreased as a percent of international revenues compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to higher payroll costs (including severance payments related to the franchise operations in France), as well as the fixed cost components of G&A increasing at a faster rate than the same-store sales in the international salons.

Beauty Schools

Beauty School Revenues.    Total beauty schools revenues were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Increase Over Prior
Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Revenues

 

Dollar

 

Percentage

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

85,627

 

$

21,675

 

 

33.9

%

 

2006

 

63,952

 

30,041

 

 

88.6

 

 

2005

 

33,911

 

18,768

 

 

123.9

 

 

 

The percentage increases during the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 were due to the following factors:

 

 

Percentage Increase
(Decrease) in Revenues

 

 

 

For the Periods Ended June 30,

 

 

 

        2007        

 

        2006        

 

Acquisitions (previous twelve months)

 

 

22.0

%

 

 

89.3

%

 

Organic growth

 

 

10.6

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

Foreign currency

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

 

 

33.9

%

 

 

88.6

%

 

 

We acquired one beauty school during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007. The organic growth was due to the construction of one beauty school during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 and tuition rate and student population increases. The foreign currency impact during fiscal year 2007 was driven by the weakening of the United States dollar against the British pound as compared to the exchange rates for fiscal year 2006.

We acquired 30 beauty schools during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006. The organic growth stemmed from the construction of two beauty schools during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006. The foreign currency impact during fiscal year 2006 was driven by the strengthening of the United States dollar against the British pound as compared to the exchange rates for fiscal year 2005.

49




Beauty School Operating (Loss) Income.    Operating (loss) income for our beauty schools was as follows:

 

 

Operating

 

Operating (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss)

 

Income as %

 

(Decrease) Increase Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Income

 

of Total Revenues

 

    Dollar    

 

Percentage

 

Basis Point   (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

(14,259

)

 

(16.7

)%

 

 

$

(21,025

)

 

 

(310.7

)%

 

 

(2730

)

 

2006

 

6,766

 

 

10.6

 

 

 

(700

)

 

 

(9.4

)

 

 

(1,140

)

 

2005

 

7,466

 

 

22.0

 

 

 

2,251

 

 

 

43.2

 

 

 

(1,240

)

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in beauty school operating income as a percent of total beauty school revenues as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

The basis point deterioration in beauty school operating income as a percent of beauty school revenues during fiscal year 2007 was due to the $23.0 million pre-tax ($19.6 million after tax), non-cash goodwill impairment charge recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2007. On August 1, 2007 (fiscal year 2008), the Company contributed its 51 accredited cosmetology schools to Empire Education Group, Inc., creating the largest beauty school operator in North America. This transaction leverages Empire Education Group, Inc.’s management expertise, while enabling the Company to maintain a vested interest in the beauty school industry. Upon completion of the transaction, the Company will own a 49.0 percent minority interest in Empire Education Group, Inc. The investment will be accounted for under the equity method. The Company realized that in order to maximize the potential of the beauty school division, it would be necessary to invest heavily in information technology platforms and management. The Company believes merging with Empire is the most efficient and accretive way to achieve its goals. This transaction leverages Empire Education Group, Inc.’s management expertise, while enabling the Company to maintain a vested interest in the beauty school industry. The consolidated new Empire Education Group, Inc. will own 88 accredited cosmetology schools with revenues of approximately $130 million annually and will be overseen by the current Empire management team. The Company expects the integration of the Regis schools into Empire Education Group, Inc. to take several months and that there will be significant integration costs. Once the integration is complete, the Company expects to share in significant synergies and operating improvements. Long-term, the Company expects this transaction to be very accretive and to add significantly more shareholder value than the $23.0 million ($19.6 million net of tax) impairment charge.

We first began operating beauty schools in December 2002 (i.e., the second quarter of fiscal year 2003), in conjunction with the Vidal Sassoon acquisition. We expanded by acquiring 30, 13 and six beauty schools during fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Therefore, the year over year fluctuations in beauty school operating income stemmed partially from our integration of the new beauty schools and changes in the mix of beauty schools due to these acquisitions. During fiscal year 2006, a reduced level of enrollments and an increase in dropped students had an unfavorable impact on operating income. Additionally, an increase to the bad debt reserve for uncollectible tuition related to inactive students and an increase in marketing expenses incurred to help bolster late summer and early fall enrollment impacted fiscal year 2006 operating income.

Hair Restoration Centers

As discussed in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we acquired Hair Club for Men and Women in December 2004. Therefore, our operating results for the year ended June 30, 2005 include only seven months of operations from this acquired entity (referred to as hair restoration centers for segment reporting purposes). Refer to Note 11 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for the results of operations related to the hair restoration centers which were included in our Consolidated Statement of Operations and Note 3 for related pro forma information.

50




Hair Restoration Center Revenues.    Total hair restoration center revenues were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Increase Over Prior
Fiscal Year

 

Same-Store
Sales

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Revenues

 

    Dollar    

 

Percentage

 

Increase

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

122,101

 

 

$

12,399

 

 

 

11.3

%

 

 

8.7

%

 

2006(1)

 

109,702

 

 

50,314

 

 

 

84.7

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

2005(1)

 

59,388

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

 


(1)           We did not own or operate any hair restoration centers until December 2004.

The percentage increases during the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 were due to the following factors:

 

 

Percentage Increase
(Decrease) in Revenues

 

 

 

For the Periods Ended June 30,

 

 

 

        2007        

 

        2006        

 

Acquisitions (previous twelve months)

 

 

4.7

%

 

 

81.4

%

 

Organic growth

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

3.8

 

 

Franchise revenues

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

 

 

11.3

%

 

 

84.7

%

 

 

We acquired two hair restoration centers during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007, one of which was a franchise buyback. The increase in total hair restoration revenues during fiscal year 2007 was due to strong recurring and new customer revenues and increases in hair transplant management fees.

We acquired eight hair restoration centers during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006, including seven franchise buybacks, and constructed one hair restoration center during the twelve months ended June 30, 2006. The franchise buybacks drove the decrease in franchise revenues. The increase in total hair restoration revenues during fiscal year 2006 was due to the acquisition of 42 company-owned and 49 franchise hair restoration centers in conjunction with the initial acquisition of Hair Club for Men and Women in December 2004.

Hair Restoration Center Operating Income.    Operating income for our hair restoration centers was as follows:

 

 

Operating

 

Operating Income as

 

Increase (Decrease) Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Income

 

% of Total Revenues

 

        Dollar        

 

Percentage

 

Basis Point   (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

 

$

25,561

 

 

 

20.9

%

 

 

$

3,988

 

 

 

18.5

%

 

 

120

 

 

2006

 

 

21,573

 

 

 

19.7

 

 

 

9,309

 

 

 

75.9

 

 

 

(100

)

 

2005(2)

 

 

12,264

 

 

 

20.7

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in hair restoration center operating income as a percent of total hair restoration center revenues as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year.

(2)           We did not own or operate any hair restoration centers until December 2004.

The basis point improvement in hair restoration operating income as a percent of hair restoration revenues during fiscal year 2007 was due to strong recurring and new customer revenues and increases in hair transplant management fees, partially offset by an increase in professional fees and advertising and marketing expenses.

51




The basis point deterioration in hair restoration operating income as a percent of hair restoration revenues during fiscal year 2006 was due to the write-off of approximately $0.5 million of software acquired as part of the original Hair Club acquisition, as it was determined that the software would no longer be used. The remaining 50 basis point fluctuation in hair restoration center operating income as a percent of hair restoration center revenues was primarily due to our integration of the recently acquired centers.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Overview

We continue to maintain a strong balance sheet to support system growth and financial flexibility. Our debt to capitalization ratio, calculated as total debt as a percentage of total debt and shareholders’ equity at fiscal year end, was as follows:

 

 

Debt to

 

Basis Point
(Deterioration)

 

As of June 30,

 

 

 

Capitalization

 

Improvement   (1)

 

2007

 

 

43.7

%

 

 

(200

)

 

2006

 

 

41.7

 

 

 

130

 

 

2005

 

 

43.0

 

 

 

(1,240

)

 


(1)           Represents the basis point change in debt to capitalization as compared to prior fiscal year end (June 30).

The basis point deterioration in the debt to capitalization ratio as of June 30, 2007 compared to June 30, 2006 was primarily due to increased debt levels stemming from share repurchases, acquisitions and timing of customary income tax payments made during fiscal year 2007. Approximately $223.4 million of our debt outstanding is classified as a current liability. We have a revolving credit facility which provides for possible acceleration of the maturity date based on provisions that are not objectively determinable and we have therefore included the outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility in our current portion of debt. As of June 30, 2007 we had borrowings on our revolving credit facility of $147.8 million. Our principal on-going cash requirements are to finance construction of new stores, remodel certain existing stores, acquire salons and purchase inventory. Customers pay for salon services and merchandise in cash at the time of sale, which reduces our working capital requirements.

The basis point improvement in the debt to capitalization ratio as of June 30, 2006 as compared to June 30, 2005 was due to increased equity levels stemming primarily from fiscal year 2006 earnings.

The basis point deterioration in the debt to capitalization ratio as of June 30, 2005 as compared to June 30, 2004 was due to the $210.0 million debt-financed acquisition of Hair Club for Men and Women during the three months ended December 31, 2004, as well as over $100 million for the purchase of salons and beauty schools during fiscal year 2005.

Total assets at June 30, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:

 

 

Total

 

Increase Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

As of June 30,

 

 

 

Assets

 

      Dollar      

 

      Percentage      

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

2,132,114

 

 

$

146,790

 

 

 

7.4

%

 

2006

 

1,985,324

 

 

259,348

 

 

 

15.0

 

 

 

Acquisitions and new salon construction (a component of organic growth) were the primary drivers of the increase in total assets as of June 30, 2007 compared to June 30, 2006. Cash increases in our international segment accounted for $11.1 million of the $49.4 million increase in consolidated cash for the twelve months ended June 30, 2007.

52




Acquisitions and organic growth were the primary drivers of the increase in total assets as of June 30, 2006 compared to June 30, 2005. Acquisitions were primarily funded by a combination of operating cash flows, debt and the assumption of acquired liabilities.

Total shareholders’ equity at June 30, 2007 and 2006 was as follows:

 

 

Shareholders’

 

Increase Over Prior Fiscal Year

 

As of June 30,

 

 

 

        Equity        

 

      Dollar      

 

      Percentage      

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

 

$

913,308

 

 

 

$

41,901

 

 

 

4.8

%

 

2006

 

 

871,407

 

 

 

116,695

 

 

 

15.5

 

 

 

During the twelve months ended June 30, 2007, equity increased primarily as a result of net income and increased accumulated other comprehensive income due primarily to foreign currency translation adjustments as the result of the strengthening of foreign currencies that underlie our investments in those markets, partially offset by lower common stock and additional paid-in capital balances stemming from share repurchases during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007.

During the twelve months ended June 30, 2006, equity increased as a result of net income, additional paid-in capital recorded in connection with the exercise of stock options, and increased accumulated other comprehensive income due to foreign currency translation adjustments stemming from the strengthening of foreign currencies that underlie our investments in those markets, partially offset by share repurchases under our stock repurchase program.

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were a result of the following:

 

 

Operating Cash Flows
For the Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Net income

 

$

83,170

 

$

109,578

 

$

64,631

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

117,327

 

107,470

 

88,150

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(6,243

)

7,409

 

(9,257

)

Goodwill and asset impairments

 

29,813

 

12,740

 

41,922

 

Receivables

 

(4,092

)

(4,918

)

(6,516

)

Inventories

 

2,709

 

(6,068

)

(17,974

)

Other current assets

 

(15,818

)

(7,551

)

1,437

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

26,436

 

46,924

 

40,714

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

15,067

 

16,463

 

17,169

 

Other

 

(6,509

)

(362

)

(4,545

)

 

 

$

241,860

 

$

281,685

 

$

215,731

 

 

During fiscal year 2007, cash provided by operating activities was lower than in the twelve months ended June 30, 2006 due to accounts payable and accrued expenses generating less cash in fiscal 2007 than fiscal 2006, which is primarily related to the timing of income tax payments. Depreciation and amortization increased primarily due to the amortization of acquired intangible assets and increased fixed assets. The goodwill impairment charge of $23.0 million ($19.6 million net of tax) related to our beauty school business. Inventories increased slightly during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 due to growth in the number of salons, partially offset by the Company’s planned initiatives to reduce inventory

53




levels in fiscal year 2007. Receivables increased during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007 primarily due to credit card receivables and increased student enrollment in the beauty school segment as compared to June 30, 2006.

During fiscal year 2006, depreciation and amortization increased primarily due to the amortization of intangible assets that we acquired in the acquisition of the hair restoration centers during December 2004 and the amortization of intangibles acquired in conjunction with recent beauty school acquisitions. Also, losses on the disposal of property and equipment (which is included in depreciation and amortization) from salons which were closed during the fourth quarter contributed to the increase. The asset impairment charge was primarily due to impairment charges for underperforming salons and the impairment of a minority investment in a privately held company. SFAS No. 123R requires that the cash retained as a result of the tax deductibility of increases in the value of stock-based arrangements be presented as a cash outflow from operating activities and a cash inflow from financing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (shown as Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation plans). In periods prior to the three months ended September 30, 2005, and the Company’s adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the tax benefit realized upon exercise of stock options was presented as an operating activity (included within accrued expenses) and totaled $9.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2005.

During fiscal year 2005, accounts payable and accrued expenses increased primarily due to an increase in inventory, as well as the timing of advertising expenses and income tax payments. Inventories increased due to growth in the number of salons, as well as lower than expected same-store product sales. The asset and goodwill impairment was primarily comprised of a goodwill impairment charge of $38.3 million resulting from a write-off related to the international salon segment.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were the result of the following:

 

 

Investing Cash Flows
For the Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Business and salon acquisitions

 

$

(68,747

)

$

(155,481

)

$

(328,566

)

Capital expenditures for remodels or other additions

 

(35,299

)

(41,246

)

(34,737

)

Capital expenditures for the corporate office (including all technology-related expenditures)

 

(23,854

)

(30,455

)

(18,001

)

Payment of contingent purchase price

 

 

(3,630

)

 

Capital expenditures for new salon construction

 

(30,926

)

(44,583

)

(48,360

)

Proceeds from loans and investments

 

5,250

 

 

 

Disbursements for loans and investments

 

(30,673

)

(6,000

)

 

Net investment hedge settlement

 

(8,897

)

 

 

Proceeds from sale of assets

 

97

 

730

 

846

 

 

 

$

(193,049

)

$

(280,665

)

$

(428,818

)

 

Acquisitions were primarily funded by a combination of operating cash flows and debt. Additionally, 155 major remodeling projects during fiscal year 2007, compared to 170 and 205 during fiscal years 2006 and 2005, respectively. We constructed 420 company-owned salons and two beauty schools and acquired 354 company-owned salons (97 of which were franchise buybacks), one beauty school and two hair restoration centers (one of which was a franchise buyback) during fiscal year 2007.

We constructed 531 company-owned salons, two beauty schools and one hair restoration center and acquired 290 company-owned salons (142 of which were franchise buybacks), 30 beauty schools and eight

54




hair restoration centers (seven of which were franchise buybacks) during fiscal year 2006. During fiscal year 2006, we entered into a credit agreement with a third party, under which we lent $6.0 million, and in 2007, we extended the term of the note to March 31, 2009. Refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions and Investments,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details surrounding this arrangement.

We constructed 525 company-owned salons and acquired 444 company-owned salons (139 of which were franchise buybacks), 13 beauty schools and 42 hair restoration centers during fiscal year 2005.

The company-owned constructed and acquired locations (excluding franchise buybacks) consisted of the following number of locations in each concept:

 

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

Constructed

 

Acquired

 

Constructed

 

Acquired

 

Constructed

 

Acquired

 

Regis

 

 

17

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

MasterCuts

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

Trade Secret

 

 

20

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

SmartStyle

 

 

242

 

 

 

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strip Center

 

 

101

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

167

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

International

 

 

25

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

Beauty schools

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

Hair restoration centers

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

422

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

534

 

 

 

179

 

 

 

525

 

 

 

360

 

 

 

 

During fiscal year 2007, loans and investments, net, included $9.9 million related to an equity investment the Company made in October 2006, $8.2 million related to a cost method investment made in April 2007, $3.1 million related to the cost method investment made in April 2007 and $4.0 million related to a note receivable issued under a credit agreement with the entity that is the majority corporate investor of an entity in which we hold a minority interest. Investing activities also included an $8.9 million cash outlay related to the settlement of our cross-currency swap (which had a notional amount of $21.3 million and hedged a portion of the Company’s net investment in its foreign operations).

Financing Activities

Net cash (used in) or provided by financing activities during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were the result of the following:

 

 

Financing Cash Flows
For the Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Net borrowings (payments) on revolving credit facilities

 

$

84,806

 

$

56,250

 

$

(22,650

)

Net (repayments) borrowings of long-term debt

 

(15,888

)

(20,787

)

280,625

 

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock

 

14,310

 

14,410

 

17,257

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

(79,710

)

(20,280

)

(23,117

)

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation plans

 

4,536

 

4,556

 

 

Dividend payments

 

(7,169

)

(7,256

)

(7,149

)

Other

 

(7,310

)

1,678

 

(2,472

)

 

 

(6,425

)

$

28,571

 

$

242,494

 

 

During fiscal year 2007, the net borrowings on revolving credit facilities were primarily used to fund loans and acquisitions, share repurchases and customary income tax payments. Acquisitions funded are

55




discussed in the paragraph further below and in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The proceeds from the issuance of common stock were related to the exercise of stock options.

The net borrowings on revolving credit facilities during fiscal year 2006 and of long-term debt during fiscal year 2005 were primarily used to fund acquisitions, and are discussed further below and in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The proceeds from the issuance of common stock were related to the exercise of stock options. The excess tax benefit from stock-based employee compensation plans was recorded in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123R, as discussed above in conjunction with Operating Activities.

New Financing Arrangements

Fiscal Year 2007

During fiscal year 2007, we neither entered into new borrowing arrangements, nor were any significant amendments made to existing agreements. On July 12, 2007 (fiscal year 2008), we refinanced our $350.0 million revolving credit facility. Among other changes, this amendment extended the credit facility’s expiration date to July 2012, reduced the interest rate on borrowings under the credit facility and modified certain financial covenants. Additionally, we borrowed $25.0 million, and amended the fixed charge coverage ratio under our Private Shelf Agreement.

Under the terms of the April 7, 2005 amended and restated revolving credit agreement, our ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and rent expense (EBITDAR) to fixed charges (which includes rent and interest expenses) may not drop below 1.65 on a rolling four quarter basis. Under the terms of the July 12, 2007 revolving credit agreement, our ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and rent expense (EBITDAR) to fixed charges (which includes rent and interest expenses) may not drop below 1.50 on a rolling four quarter basis. We are in compliance with all covenants and other requirements of our credit agreements and senior notes. Additionally, the credit agreements do not include rating triggers or subjective clauses that would accelerate maturity dates.

Fiscal Year 2006

During fiscal year 2006, we neither entered into new borrowing arrangements, nor were any significant amendments made to existing agreements.

Fiscal Year 2005

We acquired Hair Club for Men and Women in December 2004 for approximately $210 million. The acquisition was financed with approximately $110 million of debt under our existing revolving credit facility and $100 million of senior term notes issued under an existing agreement, with interest rates ranging from 4.0 to 4.9 percent and maturation dates between November 2008 and November 2011.

On April 7, 2005 we entered into an amendment and restatement of our existing revolving credit facility with a syndicate of eight banks. Among other changes, this amendment and restatement increased the borrowing capacity under the facility from $250.0 million to $350.0 million, extended the facility’s expiration date to April 2010, reduced the spread charged for certain borrowings under the facility, and modified certain financial covenants.

In addition, on April 7, 2005, we issued $200.0 million of senior unsecured debt to approximately twenty purchasers via a private placement transaction pursuant to a Master Note Purchase Agreement. The placement was split into four tranches, with $100.0 million maturing March 31, 2013 and $100.0 million maturing March 31, 2015. Of the debt maturing in 2013, $30.0 million was issued as fixed rate debt with a rate of 4.97 percent. The remaining $70.0 million was issued as variable rate debt and is priced at 0.52 percent over LIBOR. As for the $100.0 million maturing in 2015, $70.0 million was issued at a fixed

56




rate of 5.20 percent, with the remaining $30.0 million issued as variable rate debt, priced at 0.55 percent over LIBOR. All four tranches are non-amortizing and no principle payments are due until maturity. Interest payments are due semi-annually.

The Master Note Purchase Agreement includes financial covenants and other customary terms and conditions for debt of this type. The most restrictive of these is a fixed charge coverage ratio test, as described above. Under the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, the company may not allow its ratio of EBITDAR to fixed charges to drop below 1.50 on a rolling four quarter basis. The maturity date for the debt may be accelerated upon the occurrence of various Events of Default, including breaches of the agreement, certain cross-default situations, certain bankruptcy related situations, and other customary events of default for debt of this type.

In anticipation of our new Master Note Purchase Agreement discussed above, we entered into a First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement with respect to an existing Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 1, 2002. We closed on the amendment on April 7, 2005. The amendment modified certain financial covenants so that they would be more consistent with the financial covenants in the new Master Note Purchase Agreement.

Other Financing Arrangements

Private Shelf Agreement

At June 30, 2007 and 2006, we had $189.7 and $191.0 million, respectively, in unsecured, fixed rate, senior term notes outstanding under a Private Shelf Agreement. The notes require quarterly payments, and final maturity dates range from November 2007 through June 2013. The interest rates on the notes range from 4.03 to 8.39 percent as of June 30, 2007 and 2006.

The Private Shelf Agreement includes financial covenants including debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) ratios, fixed charge coverage ratios and minimum net equity tests (as defined within the Private Shelf Agreement), as well as other customary terms and conditions. The maturity date for the debt may be accelerated upon the occurrence of various Events of Default, including breaches of the agreement, certain cross-default situations, certain bankruptcy related situations, and other customary events of default.

As a result of the fair value hedging activities discussed in Note 5 of Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K, an adjustment of approximately $0.9 and $1.3 million was made to increase the carrying value of the Company’s long-term fixed rate debt at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Acquisitions

Acquisitions are discussed throughout Management’s Discussion and Analysis in this Item 7, as well as in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. The most significant of these acquisitions relates to the purchase of the hair restoration centers; refer to Note 3 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for related pro forma information. The remainder of the acquisitions, individually and in the aggregate, was not material to our operations. The acquisitions were funded primarily from operating cash flow, debt and the issuance of common stock.

57




Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table reflects a summary of obligations and commitments outstanding by payment date as of June 30, 2007:

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

 

 

Within

 

 

 

More than

 

 

 

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

1 year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

5 years

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

On-balance sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt obligations

 

$

211,170

 

$

145,272

 

$

113,446

 

$

204,498

 

$

674,386

 

Capital lease obligations

 

12,182

 

17,184

 

5,479

 

 

34,845

 

Interest on long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

41,072

 

62,695

 

33,114

 

18,487

 

155,368

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

2,307

 

4,059

 

2,626

 

22,945

 

31,937

 

Total on-balance sheet

 

266,731

 

229,210

 

154,665

 

245,930

 

896,536

 

Off-balance sheet(a):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

341,255

 

532,821

 

296,810

 

227,579

 

1,398,465

 

Other long-term obligations

 

341

 

281

 

 

 

622

 

Total off-balance sheet

 

341,596

 

533,102

 

296,810

 

227,579

 

1,399,087

 

Total(b)

 

$

608,327

 

$

762,312

 

$

451,475

 

$

473,509

 

$

2,295,623

 


(a)            In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, these obligations are not reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(b)           As of June 30, 2007, we have liabilities for uncertain tax positions. We are not able to reasonably estimate the amount by which the liabilities will increase or decrease over time; however, at this time, we do not expect a significant payment related to these obligations within the next fiscal year.

On-Balance Sheet Obligations

Our long-term obligations are composed primarily of senior term notes and a revolving credit facility. Certain senior term notes are hedged by contracts with financial institutions commonly referred to as interest rate swaps, as discussed in Part II, Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.” At June 30, 2007, $0.9 million represented a deferred gain related to the termination of certain interest rate hedge contracts. Additionally, no adjustment was necessary to mark the hedged portion of the debt obligation to fair value (a reduction to long-term debt). Interest payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations were estimated based on our total average interest rate at June 30, 2007 and scheduled contractual repayments.

Other long-term liabilities include a total of $21.3 million related to the Executive Profit Sharing Plan and a salary deferral program, $10.7 million (including $0.1 million in interest) related to established contractual payment obligations under retirement and severance payment agreements for a small number of retired employees.

This table excludes the short-term liabilities, other than the current portion of long-term debt, disclosed on our balance sheet as the amounts recorded for these items will be paid in the next year. We have no unconditional purchase obligations, as defined by SFAS No. 47, Disclosure of Long-Term Obligations . Also excluded from the contractual obligations table are payment estimates associated with employee health and workers’ compensation claims for which we are self-insured. The majority of our recorded liability for self-insured employee health and workers’ compensation losses represents estimated reserves for incurred claims that have yet to be filed or settled.

58




The Company has unfunded deferred compensation contracts covering certain management and executive personnel. The deferred compensation contracts are offered to key executives based on their accomplishments within the Company. Because we cannot predict the timing or amount of our future payments related to these contracts, such amounts were not included in the table above. Related obligations totaled $20.1 and $15.3 million at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and are included in other noncurrent liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Refer to Note 9 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. The obligations are funded by insurance contracts.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Operating leases primarily represent long-term obligations for the rental of salon, school and hair restoration center premises, including leases for company-owned locations, as well as future reimbursable salon franchisee lease payments of approximately $155.4 million, which are funded by franchisees. Regarding the franchisee subleases, we generally retain the right to the related salon assets net of any outstanding obligations in the event of a default by a franchise owner. Management has not experienced and does not expect any material loss to result from these arrangements.

We have interest rate swap contracts and forward foreign currency contracts. See Part II, Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” for a detailed discussion of our derivative instruments. Future net settlements under these agreements are not included in the table above.

We are a party to a variety of contractual agreements under which we may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters, which indemnities may be secured by operation of law or otherwise, in the ordinary course of business. These contracts primarily relate to our commercial contracts, operating leases and other real estate contracts, financial agreements, agreements to provide services, and agreements to indemnify officers, directors and employees in the performance of their work. While our aggregate indemnification obligation could result in a material liability, we are not aware of any current matter that we expect to result in a material liability.

We do not have other unconditional purchase obligations or significant other commercial commitments such as commitments under lines of credit and standby repurchase obligations or other commercial commitments. We have standby letters of credit for $54.6 million primarily related to our self-insurance program and Department of Education requirements surrounding Title IV funding. Therefore, $54.6 million of our committed line of credit under our revolving credit facility is restricted.

Under the terms of the April 7, 2005 amended and restated revolving credit agreement, our ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and rent expense (EBITDAR) to fixed charges (which includes rent and interest expenses) may not drop below 1.65 on a rolling four quarter basis. Under the terms of the July 12, 2007 revolving credit agreement, our ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and rent expense (EBITDAR) to fixed charges (which includes rent and interest expenses) may not drop below 1.50 on a rolling four quarter basis. We are in compliance with all covenants and other requirements of our credit agreements and senior notes. Additionally, the credit agreements do not include rating triggers or subjective clauses that would accelerate maturity dates.

As a part of our salon development program, we continue to negotiate and enter into leases and commitments for the acquisition of equipment and leasehold improvements related to future salon locations, and continue to enter into transactions to acquire established hair care salons and businesses.

We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities,which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet financial arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes at June 30, 2007. As such, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.

59




Financing

Financing activities are discussed under “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in this Item 7 and in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8. Derivative activities are discussed in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 and Part II, Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

Management believes that cash generated from operations and amounts available under existing debt facilities will be sufficient to fund its anticipated capital expenditures, acquisitions and required debt repayments for the foreseeable future. As of June 30, 2007, we have available an unused committed line of credit amount of $202.4 million under our existing revolving credit facility. This amount excludes $54.6 million related to standby letters of credit stemming from our self-insurance program and Department of Education requirements surrounding Title IV funding.

Dividends

We paid dividends of $0.16 per share during fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005. On August 23, 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a $0.04 per share quarterly dividend payable September 18, 2007 to shareholders of record on September 4, 2007.

Share Repurchase Program

In May 2000, the Company’s Board of Directors (BOD) approved a stock repurchase program. Originally, the program authorized up to $50.0 million to be expended for the repurchase of the Company’s stock. The BOD elected to increase this maximum to $100.0 million in August 2003, to $200.0 million on May 3, 2005, and to $300.0 million on April 26, 2007. The timing and amounts of any repurchases will depend on many factors, including the market price of the common stock and overall market conditions. Historically, the repurchases to date have been made primarily to eliminate the dilutive effect of shares issued in conjunction with acquisitions, restricted stock grants and stock option exercises. All repurchased shares become authorized but unissued shares of the Company. This repurchase program has no stated expiration date. As of June 30, 2007, 2006, and 2005, a total accumulated 5.1, 3.0, and 2.4 million shares have been repurchased for $176.5, $96.8, and $76.5 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2007, $123.5 million remains to be spent on share repurchases under this program.

SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995

This annual report, as well as information included in, or incorporated by reference from, future filings by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission and information contained in written material, press releases and oral statements issued by or on behalf of the Company contains or may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including statements concerning anticipated future events and expectations that are not historical facts. These forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking statements in this document reflect management’s best judgment at the time they are made, but all such statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by the statements herein. Such forward-looking statements are often identified herein by use of words including, but not limited to, “may,” “believe,” “project,” “forecast,” “expect,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” and “plan.” In addition, the following factors could affect the Company’s actual results and cause such results to differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements. These factors include competition within the personal hair care industry, which remains strong, both domestically and internationally, and price sensitivity; changes in economic condition; changes in consumer tastes and

60




fashion trends; labor and benefit costs; legal claims; risk inherent to international development (including currency fluctuations); the continued ability of the Company and its franchisees to obtain suitable locations and financing for new salon development; governmental initiatives such as minimum wage rates, taxes and possible franchise legislation; the ability of the Company to successfully identify, acquire and integrate salons and beauty schools that support its growth objectives; the ability to integrate the acquired business; the ability of the Company to maintain satisfactory relationships with suppliers; or other factors not listed above. The ability of the Company to meet its expected revenue growth is dependent on salon and beauty school acquisitions, new salon construction and same-store sales increases, all of which are affected by many of the aforementioned risks. Additional information concerning potential factors that could affect future financial results is set forth under Item 1A of this Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. However, your attention is directed to any further disclosures made in our subsequent annual and periodic reports filed or furnished with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 8-K and Proxy Statements on Schedule 14A.

Item 7A.                 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The primary market risk exposure of the Company relates to changes in interest rates in connection with its debt, some of which bears interest at variable rates based on LIBOR plus an applicable borrowing margin. Additionally, the Company is exposed to foreign currency translation risk related to its net investments in its foreign subsidiaries and, to a lesser extent, changes in the Canadian dollar exchange rate. The Company has established policies and procedures that govern the management of these exposures through the use of derivative financial instrument contracts. By policy, the Company does not enter into such contracts for the purpose of speculation. The following details the Company’s policies and use of financial instruments.

Interest Rate Risk:

The Company has established an interest rate management policy that attempts to minimize its overall cost of debt, while taking into consideration the earnings implications associated with the volatility of short-term interest rates. As part of this policy, the Company has elected to maintain a combination of variable and fixed rate debt. A one percent change in interest rates (including the impact of existing interest rate swap contracts) could impact the Company’s interest expense by approximately $2.1 million. Considering the effect of interest rate swaps and including $0.9 and $1.3 million increases to long-term debt related to fair value swaps at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, the Company had the following outstanding debt balances:

 

 

As of June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fixed rate debt

 

$

496,568

 

$

471,928

 

Variable rate debt

 

212,663

 

150,341

 

 

 

$

709,231

 

$

622,269

 

 

The Company manages its interest rate risk by continually assessing the amount of fixed and variable rate debt. On occasion, the Company uses interest rate swaps to further mitigate the risk associated with changing interest rates and to maintain its desired balances of fixed and floating rate debt.

61




In addition, the Company has entered into the following financial instruments:

Interest Rate Swap Contracts:

The Company manages its interest rate risk by balancing the amount of fixed and variable rate debt. On occasion, the Company uses interest rate swaps to further mitigate the risk associated with changing interest rates and to maintain its desired balances of fixed and variable rate debt. Generally, the terms of the interest rate swap agreements contain quarterly settlement dates based on the notional amounts of the swap contracts.

Pay fixed rates, receive variable rates

During the three months ended December 31, 2005, the Company entered into interest rate swap contracts that pay fixed rates of interest and receive variable rates of interest (based on the three-month LIBOR rate) on notional amounts of indebtedness of $35.0 and $15.0 million as of June 30, 2007, and mature in March 2013 and March 2015, respectively. These swaps were designated and are effective as cash flow hedges. These cash flow hedges were recorded at fair value within other noncurrent liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with a corresponding offset in other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.

The Company had an interest rate swap contract that paid fixed rates of interest and received variable rates of interest (based on the three-month LIBOR rate) on a notional amount of indebtedness of $11.8 million at June 30, 2004. Consistent with the cash flow hedges discussed above, this cash flow hedge was recorded at fair value within other noncurrent liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with a corresponding offset in other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005, this cash flow swap and the underlying hedged debt matured.

Pay variable rates, receive fixed rates

The Company has interest rate swap contracts under which it pays variable rates of interest (based on the three-month LIBOR rate plus a credit spread) and receives fixed rates of interest on an aggregate $14.0 and $36.0 million notional amount at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, with a maturation date of July 2008. These swaps were designated as hedges of a portion of the Company’s senior term notes and are being accounted for as fair value hedges.

During fiscal year 2003, the Company terminated a portion of a $40.0 million interest rate swap contract. The remainder of this swap contract was terminated during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005. The terminations resulted in the Company realizing gains of $1.1 and $1.5 million during fiscal year 2005 and 2003, respectively, which are deferred in long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheet and are being amortized against interest expense over the remaining life of the underlying debt that matures in July 2008. Approximately $0.5, $0.5 and $0.3 million of the deferred gain was amortized against interest expense during fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, resulting in a remaining deferred gain of $0.9 and $1.4 million in long-term debt at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Tabular Presentation:

The following table presents information about the Company’s debt obligations and derivative financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For fixed rate debt obligations, the table presents principal amounts and related weighted-average interest rates by fiscal year of maturity. For variable rate obligations, the table presents principal amounts and the weighted-average forward LIBOR interest rates as of June 30, 2007 through June 30, 2012. For the Company’s derivative financial instruments, the table presents notional amounts and weighted-average interest rates by expected

62




(contractual) maturity dates. Notional amounts are used to calculate the contractual payments to be exchanged under the contract.

 

 

Expected maturity date as of June 30,

 

June 30, 2007

 

June 30,
2006

 

 

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S.$equivalent in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate (U.S.$)

 

$

75,552

 

$

87,281

 

$

75,175

 

$

46,011

 

$

72,914

 

 

$

104,498

 

 

$

461,431

 

 

$

460,557

 

 

 

$

455,739

 

 

Average interest rate

 

5.7

%

7.0

%

5.9

%

5.7

%

7.1

%

 

5.0

%

 

6.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate
(U.S.$)

 

147,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

247,800

 

 

247,800

 

 

 

162,787

 

 

Average interest rate

 

6.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.9

%

 

6.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

$

223,352

 

$

87,281

 

$

75,175

 

$

46,011

 

$

72,914

 

 

$

204,498

 

 

$

709,231

 

 

$

708,357

 

 

 

$

618,526

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S.$equivalent in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pay variable/receive fixed (U.S.$)

 

 

$

14,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

14,000

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

51

 

 

Average pay rate**

 

 

 

7.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average receive rate**

 

 

 

7.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pay fixed/receive variable (U.S.$)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

50,000

 

 

$

50,000

 

 

$

(1,728

)

 

 

(2,353

)

 

Average pay rate**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.8

%

 

4.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average receive rate**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

%

 

5.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


**                Represents the average expected cost of borrowing for outstanding derivative balances as of June 30, 2007.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk:

The majority of the Company’s revenue, expense and capital purchasing activities are transacted in United States dollars. However, because a portion of the Company’s operations consists of activities outside of the United States, the Company has transactions in other currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar, British pound and Euro. In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company is required to translate the financial statements of its foreign subsidiaries from the currency in which they keep their accounting records, generally the local currency, into United States dollars. Different exchange rates from period to period impact the amounts of reported income and the amount of foreign currency translation recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. As part of its risk management strategy, the Company frequently evaluates its foreign currency exchange risk by monitoring market data and external factors that may influence exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, the Company may engage in transactions involving various derivative instruments to hedge assets, liabilities and purchases denominated in foreign currencies. As of June 30, 2007, the Company has entered into the following financial instruments:

Hedge of the Net Investment in Foreign Subsidiaries:

The Company has numerous investments in foreign subsidiaries, and the net assets of these subsidiaries are exposed to exchange rate volatility. The Company frequently evaluates its foreign currency exchange risk by monitoring market data and external factors that may influence exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, the Company may engage in transactions involving various derivative instruments to hedge assets, liabilities and purchases denominated in foreign currencies.

63




During September 2006, the Company’s cross-currency swap (which had a notional amount of $21.3 million and hedged a portion of the Company’s net investment in its foreign operations) was settled, resulting in a cash outlay of $8.9 million. This cash outlay was recorded within investing activities within the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. Approximately $0.1 million of tax-effected gain related to this derivative was charged to the cumulative translation adjustment account during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007. The cumulative tax-effected net loss recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) related to the cross-currency swap was $7.9 million at June 30, 2007. This amount will remain deferred within AOCI indefinitely, as the event which would trigger its release from AOCI and recognition in earnings is the sale or liquidation of the Company’s international operations that the cross-currency swap hedged. The Company currently has no intent to sell or liquidate this portion of its business operations.

Forward Foreign Currency Contracts:

The Company’s exposure to foreign exchange risk includes risks related to fluctuations in the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar. The exposure to Canadian dollar exchange rates on the Company’s fiscal year 2007 cash flows primarily includes payments in Canadian dollars from the Company’s Canadian salon operations for retail inventory exported from the United States.

The Company seeks to manage exposure to changes in the value of the Canadian dollar. In order to do so, the Company entered into forward currency contracts during fiscal year 2007 to reduce the risk of significant negative impact on its U.S. dollar cash flows or income. The Company does not hedge foreign currency exposure in a manner that would entirely eliminate the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on net income and cash flows. Forward currency contracts to sell Canadian dollars and buy $16.4 million U.S. dollars were outstanding as of June 30, 2007 to hedge forecasted intercompany foreign currency denominated transactions stemming from monthly product shipments from the U.S. to Canadian salons. These contracts mature at various dates between June 2007 and May 2010. See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

On May 29, 2007, the Company entered into several forward foreign currency contracts to sell Canadian dollars and buy an aggregate $16.9 million U.S. dollars, with maturation dates between June 2007 and May 2010. The purpose of the forward contracts is to protect against adverse movements in the Canadian dollar exchange rate. The contracts were designated and are effective as cash flow hedges of Canadian dollar denominated forecasted intercompany transactions related to monthly product shipments from the U.S. to Canadian salons. These cash flow hedges were recorded at fair value within accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with a corresponding offset in other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.

On February 1, 2006, the Company entered into several forward foreign currency contracts to sell Canadian dollars and buy an aggregate $15.8 million U.S. dollars, with maturation dates between July 2006 and May 2009. The contracts were designated and were effective as cash flow hedges of Canadian dollar denominated forecasted intercompany transactions. These cash flow hedges were recorded at fair value within accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with a corresponding offset in other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.

On January 3, 2007, the Company terminated its remaining Canadian forward foreign currency contracts entered into on February 1, 2006 having a $14.5 million notional amount. The termination resulted in a deferred gain of $0.4 million which is recorded in AOCI in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The deferred gain will be recorded into income through May 31, 2009 as the forecasted foreign currency transactions are recognized in earnings. Approximately $0.1 million of the deferred gain was amortized against cost of sales during fiscal year 2007, resulting in a remaining deferred gain of $0.3 million in AOCI at June 30, 2007.

64




The table below provides information about the Company’s forecasted sales transactions in U.S. dollar equivalents. (The information is presented in U.S. dollars because that is the Company’s reporting currency.) The table summarizes information on transactions that are sensitive to foreign currency exchange rates and the related foreign currency forward exchange agreements. For the foreign currency forward exchange agreements, the table presents the notional amounts and weighted average exchange rates by expected (contractual) maturity dates. These notional amounts generally are used to calculate the contractual payments to be exchanged under the contract.

 

 

Expected Transaction date June 30,

 

June 30, 2007

 

 

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

Total

 

Fair Value

 

Forecasted Transactions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S.$equivalent in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory Shipments to Canadian Salons (U.S.$)

 

$

5,621

 

$

5,621

 

$

5,152

 

$

16,394

 

 

$

(165

)

 

Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S.$equivalent in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pay $CND/receive $U.S.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract Amount

 

$

5,621

 

$

5,621

 

$

5,152

 

$

16,394

 

 

$

(165

)

 

Average Contractual Exchange Rate

 

0.9368

 

0.9368

 

0.9368

 

0.9368

 

 

 

 

 

 

65




Item 8.                         Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

Management’s Statement of Responsibility for Financial Statements and Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

67

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

68

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2007 and 2006

70

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended June 30,
2007

71

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007

72

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30,
2007

73

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

74

 

Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

111

 

 

66




Management’s Statement of Responsibility for Financial Statements and
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Financial Statements

Management is responsible for preparation of the consolidated financial statements and other related financial information included in this annual report on Form 10-K. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, incorporating management’s reasonable estimates and judgments, where applicable.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This report is provided by management pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the SEC rules promulgated thereunder. Management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for assessing effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and Directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisitions, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management has assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, management has concluded that, as of June 30, 2007, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, as stated in their report which follows in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

67




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Regis Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Regis Corporation and its subsidiaries at June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Management’s Statement of Responsibility for Financial Statements and Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 8. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, Regis Corporation changed the manner in which it accounts for defined benefit arrangements effective June 30, 2007 and changed its method of accounting for share-based payments as of July 1, 2005.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

68




Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

August 29, 2007

 

69




REGIS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

184,785

 

$

135,397

 

Receivables, net

 

67,773

 

62,558

 

Inventories

 

196,582

 

193,999

 

Deferred income taxes

 

18,775

 

16,224

 

Other current assets

 

57,149

 

36,848

 

Total current assets

 

525,064

 

445,026

 

Property and equipment, net

 

494,085

 

483,764

 

Goodwill

 

812,383

 

778,228

 

Other intangibles, net

 

213,452

 

216,831

 

Other assets

 

87,130

 

61,475

 

Total assets

 

$

2,132,114

 

$

1,985,324

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, current portion

 

$

223,352

 

$

101,912

 

Accounts payable

 

74,532

 

70,807

 

Accrued expenses

 

240,748

 

233,496

 

Total current liabilities

 

538,632

 

406,215

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

485,879

 

520,357

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

194,295

 

187,345

 

Total liabilities

 

1,218,806

 

1,113,917

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.05 par value; issued and outstanding, 44,164,645 and 45,303,459 common shares at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively

 

2,209

 

2,266

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

178,029

 

232,284

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

78,278

 

58,066

 

Retained earnings

 

654,792

 

578,791

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

913,308

 

871,407

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

2,132,114

 

$

1,985,324

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

70




REGIS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

$

1,793,802

 

$

1,634,028

 

$

1,466,336

 

Product

 

752,280

 

718,942

 

648,420

 

Royalties and fees

 

80,506

 

77,894

 

79,538

 

 

 

2,626,588

 

2,430,864

 

2,194,294

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of service

 

1,014,781

 

928,515

 

836,449

 

Cost of product

 

380,492

 

371,018

 

335,636

 

Site operating expenses

 

208,101

 

199,602

 

183,056

 

General and administrative

 

328,644

 

294,092

 

260,207

 

Rent

 

382,820

 

350,926

 

310,984

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

124,137

 

115,903

 

91,753

 

Goodwill impairment

 

23,000

 

 

38,319

 

Terminated acquisition income, net

 

 

(33,683

)

 

Total operating expenses

 

2,461,975

 

2,226,373

 

2,056,404

 

Operating income

 

164,613

 

204,491

 

137,890

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

(41,770

)

(34,989

)

(24,385

)

Other, net

 

5,113

 

651

 

2,952

 

Income before income taxes

 

127,956

 

170,153

 

116,457

 

Income taxes

 

(44,786

)

(60,575

)

(51,826

)

Net income

 

$

83,170

 

$

109,578

 

$

64,631

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.86

 

$

2.43

 

$

1.45

 

Diluted

 

$

1.82

 

$

2.36

 

$

1.39

 

Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

44,723

 

45,168

 

44,622

 

Diluted

 

45,623

 

46,400

 

46,380

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.16

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

71




REGIS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES
IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-In

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

Retained

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Income

 

Earnings

 

Total

 

Income

 

Balance, June 30, 2004

 

44,283,949

 

$

2,214

 

 

$

220,204

 

 

 

$

40,615

 

 

 

$

418,987

 

 

$

682,020

 

 

$

117,068

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64,631

 

 

64,631

 

 

64,631

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,758

 

 

4,758

 

 

Changes in fair market value of financial
instruments designated cash flow hedges, net of taxes and transfers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

751

 

 

 

 

 

 

751

 

 

751

 

 

Stock repurchase plan

 

(608,115

)

(30

)

 

(23,087

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,117

)

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

1,039,623

 

52

 

 

17,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,257

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,222

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued through franchise stock incentive program

 

5,618

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued in connection with salon
acquisitions

 

75,177

 

4

 

 

4,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit realized upon exercise of stock
options

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,088

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of restricted stock

 

155,750

 

8

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,149

)

 

(7,149

)

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2005

 

44,952,002

 

2,248

 

 

229,871

 

 

 

46,124

 

 

 

476,469

 

 

754,712

 

 

70,140

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

109,578

 

 

109,578

 

 

109,578

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,476

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,476

 

 

10,476

 

 

Changes in fair market value of financial
instruments designated as cash flow hedges, net of taxes and transfers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,466

 

 

1,466

 

 

Stock repurchase plan

 

(585,384

)

(29

)

 

(20,251

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20,280

)

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

843,370

 

43

 

 

14,367

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,410

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,905

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,905

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued through franchise stock incentive program

 

7,971

 

 

 

314

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

314

 

 

 

 

 

Payment for contingent consideration in salon acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,630

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,630

)

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit realized upon exercise of stock
options

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,712

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,712

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of restricted stock

 

85,500

 

4

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,256

)

 

(7,256

)

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2006

 

45,303,459

 

2,266

 

 

232,284

 

 

 

58,066

 

 

 

578,791

 

 

871,407

 

 

121,520

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83,170

 

 

83,170

 

 

83,170

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,873

 

 

20,873

 

 

Changes in fair market value of financial
instruments designated as cash flow hedges, net of taxes and transfers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,220

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,220

)

 

(1,220

)

 

Stock repurchase plan

 

(2,092,200

)

(104

)

 

(79,606

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(79,710

)

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

829,524

 

41

 

 

14,269

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,310

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,911

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,911

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued through franchise stock incentive program

 

6,548

 

 

 

233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

233

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit realized upon exercise of stock
options

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,531

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,531

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect adjustment for adoption of SFAS No. 158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

559

 

 

 

 

 

 

559

 

 

 

 

 

Taxes related to restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

(587

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(587

)

 

 

 

 

Issuance of restricted stock

 

117,314

 

6

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,169

)

 

(7,169

)

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2007

 

44,164,645

 

$

2,209

 

 

$

178,029

 

 

 

$

78,278

 

 

 

$

654,792

 

 

$

913,308

 

 

$

102,823

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

72




REGIS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

83,170

 

$

109,578

 

$

64,631

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

104,915

 

95,660

 

79,924

 

Amortization

 

12,412

 

11,810

 

8,226

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(6,243

)

7,409

 

(9,257

)

Goodwill impairment

 

23,000

 

 

38,319

 

Asset impairment

 

6,813

 

12,740

 

3,603

 

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation plans

 

(4,536

)

(4,556

)

 

Stock-based compensation

 

4,911

 

4,905

 

1,222

 

Other noncash items affecting earnings

 

2,831

 

316

 

(41

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities*:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

(4,092

)

(4,918

)

(6,516

)

Inventories

 

2,709

 

(6,068

)

(17,974

)

Other current assets

 

(15,818

)

(7,551

)

1,437

 

Other assets

 

(9,715

)

(1,027

)

(5,726

)

Accounts payable

 

11,814

 

151

 

8,288

 

Accrued expenses

 

14,622

 

46,773

 

32,426

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

15,067

 

16,463

 

17,169

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

241,860

 

281,685

 

215,731

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

(90,079

)

(119,914

)

(101,097

)

Proceeds from sale of assets

 

97

 

730

 

846

 

Purchases of salon, school and hair restoration center net assets, net of cash acquired

 

(68,747

)

(155,481

)

(328,567

)

Proceeds from loans and investments

 

5,250

 

 

 

Disbursements for loans and investments

 

(30,673

)

(6,000

)

 

Net investment hedge settlement

 

(8,897

)

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(193,049

)

(280,665

)

(428,818

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings on revolving credit facilities

 

7,028,556

 

3,054,730

 

2,954,100

 

Payments on revolving credit facilities

 

(6,943,750

)

(2,998,480

)

(2,976,750

)

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

 

25,000

 

1,766

 

301,938

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

(40,888

)

(22,553

)

(21,313

)

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation plans

 

4,536

 

4,556

 

 

Other, primarily increase (decrease) in negative book cash balances

 

(7,310

)

1,678

 

(2,472

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

(79,710

)

(20,280

)

(23,117

)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

14,310

 

14,410

 

17,257

 

Dividends paid

 

(7,169

)

(7,256

)

(7,149

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(6,425

)

28,571

 

242,494

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

7,002

 

3,088

 

(256

)

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

49,388

 

32,679

 

29,151

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

135,397

 

102,718

 

73,567

 

End of year

 

$

184,785

 

$

135,397

 

$

102,718

 


*                      Changes in operating assets and liabilities exclude assets and liabilities assumed through acquisitions

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

73




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.                  BUSINESS DESCRIPTION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Business Description:

Regis Corporation (the Company) owns, operates and franchises hairstyling and hair care salons throughout the United States, the United Kingdom (U.K.), France, Canada, Puerto Rico and several other countries. In addition, the Company owns and operates beauty schools in the United States and the U.K. and hair restoration centers in the United States and Canada. Substantially all of the hairstyling and hair care salons owned and operated by the Company in the United States are located in leased space in enclosed mall shopping centers, strip shopping centers or Wal-Mart Supercenters. Franchise salons throughout the United States are primarily located in strip shopping centers. The company-owned and franchise salons in the U.K., France and several other countries are owned and operated in malls, leading department stores, mass merchants and high-street locations. Beauty schools are typically located within leased space. The hair restoration centers, including both company-owned and franchise locations, are typically located in leased space within office buildings.

Consolidation:

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. In consolidation, all material intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Foreign Currency Translation:

Financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company’s international subsidiaries are measured using local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated at the exchange rates in effect at each fiscal year end. Translation adjustments arising from the use of differing exchange rates from period to period are included in accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity. Statement of Operations accounts are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The different exchange rates from period to period impact the amount of reported income from the Company’s international operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

Cash equivalents consist of investments in short-term, highly liquid securities having original maturities of three months or less, which are made as a part of the Company’s cash management activity. The carrying values of these assets approximate their fair market values. The Company primarily utilizes a cash management system with a series of separate accounts consisting of lockbox accounts for receiving cash, concentration accounts that funds are moved to, and several “zero balance” disbursement accounts for funding of payroll and accounts payable. As a result of the Company’s cash management system, checks issued, but not presented to the banks for payment, may create negative book cash balances. Checks outstanding in excess of related book cash balances totaling approximately $6.5 and $12.9 million at

74




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses within the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

The receivable balance on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet primarily includes accounts receivable from students of the beauty schools, as well as accounts and notes receivable from franchisees. The balance is presented net of an allowance for expected losses (i.e., doubtful accounts), primarily related to receivables from beauty school students and the Company’s franchisees. The allowance for doubtful accounts related to beauty school students is based on a historical analysis of delinquencies within the industry, segregated between active and inactive students. Based on this analysis, the Company recorded an allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts, primarily related to inactive accounts. Additionally, the Company monitors the financial condition of its franchisees and records provisions for estimated losses on receivables when it believes that its franchisees are unable to make their required payments based on factors such as delinquencies and aging trends. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses related to existing accounts and notes receivable. The Company also reserves certain receivables fully once they have reached a set age category.

The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

 

For the Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

6,205

 

$

3,464

 

$

2,841

 

Bad debt expense

 

6,763

 

5,238

 

456

 

Write-offs

 

(7,345

)

(2,589

)

(316

)

Other (primarily the impact of foreign currency fluctuations)

 

776

 

92

 

483

 

Ending Balance

 

$

6,399

 

$

6,205

 

$

3,464

 

 

Inventories:

Inventories consist principally of hair care products held either for use in services or for sale. Cost of product used in salon services is determined by applying estimated gross profit margins to service revenues, which are based on historical factors including product pricing trends and estimated shrinkage. In addition, the estimated gross profit margin is adjusted based on the results of physical inventory counts performed at least semi-annually and the monthly monitoring of factors that could impact our usage rates estimates. These factors include mix of service sales, discounting and special promotions. Cost of product sold to salon customers is determined based on the weighted average cost of product to the Company, adjusted for an estimated shrinkage factor. Product and service inventories are adjusted based on the results of physical inventory counts performed at least semi-annually.

Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment are computed on the straight-line method over estimated useful asset lives (30 to 39 years for buildings and improvements and five to ten years for equipment, furniture and software). Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the related lease term, generally ten years. For leases with renewal periods at the Company’s option, management may determine at the inception of the lease that renewal is reasonably assured if failure to exercise a renewal option imposes an economic penalty to the Company. In such cases,

75




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the Company will include the renewal option period along with the original lease term in the determination of appropriate estimated useful lives.

The Company capitalizes both internal and external costs of developing or obtaining computer software for internal use. Costs incurred to develop internal-use software during the application development stage are capitalized, while data conversion, training and maintenance costs associated with internal-use software are expensed as incurred. At June 30, 2007 and 2006, the net book value of capitalized software costs was $35.0 and $31.5 million, respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized software was $8.8, $8.1, and $6.6 million in fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively, which has been determined based on an estimated useful life of five or seven years.

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs and minor renewals and betterments which do not improve or extend the life of the respective assets are expensed. All other expenditures for renewals and betterments are capitalized. The assets and related depreciation and amortization accounts are adjusted for property retirements and disposals with the resulting gain or loss included in operating income. Fully depreciated or amortized assets remain in the accounts until retired from service.

Investments:

The Company has equity investments in securities of other privately held entities. The Company accounts for these investments under the cost or the equity method of accounting, as appropriate. The valuation of investments accounted for under the cost method considers all available financial information related to the investee. If an unrealized loss for any investment is considered to be other-than-temporary, the loss will be recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations in the period the determination is made. Investments accounted for under the equity method are recorded at the amount of the Company’s investment and adjusted each period for the Company’s share of the investee’s income or loss. Investments are reviewed for changes in circumstance or the occurrence of events that suggest the Company’s investment may not be recoverable. As of June 30, 2007 and 2006, the Company had $20.2 and $4.4 million, respectively, of investments which are included within other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Goodwill:

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or at the time of a triggering event in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . Fair values are estimated based on the Company’s best estimate of the expected present value of future cash flows and compared with the corresponding carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill. Where available and as appropriate comparative market multiples are used to corroborate the results of the present value method. The Company considers its various concepts to be reporting units when it tests for goodwill impairment because that is where the Company believes goodwill resides. The Company’s policy is to perform its annual goodwill impairment test during its third quarter of each fiscal year ending June 30.

As of March 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment analysis on its reporting units. Based on the Company’s testing in fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, pre-tax, non-cash impairment charges of $23.0 and $38.3 million were recorded to write down the carrying value of goodwill related to the Company’s beauty school business in fiscal year 2007 and the Company’s European business in fiscal year 2005. No impairment charges were recorded in fiscal year 2006.

76




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Long-Lived Asset Impairment Assessments, Excluding Goodwill:

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment at the salon level annually or if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be fully recoverable. Impairment is evaluated based on the sum of undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from use of the assets compared to its carrying value. If an impairment is recognized, the carrying value of the impaired asset is reduced to its fair value, based on discounted estimated future cash flows.

During fiscal year 2007, the Company tested its long-lived assets for impairment and recognized impairment charges related primarily to the carrying value of certain salons’ property and equipment of $6.8 million, including $6.5 million located in North America and $0.3 million located in the United Kingdom. During fiscal year 2006, the Company recognized similar impairment charges for certain salons’ property and equipment of $8.4 million, including $7.4 million located in North America and $1.0 million located in the United Kingdom. During fiscal year 2005, the Company recognized similar impairment charges for certain salons’ property and equipment located primarily in North America of $3.6 million. None of the impaired salon assets were held for sale. Impairment charges are included in depreciation related to company-owned salons in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Additionally, the Company recognized an impairment loss during fiscal year 2006 of $4.3 million related to its interest in a privately held entity, which was acquired during the three months ended September 30, 2004 through the acquisition of preferred stock. This investment was recorded in other assets (noncurrent) on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, and was accounted for under the cost method. The impairment charge was included in Other, net (other non-operating expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and reduced the Company’s investment balance to zero.

Deferred Rent and Rent Expense:

The Company leases most salon, beauty school and hair restoration center locations under operating leases. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require rent expense to be recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Tenant improvement allowances funded by landlord incentives, rent holidays, and rent escalation clauses which provide for scheduled rent increases during the lease term or for rental payments commencing at a date other than the date of initial occupancy are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term (including one renewal option period if renewal is reasonably assured based on the imposition of an economic penalty for failure to exercise the renewal option). The difference between the rent due under the stated periods of the lease compared to that of the straight-line basis is recorded as deferred rent within other noncurrent liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

For purposes of recognizing incentives and minimum rental expenses on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases, the Company uses the date that it obtains the legal right to use and control the leased space to begin amortization, which is generally when the Company enters the space and begins to make improvements in preparation of intended use of the leased space.

Certain leases provide for contingent rents, which are determined as a percentage of revenues in excess of specified levels. The Company records a contingent rent liability in accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, along with the corresponding rent expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations, when specified levels have been achieved or when management determines that achieving the specified levels during the fiscal year is probable.

77




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue:

Company-owned salon revenues and related cost of sales are recognized at the time of sale, as this is when the services have been provided or, in the case of product revenues, delivery has occurred, and the salon receives the customer’s payment. Revenues from purchases made with gift cards are also recorded when the customer takes possession of the merchandise. Gift cards issued by the Company are recorded as a liability (deferred revenue) until they are redeemed. An accrual for estimated returns and credits has been recorded based on historical customer return data that management believes to be reasonable, and is less than one percent of sales.

Product sales by the Company to its franchisees are included within product revenues on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and recorded at the time product is shipped to franchise locations. The related cost of product sold to franchisees is included within cost of product in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Beauty school revenues consist primarily of tuition revenue, revenues from services performed by students at the beauty schools and revenues from product sold to customers and students. Beauty school revenues from services performed by students or product sold to customers or students are recognized at the time of sale, as this is when the services have been provided or, in the case of product revenues, delivery has occurred, and the school receives payment. The Company records deferred revenue for tuition prior to the classes taking place. The earnings process is culminated once the Company performs under the terms of the contract (i.e., holds the classes). Service revenue is recognized proportionally based on actual or scheduled classroom hours through the reversal of the deferred revenue.

Company-owned hair restoration center revenues stem primarily from servicing hair systems and surgical procedures, as well as through product and hair system sales. The Company records deferred revenue for contracts related to the servicing of hair systems and recognizes the revenue ratably over the term of the service contract. Revenues are recognized related to surgical procedures when the procedure is performed. Product revenues, including sales of hair systems, are recognized at the time of sale, as this is when delivery occurs and payment is probable.

Franchise revenues primarily include royalties, initial franchise fees and net rental income (see Note 6). Royalties are recognized as revenue in the month in which franchisee services are rendered or products are sold to franchisees. The Company recognizes revenue from initial franchise fees at the time franchise locations are opened, as this is generally when the Company has performed all initial services required under the franchise agreement.

Consideration Received from Vendors:

The Company receives consideration for a variety of vendor-sponsored programs. These programs primarily include volume rebates and promotion and advertising reimbursements. Promotion and advertising reimbursements are discussed under Advertising within this note.

With respect to volume rebates, the Company estimates the amount of rebate it will receive and accrues it as a reduction of the cost of inventory over the period in which the rebate is earned based upon historical purchasing patterns and the terms of the volume rebate program. A periodic analysis is performed, at least quarterly, in order to ensure that the estimated rebate accrued is reasonable, and any necessary adjustments are recorded.

78




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Shipping and Handling Costs:

Shipping and handling costs are incurred to store, move and ship product from the Company’s distribution centers to company-owned and franchise locations, and include an allocation of internal overhead. Such shipping and handling costs related to product shipped to company-owned locations are included in site operating expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Shipping and handling costs related to shipping product to franchise locations totaled $2.8, $2.4, and $2.5 million during fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively, which are included within general and administrative expenses. Any amounts billed to the franchisee for shipping and handling are included in product revenues within the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Advertising:

Advertising costs, including salon collateral material, are expensed as incurred. Net advertising costs expensed were $69.2, $61.5, and $57.8 million in fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. The Company participates in cooperative advertising programs under which the vendor reimburses the Company for costs related to advertising for its products. The Company records such reimbursements as a reduction of advertising expense when the expense is incurred. During fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, no amounts were received in excess of the Company’s related expense.

Advertising Funds:

Franchisees and certain company-owned salons are required to contribute a percentage of sales to various advertising funds. The Company administers the advertising funds at the directive of or subject to input from the franchise community. Accordingly, amounts collected and spent by the advertising funds are not reflected as revenues and expenditures of the Company. Assets of the advertising funds administered by the Company, along with an offsetting obligation to spend such assets, are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Preopening Expenses:

Non-capital expenditures such as payroll, training costs and promotion incurred prior to the opening of a new location are expensed as incurred.

Sales Taxes:

Sales taxes are recorded on a net basis (rather than as both revenue and an expense) within the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Income Taxes:

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or income tax returns. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Realization of deferred tax assets is ultimately dependent upon future taxable income. Inherent in the measurement of deferred balances are certain judgments and interpretations of tax laws and published guidance with respect to the Company’s operations. Income tax expense is primarily the current tax payable for the period and the change during the period in certain deferred tax assets and liabilities.

79




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Net Income Per Share:

Basic earnings per share (EPS) is calculated as net income divided by weighted average common shares outstanding, excluding unvested outstanding restricted stock shares and restricted stock units. The Company’s dilutive securities include shares issuable under the Company’s stock option plan and long-term incentive plan, as well as shares issuable under contingent stock agreements. Diluted EPS is calculated as net income divided by weighted average common shares outstanding, increased to include assumed exercise of dilutive securities. Stock options with exercise prices greater than the average market value of the Company’s common stock and other anti-dilutive awards are excluded from the computation of diluted EPS.

Comprehensive Income:

Components of comprehensive income for the Company include net income, changes in fair market value of financial instruments designated as hedges of interest rate or foreign currency exposure and foreign currency translation charged or credited to the cumulative translation account within shareholders’ equity. These amounts are presented in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income.

Derivative Instruments:

The Company may manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign currency risk within the Consolidated Financial Statements through the use of derivative financial instruments, according to its hedging policy. The Company does not use derivatives with a level of complexity or with a risk higher than the exposures to be hedged and does not hold or issue derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. The Company currently has or had interest rate swaps designated as both cash flow and fair value hedges, treasury locks designated as cash flow hedges, a hedge of its net investment in its European operations and forward foreign currency contracts designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted transactions denominated in a foreign currency. Refer to Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

The Company follows SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS No. 133), as amended and interpreted, which requires that all derivatives be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. SFAS No.133 also requires companies to designate all derivatives that qualify as hedging instruments as fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. This designation is based upon the exposure being hedged. Cash flow and fair value hedges are designated and documented at the inception of each hedge by matching the terms of the contract to the underlying transaction. At inception, as dictated by the facts and circumstances, all hedges are expected to be highly effective, as the critical terms of these instruments are generally the same as those of the underlying risks being hedged. All derivatives designated as hedging instruments are assessed for effectiveness on an on-going basis. The Company classifies the cash flows from hedging transactions in the same categories as the cash flows from the respective hedged items.

Stock-Based Employee Compensation Plans:

Stock-based compensation awards are granted under the terms of the 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (2004 Plan) and the 2000 Stock Option Plan. Additionally, the Company has outstanding stock options under its 1991 Stock Option Plan, although the Plan terminated in 2001. Under these plans, four types of stock-based compensation awards are granted: stock options, equity-based stock appreciation rights (SARS), restricted stock and restricted stock units (RSUs). The stock-based awards, other than the RSUs,

80




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

expire within ten years from the grant date. The Company utilizes an option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of options at their grant date. The Company generally recognizes compensation expense for its stock-based compensation awards on a straight-line basis over the five-year vesting period. Awards granted do not contain acceleration of vesting terms for retirement eligible recipients. The company’s primary employee stock-based compensation grant occurs during the fourth quarter.

Prior to July 1, 2003, the Company accounted for its stock-based awards using the intrinsic value method under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB No. 25) and related Interpretations. Under the provisions of APB No. 25, no stock-based employee compensation cost was reflected in net income, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant.

Effective July 1, 2003, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS No. 123), as amended, using the prospective transition method. Under the prospective method of adoption, compensation cost is recognized on all stock-based awards granted, modified or settled subsequent to July 1, 2003. Under this approach, fiscal years 2005 and 2004 compensation expense is less than it would have been had the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 been applied from its original effective date because the fair value of the options vesting during the year which were granted prior to fiscal year 2004 are not recognized as expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Options granted in fiscal years prior to the adoption of the fair value recognition provisions continued to be accounted for under APB No. 25 for fiscal years 2005 and 2004. The adoption of the fair value recognition provisions for stock options increased the Company’s fiscal year 2005 compensation expense by $0.4 million (related to recognizing compensation expense over the vesting period of options granted after July 1, 2003).

Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS No. 123R), using the modified prospective method of application. Under this method, compensation expense is recognized both for (i) awards granted, modified or settled subsequent to July 1, 2003 and (ii) the remaining vesting periods of awards issued prior to July 1, 2003. The impact of adopting SFAS No. 123R during fiscal years 2007 and 2006 was an increase in compensation expense of $1.0 and $2.7 million ($0.7 and $1.7 million after tax), respectively, and a reduction of $0.01 and $0.04 for both basic and diluted earnings per share for fiscal years 2007 and 2006, respectively. Compensation expense recorded during fiscal years 2007 and 2006 includes $3.9 and $2.3 million, respectively, related to awards issued subsequent to July 1, 2003 and $1.0 and $2.7 million, respectively, related to unvested awards previously being accounted for on the intrinsic value method of accounting.

Total compensation cost for stock-based payment arrangements totaled $4.9, $4.9 and $1.2 million ($3.2 and $4.1 and $0.8 million after tax) for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. SFAS No. 123R also requires that the cash retained as a result of the tax deductibility of increases in the value of stock-based arrangements be presented as a cash inflow from financing activity in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The amount presented as a financing activity for fiscal years 2007 and 2006 was $4.5 and $4.6 million, respectively. Prior to fiscal year 2006, and the Company’s adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the tax benefit realized upon the exercise of stock options was presented as an operating activity (included within accrued expenses) and totaled $9.0 million for fiscal year 2005.

81




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Company’s pro forma net income and pro forma earnings per share for fiscal year 2005, which include pro forma net income and earnings per share amounts as if the fair value-based method of accounting had been used on awards granted prior to July 1, 2003, was as follows:

 

 

For the Period Ended
June 30, 2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands,
except per
share amounts)

 

Net income, as reported

 

 

$

64,631

 

 

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects

 

 

765

 

 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based methods for all awards, net of related tax effects

 

 

(4,885

)

 

Pro forma net income

 

 

$

60,511

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

Basic—as reported

 

 

$

1.45

 

 

Basic—pro forma

 

 

$

1.36

 

 

Diluted—as reported

 

 

$

1.39

 

 

Diluted—pro forma

 

 

$

1.31

 

 

 

Using the fair value of each grant on the date of grant, the weighted average fair values per stock-based compensation award granted during fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Stock options

 

$

12.38

 

$

11.43

 

$

11.64

 

SARs

 

12.33

 

11.43

 

11.64

 

Restricted stock

 

38.89

 

35.33

 

35.49

 

Restricted stock units

 

40.84

 

 

 

 

The expense associated with the restricted stock and RSU grants is based on the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. The significant assumptions used in determining the underlying fair value on the date of grant of each option and SARS grant issued during the fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005 is presented below:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Risk free interest rate

 

4.55

%

4.96

%

3.97

%

Expected life in years

 

5.50

 

5.50

 

5.50

 

Expected volatility

 

27.00

 

27.00

 

30.00

 

Expected dividend yield

 

0.41

 

0.45

 

0.45

 

 

The risk free rate of return is determined based on the U.S. Treasury rates approximating the expected life of the options and SARS granted. Expected volatility is established based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock price. Estimated expected life was based on an analysis of historical stock options granted data which included analyzing grant activity including grants exercised, expired, and canceled. The expected dividend yield is determined based on the Company’s annual dividend amount as a

82




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

percentage of the strike price at the time of the grant. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeiture rates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

On July 13, 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN No. 48) . FIN No. 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes by prescribing a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The new FASB standard provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The provisions of FIN No. 48 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 (i.e., the Company’s first quarter of fiscal year 2008), and the provisions are to be applied to all tax positions upon initial adoption of this standard. The cumulative effect of applying the provisions of FIN No. 48 will be recorded in retained earnings and other balance sheet accounts as applicable. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of FIN No. 48 on its Consolidated Financial Statements and does not expect its application to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 157, Fair Value Measures (SFAS No. 157). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and enhances disclosures about fair value measures required under other accounting pronouncements, but does not change existing guidance as to whether or not an instrument is carried at fair value. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 (i.e., the Company’s first quarter of fiscal year 2009). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 157 on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans (SFAS No. 158). SFAS No. 158 amends SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions (SFAS No. 87), SFAS No. 88, Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Plans and for Termination Benefits (SFAS No. 88), SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions (SFAS No. 106) and SFAS No. 132(R), Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (SFAS No. 132(R)). SFAS No. 158 requires balance sheet recognition of the funded status for all pension and postretirement benefit plans as of the end of the Company’s current fiscal year (i.e., in the Company’s fiscal year 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K). SFAS No. 158 requires the impact of the initial adjustment be recorded as an adjustment of the ending balance of accumulated other comprehensive income. Subsequent changes in funded status will be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income to the extent they have not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost pursuant to SFAS No. 87, SFAS No. 88 or SFAS No. 106. The Company has unfunded deferred compensation contracts covering key executives based on their accomplishments within the Company which are subject to the provisions of SFAS No. 158. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 158 as of June 30, 2007. The adoption of SFAS No. 158 increased long-term liabilities by $0.9 million, increased deferred tax assets by $0.3 million and decreased accumulated other comprehensive income by $0.6 million on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

83




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (SFAS No. 159). SFAS No. 159 permits companies to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Companies are not allowed to adopt SFAS No. 159 on a retrospective basis unless they choose early adoption. The Company plans to adopt SFAS No. 159 at the beginning of fiscal year 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 159 on its Consolidated Financial Statements and does not expect its application to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2006, the EITF reached a consensus and the board ratified Issue No. 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements . EITF No. 06-4 addresses whether or not an employer needs to recognize a liability for future benefits based on the agreement with the employee under the endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangement. It focuses exclusively on endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements that provide a benefit to an employee that extends to postretirement periods. The Issue does not apply to a split-dollar life insurance arrangement that provides a specified benefit to an employee that is limited to the employee’s active service period with an employer. The EITF will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 (i.e., fiscal year 2009). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of EITF No. 06-4 on its Consolidated Financial Statements and does not expect its application to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2006, the EITF reached a consensus and the board ratified Issue No. 06-5, Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance—Determining the Amount That Could Be Realized in Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4, Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance. The EITF attempts to clarify items (in addition to the cash surrender value) which should be considered in arriving at the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract including the contractual limitation on the ability to surrender policies. The EITF will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 (i.e., fiscal year 2008). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of EITF No. 06-5 on its Consolidated Financial Statements and does not expect its application to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

84




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.                  OTHER FINANCIAL STATEMENT DATA:

The following provides additional information concerning selected balance sheet accounts as of June 30, 2007 and 2006:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

74,172

 

$

68,763

 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

 

(6,399

)

(6,205

)

 

 

$

67,773

 

$

62,558

 

Property and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

4,864

 

$

4,864

 

Buildings and improvements

 

46,769

 

45,117

 

Equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements

 

807,988

 

738,222

 

Internal use software

 

75,327

 

66,667

 

Equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements under capital leases

 

61,004

 

43,197

 

 

 

995,952

 

898,067

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(481,663

)

(404,321

)

Less amortization of equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements under capital leases

 

(20,204

)

(9,982

)

 

 

$

494,085

 

$

483,764

 

Other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Notes receivable

 

$

13,561

 

$

12,182

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

73,569

 

49,293

 

 

 

$

87,130

 

$

61,475

 

Accounts payable:

 

 

 

 

 

Book overdrafts payable

 

$

4,907

 

$

12,927

 

Trade accounts payable

 

69,625

 

57,880

 

 

 

$

74,532

 

$

70,807

 

Accrued expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Payroll and payroll related costs

 

$

89,342

 

$

75,434

 

Insurance

 

54,572

 

57,878

 

Deferred revenues

 

34,776

 

32,010

 

Taxes payable, primarily income taxes

 

16,813

 

29,828

 

Book overdrafts payable

 

1,547

 

 

Other

 

43,698

 

38,346

 

 

 

$

240,748

 

$

233,496

 

Other noncurrent liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

$

84,312

 

$

85,341

 

Deferred rent payable

 

54,701

 

45,692

 

Other

 

55,282

 

56,312

 

 

 

$

194,295

 

$

187,345

 

 

85




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Amortization

 

Net

 

Cost

 

Amortization

 

Net

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brand assets and trade
names

 

112,999

 

 

(10,193

)

 

102,806

 

$

110,087

 

 

$

(7,019

)

 

$

103,068

 

Customer lists

 

48,744

 

 

(9,970

)

 

38,774

 

48,743

 

 

(7,598

)

 

41,145

 

Franchise agreements

 

27,149

 

 

(7,538

)

 

19,611

 

24,907

 

 

(5,967

)

 

18,940

 

School-related licenses

 

25,428

 

 

(1,247

)

 

24,181

 

24,818

 

 

(613

)

 

24,205

 

Product license agreements

 

16,946

 

 

(2,944

)

 

14,002

 

15,784

 

 

(2,221

)

 

13,563

 

Non-compete agreements

 

691

 

 

(644

)

 

47

 

674

 

 

(603

)

 

71

 

Other

 

21,661

 

 

(7,630

)

 

14,031

 

19,325

 

 

(3,486

)

 

15,839

 

 

 

253,618

 

 

(40,166

)

 

213,452

 

$

244,338

 

 

$

(27,507

)

 

$

216,831

 

 

All intangible assets have been assigned an estimated finite useful life, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the number of years that approximate their respective useful lives (ranging from three to 40 years). The cost of intangible assets is amortized to earnings in proportion to the amount of economic benefits obtained by the Company in that reporting period. The weighted average amortization periods, in total and by major intangible asset class, are as follows:

 

 

Weighted Average
Amortization Period
(in years)

 

Amortized intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Brand assets and trade names

 

 

39

 

 

Customer list

 

 

10

 

 

Franchise agreements

 

 

21

 

 

School-related licenses

 

 

40

 

 

Product license agreements

 

 

30

 

 

Non-compete agreements

 

 

6

 

 

Other

 

 

19

 

 

Total

 

 

29

 

 

 

Total amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006, and 2005 was approximately $11.8, $11.2, and $7.5 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2007, future estimated amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets is estimated to be:

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2008

 

 

$

11,765

 

 

2009

 

 

11,648

 

 

2010

 

 

11,387

 

 

2011

 

 

11,180

 

 

2012

 

 

11,003

 

 

 

86




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of shares used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Shares in thousands)

 

Weighted average shares for basic earnings per share

 

44,723

 

45,168

 

44,622

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dilutive effect of stock-based compensation

 

844

 

1,076

 

1,665

 

Contingent shares issuable under contingent stock agreements

 

56

 

156

 

93

 

Weighted average shares for diluted earnings per share

 

45,623

 

46,400

 

46,380

 

 

Restricted stock awards of 258,700 shares and 215,000 units, 192,855 shares and 141,650 shares were excluded from the computation of basic weighted average shares outstanding at June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, as such shares were not yet vested at that date. Stock options covering approximately 491,945, 436,300 and 112,500 were excluded from the shares used in the computation of diluted earnings per share for fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, as such shares were anti-dilutive. Additionally, SARs covering 405,200, 96,000 and 99,000 shares were excluded from the computation during fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, as such shares were anti-dilutive.

The following provides supplemental disclosures of cash flow activity:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

40,805

 

$

35,098

 

$

23,062

 

Income taxes, net of refunds

 

71,770

 

32,544

 

40,544

 

 

Significant non-cash investing and financing activities include the following:

In fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, the Company financed capital expenditures totaling $14.5, $16.8, and $10.7 million, respectively, through capital leases.

In connection with various acquisitions, the Company entered into seller-financed payables and non-compete agreements in fiscal years 2006 and 2005, as well as issuing 75,177 shares of the Company’s common stock during fiscal year 2005 (see Note 3).

3.                  ACQUISITIONS AND INVESTMENTS:

During fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, the Company made numerous acquisitions and the purchase prices have been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. With the exception of Hair Club for Men and Women (Hair Club), these acquisitions individually and in the aggregate are not material to the Company’s operations. Operations of the acquired companies have been included in the operations of the Company since the date of the respective acquisition.

87




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Based upon purchase price allocations, the components of the aggregate purchase prices of the acquisitions made during fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005 and the allocation of the purchase prices were as follows:

Total Acquisitions, Exclusive of Fiscal Year 2005 Acquisition of Hair Club

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Components of aggregate purchase prices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

68,747

 

$

155,481

 

$

118,915

 

Stock

 

 

 

5,000

 

Liabilities assumed or payable

 

558

 

2,127

 

781

 

 

 

$

69,305

 

$

157,608

 

$

124,696

 

Allocation of the purchase prices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

3,876

 

$

12,516

 

$

4,507

 

Property and equipment

 

10,086

 

14,422

 

19,091

 

Deferred income tax asset

 

1,200

 

 

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

50

 

4,442

 

4,314

 

Goodwill

 

50,844

 

127,337

 

92,315

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

4,464

 

17,251

 

9,325

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

(412

)

(17,121

)

(3,962

)

Deferred income tax liability

 

(436

)

(4,656

)

(894

)

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

(367

)

(213

)

 

Settlement of contingent purchase price(1)

 

 

3,630

 

 

 

 

69,305

 

$

157,608

 

$

124,696

 


(1)           During fiscal year 2004, the Company guaranteed that the stock issued in conjunction with one of its acquisitions would reach a certain market price by the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006. The guaranteed stock price was factored into the purchase price at the acquisition date by recording an increase to additional paid-in-capital for the differential between the stock price at the date of acquisition and the guaranteed stock price. However, the stock did not reach this price during the agreed upon time frame. Therefore, the Company was obligated to issue $3.6 million in additional consideration to the sellers during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006. The $3.6 million represents the difference between the guaranteed stock price and the actual stock price on the last day of the agreed upon time frame, and was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.

The value and related weighted average amortization periods for the intangibles acquired during fiscal year 2007 business acquisitions, in total and by major intangible asset class, are as follows:

 

 

Purchase Price Allocation

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

Period Ended June 30,

 

Amortization Period

 

 

 

      2007      

 

      2006      

 

(in years)

 

Amortized intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade Names

 

 

$

656

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

20

 

 

Franchise Agreements

 

 

1,339

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

School-related licenses

 

 

610

 

 

 

14,426

 

 

 

40

 

 

Other

 

 

1,859

 

 

 

2,825

 

 

 

15

 

 

Total

 

 

$

4,464

 

 

 

$

17,251

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

88




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Based upon the actual and preliminary purchase price allocations, the change in the carrying amount of the goodwill for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 is as follows:

 

 

Salons

 

Beauty

 

Hair
Restoration

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

International

 

Schools

 

Centers

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at June 30, 2005

 

 

$

452,696

 

 

 

$

37,032

 

 

$

29,276

 

 

$

127,506

 

 

 

$

646,510

 

 

Goodwill acquired

 

 

64,150

 

 

 

3,316

 

 

52,573

 

 

7,298

 

 

 

127,337

 

 

Translation rate adjustments

 

 

3,468

 

 

 

876

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

4,381

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2006

 

 

520,314

 

 

 

41,224

 

 

$

81,886

 

 

$

134,804

 

 

 

778,228

 

 

Goodwill acquired

 

 

47,462

 

 

 

1,620

 

 

1,765

 

 

(3

)

 

 

50,844

 

 

Translation rate adjustments

 

 

2,385

 

 

 

3,643

 

 

283

 

 

 

 

 

6,311

 

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,000

)

 

 

 

 

(23,000

)

 

Balance at June 30, 2007

 

 

$

570,161

 

 

 

$

46,487

 

 

$

60,934

 

 

$

134,801

 

 

 

$

812,383

 

 

 

In a limited number of acquisitions, the Company guarantees that the stock issued in conjunction with the acquisition will reach a certain market price. If the stock should not reach this price during an agreed upon time frame (typically three years from the date of acquisition), the Company is obligated to issue additional consideration to the sellers. Once the agreed upon stock price is met or exceeded for a period of five consecutive days, the contingency is met and the Company is no longer liable. At June 30, 2007, one contingency of this type exists, which expires in March of 2008. Based on the June 30, 2007 market price, the Company would be required to provide an additional 55,542 shares with an aggregate market value on that date of $2.1 million related to these acquisition contingencies if the agreed upon time frame was assumed to have expired June 30, 2007. These contingently issuable shares have been included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

The majority of the purchase price in salon acquisitions is accounted for as residual goodwill rather than identifiable intangible assets. This stems from the value associated with the walk-in customer base of the acquired salons, which is not recorded as an identifiable intangible asset under current accounting guidance, as well as the limited value and customer preference associated with the acquired hair salon brand. Key factors considered by consumers of hair salon services include personal relationships with individual stylists, service quality and price point competitiveness. These attributes represent the “going concern” value of the salon.

Residual goodwill further represents the Company’s opportunity to strategically combine the acquired business with the Company’s existing structure to serve a greater number of customers through its expansion strategies. In the acquisitions of international salons, beauty schools and hair restoration centers, the residual goodwill primarily represents the growth prospects that are not captured as part of acquired tangible or identified intangible assets. Generally, the goodwill recognized in the North American salon transactions and certain beauty school transactions is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes and the goodwill recognized in the international salon transactions is non-deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill generated in certain acquisitions, such as Hair Club, is not deductible for tax purposes due to the acquisition structure of the transaction.

During fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company purchased salon operations from its franchisees. The Company evaluated the effective settlement of the preexisting franchise contracts and associated rights afforded by those contracts in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) No. 04-1, Accounting for Preexisting Relationships Between the Parties to a Business Combination. The

89




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Company determined that the effective settlement of the preexisting franchise contracts at the date of the acquisition did not result in a gain or loss,  as the agreements were neither favorable nor unfavorable when compared to similar current market transactions, and no settlement provisions exist in the preexisting contracts. Therefore, no settlement gain or loss was recognized with respect to the Company’s franchise buybacks.

Fiscal Year 2005 Acquisition of Hair Club

 

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Components of aggregate purchase prices:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

$

209,652

 

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed or payable

 

 

1,032

 

 

 

 

 

$

210,684

 

 

Allocation of the purchase prices:

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

$

8,311

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

5,928

 

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

 

4,434

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

126,839

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

127,373

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

(22,180

)

 

Deferred income tax liability

 

 

(40,021

)

 

 

 

 

$

210,684

 

 

 

In December 2004, the Company purchased Hair Club for approximately $210 million, financed with debt. Hair Club offers a comprehensive menu of hair restoration solutions ranging from Extreme Hair Therapy™ to the non-surgical Bio-Matrix® Process and the latest advancements in hair transplantation. This industry is highly fragmented, and the Company believes there is an opportunity to consolidate this industry through acquisition.

Hair Club operations have been included in the operations of the Company since the acquisition was completed on December 1, 2004, and are reported in Note 11 in the “Hair Restoration Centers” segment. Unaudited pro forma summary information is presented below for the year ended June 30, 2005, assuming the acquisition of Hair Club had occurred on July 1, 2004 (i.e., the first day of fiscal year 2005). Preparation of the pro forma summary information was based upon assumptions deemed appropriate by the Company’s management. The pro forma summary information presented below is not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if the acquisition had been consummated on the first day of fiscal year 2005, and is not intended to be a projection of future results.

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2005

 

 

 

Actual

 

ProForma

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

Revenue

 

$

2,194,294

 

$

2,243,290

 

Net Income

 

64,631

 

64,538

 

EPS

 

1.39

 

1.39

 

 

 

90




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and include certain adjustments such as additional amortization expense as a result of identifiable intangible assets arising from the acquisition and from increased interest expense on acquisition debt. Additionally, the pro forma results include management fees which are no longer incurred since the Company’s acquisition of the hair restoration centers. The management fees included in the pro forma results above totaled approximately $0.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005. There were no extraordinary items, changes in accounting principles, or material nonrecurring items included in the pro forma amounts above.

In April 2007, the Company acquired exchangeable notes issued by Yamano Holding Corporation and a loan obligation of a Yamano Holdings subsidiary, Beauty Plaza Co. Ltd., for an aggregate amount of $11.3 million. This investment is accounted for under the cost method. The notes are exchangeable for approximately 14.7 percent of the outstanding shares of Beauty Takashi Co. Ltd., a subsidiary of Yamano Holdings. In connection with the purchase of the exchangeable notes and loan obligation, the parties also entered into a business collaboration agreement with respect to their joint pursuit of opportunities relating to retail hair salons in Asia.

In October 2006, the Company invested $9.9 million to form a new limited liability company called Intelligent Nutrients, LLC and holds a 50 percent interest in the newly formed LLC. The Company is accounting for this investment under the equity method. Intelligent Nutrients, LLC currently carries a wide variety of organic, harmonically grown™ products, including dietary supplements, coffees, teas and aromatics. Additionally, a full line of professional hair-care and personal care products is in development and is expected to be available in the spring of calendar year 2008. These products will be offered at the Company’s corporate and franchise salons, and eventually in other independently owned salons. During fiscal year 2007, the Company recorded a loss of $1.8 million related to this equity investment.

In September 2006, the Company invested $5.3 million in the preferred stock of a privately held entity. This investment was accounted for under the cost method. During the three months ended December 31, 2006, the preferred stock was redeemed for the original investment amount of $5.3 million. The Company received $0.1 million of preferred dividends from this investment prior to its redemption.

In May 2006, the Company acquired a 19.9 percent interest in the voting common stock of a privately held entity for $4.4 million. The investment is accounted for under the equity method. As of June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006, the Company also had $10.0 and $6.0 million of long-term notes receivable under a credit agreement with the majority corporate investor in this privately held entity, respectively. In June, 2007, the Company extended the term of the note receivable under the credit agreement to March 31, 2009. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, the Company recorded a loss of $1.3 million related to this equity investment.

In December 2004, the Company acquired an interest of less than 20 percent in a privately held entity, Cool Cuts 4 Kids, Inc., through the acquisition of $4.3 million of preferred stock. This investment is accounted for under the cost method. During fiscal year 2006, the Company determined that its investment was impaired and recognized an impairment loss within Other, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the full carrying value. The Company’s securities purchase agreement contains a call provision, giving the Company the right of first refusal should the privately held entity receive a bona fide offer from another company, as well as the right to purchase all of the assets of the privately held entity during the period from April 1, 2008 to January 31, 2009 for a multiple of cash flow.

91




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4.                  FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS:

The Company’s long-term debt as of June 30, 2007 and 2006 consists of the following:

 

 

Maturity Dates

 

Interest rate %

 

Amounts outstanding

 

 

 

(fiscal year)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Senior term notes

 

 

2008-2015

 

 

4.03-8.39

 

4.03-8.39

 

$

515,578

 

$

517,341

 

Revolving credit facility

 

 

2010

 

 

6.50

 

6.21

 

147,800

 

63,000

 

Equipment and leasehold notes payable

 

 

2008-2011

 

 

7.55-8.67

 

7.33-8.16

 

35,885

 

29,223

 

Other notes payable

 

 

2008-2013

 

 

3.90-8.00

 

3.90-8.00

 

9,968

 

12,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

709,231

 

622,269

 

Less current portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(223,352

)

(101,912

)

Long-term portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

485,879

 

$

520,357

 

 

The debt agreements contain covenants, including limitations on incurrence of debt, granting of liens, investments, merger or consolidation, and transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Company must adhere to specified fixed charge coverage and leverage ratios, as well as minimum net worth levels. Additional details are included below with the discussion of the specific categories of debt.

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt, including associated fair value hedge obligations of $0.9 million and capital lease obligations of $34.8 million at June 30, 2007, are as follows:

Fiscal year

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2008

 

 

$

223,352

 

 

2009

 

 

87,281

 

 

2010

 

 

75,175

 

 

2011

 

 

46,011

 

 

2012

 

 

72,914

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

204,498

 

 

 

 

 

$

709,231

 

 

 

Senior Term Notes

Private Shelf Agreement

At June 30, 2007 and 2006, the Company had $189.7 and $191.0 million, respectively, in unsecured, fixed rate, senior term notes outstanding under a Private Shelf Agreement. The notes require quarterly payments, and final maturity dates range from November 2007 through June 2013. The interest rates on the notes range from 4.03 to 8.39 percent as of June 30, 2007 and 2006.

The Private Shelf Agreement includes financial covenants including debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) ratios, fixed charge coverage ratios and minimum net equity tests (as defined within the Private Shelf Agreement), as well as other customary terms and conditions. The maturity date for the debt may be accelerated upon the occurrence of various Events of Default, including breaches of the agreement, certain cross-default situations, certain bankruptcy related situations, and other customary events of default.

92




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As a result of the fair value hedging activities discussed in Note 5, an adjustment of approximately $0.9 and $1.3 million was made to increase the carrying value of the Company’s long-term fixed rate debt at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Private Placement Senior Term Notes

In fiscal year 2005, the Company issued $200.0 million of senior unsecured debt to approximately twenty purchasers via a private placement transaction pursuant to a Master Note Purchase Agreement. The placement was split into four tranches, with $100.0 million maturing March 31, 2013 and $100.0 million maturing March 31, 2015. Of the debt maturing in 2013, $30.0 million was issued as fixed rate debt with a rate of 4.97 percent. The remaining $70.0 million was issued as variable rate debt and is priced at 52 basis points over LIBOR. As for the $100.0 million maturing in 2015, $70.0 million was issued at a fixed rate of 5.20 percent, with the remaining $30.0 million issued as variable rate debt, priced at 0.55 percent over LIBOR. All four tranches are non-amortizing and no principle payments are due until maturity. Interest payments are due semi-annually.

The Master Note Purchase Agreement includes financial covenants including debt to EBITDA ratios, fixed charge coverage ratios and minimum net equity tests (as defined within the Private Shelf Agreement), as well as other customary terms and conditions. The maturity date for the debt may be accelerated upon the occurrence of various Events of Default, including breaches of the agreement, certain cross-default situations, certain bankruptcy related situations, and other customary events of default.

During March of fiscal year 2002, the Company completed a $125.0 million private debt placement. Of this amount, $58.0 million was issued at a fixed coupon rate of 6.73 percent with a final maturity date of March 15, 2009 and $67.0 million was issued at a fixed coupon rate of 7.20 percent with a final maturity date of March 15, 2012. This private placement debt is unsecured and payments are due on a semi-annual basis. In anticipation of the new Master Note Purchase Agreement discussed above, the Company closed on the First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement (related to this private debt placement) in April 2005. The amendment modified certain financial covenants so that they would be more consistent with the financial covenants in the new Master Note Purchase Agreement.

Revolving Credit Facility

The Company has an unsecured $350.0 million revolving credit facility with rates tied to LIBOR plus 87.5 basis points. The revolving credit facility requires a quarterly fee related to the unused portion of the facility of 17.5 basis points. Both the LIBOR credit spread and the unused fee are based on the Company’s debt-to-EBITDA ratio at the end of each fiscal quarter. The facility expires in April 2010.

Under the terms of the April 7, 2005 amended and restated revolving credit agreement, the Company’s ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and rent expense (EBITDAR) to fixed charges (which includes rent and interest expenses) may not drop below 1.65 on a rolling four quarter basis. On July 12, 2007, the Company amended its $350.0 revolving credit agreement. Among other changes, the ratio of EBITDAR to fixed changes covenant was modified from a ratio of 1.65 on a rolling four quarter basis to a ratio of 1.50 on a rolling four quarter basis. The Company is in compliance with all covenants and other requirements of its credit agreements and senior notes. Additionally, the credit agreements do not include rating triggers or subjective clauses that would accelerate maturity dates.

The maturity date for the revolving credit facility may be accelerated upon the occurrence of various events of default, including breaches of the credit agreement, certain cross-default situations, certain

93




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

bankruptcy related situations, and other customary events of default. The interest rates under the facility vary and are based on a bank’s reference rate, the federal funds rate and/or LIBOR, as applicable, and a leverage ratio for the Company determined by a formula tied to the Company’s debt and its adjusted income.

As of June 30, 2007 and 2006, the Company had outstanding borrowings under this facility of $147.8 and $63.0 million, respectively. Because the credit agreement provides for possible acceleration of the maturity date of the facility based on provisions that are not objectively determinable, the outstanding borrowings as of June 30, 2007 and 2006 are classified as part of the current portion of the Company’s long-term debt. Additionally, the Company had outstanding standby letters of credit under the facility of $54.6 and $60.6 million at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, primarily related to its self-insurance program and Department of Education requirements surrounding Title IV funding. Unused available credit under the facility at June 30, 2007 and 2006 was $147.6 and $226.4 million, respectively.

Equipment and Leasehold Notes Payable

The equipment and leasehold notes payable are primarily comprised of capital lease obligations which are payable in monthly installments through fiscal year 2011. The capital lease obligations are collateralized by the assets purchased under the agreement.

Other Notes Payable

Within other notes payable are mortgage notes for $7.2 and $8.8 million at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, related to the Company’s distribution centers in Chattanooga, Tennessee and Salt Lake City, Utah. The note for the Salt Lake City distribution center is secured by that distribution center and the note for the Chattanooga distribution center is unsecured. Additionally, the Company had $2.8 and $3.9 million in unsecured outstanding notes at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, related to debt assumed in acquisitions.

5.                  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

The primary market risk exposure of the Company relates to changes in interest rates in connection with its debt, some of which bears interest at variable rates based on LIBOR plus an applicable borrowing margin. Additionally, the Company is exposed to foreign currency translation risk related to its net investments in its foreign subsidiaries and, to a lesser extent, foreign currency denominated transactions. The Company has established policies and procedures that govern the management of these exposures through the use of derivative financial instrument contracts. By policy, the Company does not enter into such contracts for the purpose of speculation.

94




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Company has established an interest rate management policy that attempts to minimize its overall cost of debt, while taking into consideration the earnings implications associated with the volatility of short-term interest rates. As part of this policy, the Company has elected to maintain a combination of variable and fixed rate debt. As of June 30, 2007 and 2006, the Company had the following outstanding debt balances:

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fixed rate debt

 

$

496,568

 

$

471,928

 

Variable rate debt

 

212,663

 

150,341

 

 

 

$

709,231

 

$

622,269

 

 

A one percent change in interest rates (including the impact of existing interest rate swap contracts) could impact the Company’s interest expense by approximately $2.1 million. To reduce the volatility associated with interest rate movements, the Company has entered into the following financial instruments:

Cash Flow Hedges

Interest Rate Swaps

During the three months ended December 31, 2005, the Company entered into interest rate swap contracts that pay fixed rates of interest and receive variable rates of interest (based on the three-month LIBOR rate) on notional amounts of indebtedness of $35.0 and $15.0 million as of June 30, 2007, and mature in March 2013 and March 2015, respectively. These swaps were designated and are effective as cash flow hedges. These cash flow hedges were recorded at fair value within other noncurrent liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with a corresponding offset in other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.

The Company had an interest rate swap contract that paid fixed rates of interest and received variable rates of interest (based on the three-month LIBOR rate) on a notional amount of indebtedness of $11.8 million at June 30, 2004. Consistent with the cash flow hedges discussed above, this cash flow hedge was recorded at fair value within other noncurrent liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with a corresponding offset in other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005, this cash flow swap and the underlying hedged debt matured.

Forward Foreign Currency Contracts

On May 29, 2007, the Company entered into several forward foreign currency contracts to sell Canadian dollars and buy an aggregate $16.9 million U.S. dollars, with maturation dates between June 2007 and May 2010. On February 1, 2006, the Company entered into several forward foreign currency contracts to sell Canadian dollars and buy an aggregate $15.8 million U.S. dollars, with maturation dates between July 2006 and May 2009. The purpose of the forward contracts is to protect against adverse movements in the Canadian dollar exchange rate. The contracts were designated and are effective as cash flow hedges of Canadian dollar denominated forecasted intercompany transactions related to monthly product shipments from the U.S. to Canadian salons. These cash flow hedges were recorded at fair value within other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with a corresponding offset in other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.

95




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

On January 3, 2007, the Company terminated its remaining Canadian forward foreign currency contracts entered into on February 1, 2006 having a $14.5 million notional amount. The termination resulted in a deferred gain of $0.4 million which is recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, as the contracts hedged currency risk associated with a portion of the monthly forecasted intercompany foreign-currency-denominated transactions stemming from the forecasted monthly product shipments from the Company’s subsidiaries located in the Unites States to its Canadian subsidiaries. The deferred gain will be recorded into income through May 31, 2009 as the forecasted foreign currency transactions are recognized in earnings. Approximately $0.1 million of the deferred gain was amortized against cost of goods sold during fiscal year 2007, resulting in a remaining deferred gain of $0.3 million in AOCI at June 30, 2007.

When the inventory from the hedged forecasted transaction is sold to an external party by the salon and, therefore, impacts cost of goods sold in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations, amounts are transferred out of AOCI to earnings. The Company uses an inventory turnover ratio (based on historical results) to estimate the timing of sales to an external third party. Therefore, amounts will be transferred from AOCI into earnings based on this inventory turnover ratio.

Financial Statement Impact of Cash Flow Hedges

The cumulative tax-effected net gain recorded in AOCI, set forth under the caption shareholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, related to the cash flow hedges was $1.7, $1.9 and $0.4 million at June 30, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. The following table depicts the hedging activity in other comprehensive income related to the cash flow hedges for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Tax-effected gain (loss) on cash flow hedges recorded in other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Realized net (loss) gain transferred from other comprehensive income to earnings

 

$

(190

)

$

50

 

$

271

 

Unrealized net (loss) gain from changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

 

(1,030

)

1,416

 

480

 

 

 

$

(1,220

)

$

1,466

 

$

751

 

 

As of June 30, 2007, the Company estimates, based on current interest rates, that less than $0.1 million of tax-effected charges will be recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations during the next twelve months. Additionally, based on current forward exchange rates, the Company estimates that approximately $0.1 million of tax-effected charges will be recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations in the next twelve months.

Fair Value Hedges

The Company has interest rate swap contracts under which it pays variable rates of interest (based on the three-month LIBOR rate plus a credit spread) and receives fixed rates of interest on an aggregate $14.0 and $36.0 million notional amount at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively with a maturation date of July 2008. These swaps were designated as hedges of a portion of the Company’s senior term notes and are being accounted for as fair value hedges.

96




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

During fiscal year 2003, the Company terminated a portion of a $40.0 million notional interest rate swap contract. The remainder of this swap contract was terminated during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005. The terminations resulted in the Company realizing gains of $1.1 and $1.5 million during fiscal years 2005 and 2003, respectively, which are deferred in long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheet and are being amortized against interest expense over the remaining life of the underlying debt that matures in July 2008. Approximately $0.5, $0.5 and $0.3 million of the deferred gain was amortized against interest expense during fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, resulting in a remaining deferred gain of $0.9 and $1.4 million in long-term debt at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The Company’s outstanding fair value hedges are recorded at fair value within either other assets or other noncurrent liabilities (depending on whether the fair value adjustment is favorable or unfavorable) in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with a corresponding cumulative adjustment to the underlying senior term note within long-term debt. This adjustment resulted in a decrease to the debt balance of less than $0.1 million at June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006, and an increase of $0.6 million at June 30, 2005. No hedge ineffectiveness occurred during fiscal years 2007, 2006 or 2005. As a result, the fair value hedges did not have a net impact on earnings.

Hedge of Net Investments in Foreign Operations

The Company has numerous investments in foreign subsidiaries, and the net assets of these subsidiaries are exposed to exchange rate volatility. The Company frequently evaluates its foreign currency exchange risk by monitoring market data and external factors that may influence exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, the Company may engage in transactions involving various derivative instruments to hedge assets, liabilities and purchases denominated in foreign currencies.

During September 2006, the Company’s cross-currency swap (which had a notional amount of $21.3 million and hedged a portion of the Company’s net investment in its foreign operations) was settled, resulting in a cash outlay of $8.9 million. This cash outlay was recorded within investing activities within the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. Approximately $0.1 million of tax-effected gain related to this derivative was charged to the cumulative translation adjustment account during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007. The cumulative tax-effected net loss recorded in AOCI related to the cross-currency swap was $7.9 million at June 30, 2007. This amount will remain deferred within AOCI indefinitely, as the event which would trigger its release from AOCI and recognition in earnings is the sale or liquidation of the Company’s international operations that the cross-currency swap hedged. The Company currently has no intent to sell or liquidate this portion of its business operations.

The Company’s cross-currency swap was recorded at fair value within other noncurrent liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at June 30, 2006 and 2005 when the Company’s net investment in this derivative financial instrument was in a $9.4 and $8.5 million loss position, respectively, based on its estimated fair value. The corresponding tax-effected offset was charged to the cumulative translation adjustment account, which is a component of AOCI set forth under the caption shareholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The cumulative tax-effected net loss recorded in AOCI related to the cross-currency swap was $8.1 and $6.9 million at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. For the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, $1.2 and $0.6 million of tax-effected loss related to this derivative was charged to the cumulative translation adjustment account, respectively.

97




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6.                  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Operating Leases:

The Company is committed under long-term operating leases for the rental of most of its company-owned salon, beauty school and hair restoration center locations. The original terms of the leases range from one to 20 years, with many leases renewable for an additional five to ten year term at the option of the Company, and certain leases include escalation provisions. For certain leases, the Company is required to pay additional rent based on a percent of sales in excess of a predetermined amount and, in most cases, real estate taxes and other expenses. Rent expense for the Company’s international department store salons is based primarily on a percent of sales.

The Company also leases the premises in which the majority of its franchisees operate and has entered into corresponding sublease arrangements with the franchisees. These leases, generally with terms of approximately five years, are expected to be renewed on expiration. All additional lease costs are passed through to the franchisees.

During fiscal year 2005, the Company entered into a lease agreement for a 102,448 square foot building, located in Edina, Minnesota. The Company began to recognize rent expense related to this property during the three months ended September 30, 2005, which was the date that it obtained the legal right to use and control the property. The original lease term ends in 2016 and the aggregate amount of lease payments to be made over the remaining original lease term are approximately $9.6 million. The lease agreement includes an option to purchase the property or extend the original term for two successive periods of five years.

Rent expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations excludes $27.4, $28.9 and $31.1 million in fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, of rent expense on premises subleased to franchisees. These amounts are netted against the related rental income on the sublease arrangements with franchisees. In most cases, the amount of rental income related to sublease arrangements with franchisees approximates the amount of rent expense from the primary lease, thereby having no net impact on rent expense or net income. However, in limited cases, the Company charges a ten percent mark-up in its sublease arrangements. The net rental income resulting from such arrangements totaled $0.5 million in each of fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, and was classified in the royalties and fees caption of the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Total rent expense, excluding rent expense on premises subleased to franchisees, includes the following:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Minimum rent

 

$

283,862

 

$

262,166

 

$

229,180

 

Percentage rent based on sales

 

16,215

 

15,036

 

16,468

 

Real estate taxes and other expenses

 

82,743

 

73,724

 

65,336

 

 

 

$

382,820

 

$

350,926

 

$

310,984

 

 

98




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of June 30, 2007, future minimum lease payments (excluding percentage rents based on sales) due under existing noncancelable operating leases with remaining terms of greater than one year are as follows:

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

Fiscal year

 

 

 

leases

 

Franchisee leases

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2008

 

$

297,545

 

 

$

43,709

 

 

2009

 

256,727

 

 

37,735

 

 

2010

 

208,163

 

 

30,195

 

 

2011

 

155,604

 

 

22,123

 

 

2012

 

107,374

 

 

11,710

 

 

Thereafter

 

217,625

 

 

9,955

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

1,243,038

 

 

$

155,427

 

 

 

Salon Development Program:

As a part of its salon development program, the Company continues to negotiate and enter into leases and commitments for the acquisition of equipment and leasehold improvements related to future salon locations, and continues to enter into transactions to acquire established hair care salons.

Contingencies:

The Company is self-insured for most workers’ compensation and general liability losses subject to per occurrence and aggregate annual liability limitations. The Company is insured for losses in excess of these limitations. The Company is also self-insured for health care claims for eligible participating employees subject to certain deductibles and limitations. The Company determines its liability for claims incurred but not reported on an actuarial basis.

7.                  LITIGATION

The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits and claims arising out of the normal course of business. Like certain other large retail employers, the Company has been faced with allegations of purported class-wide wage and hour violations. Litigation is inherently unpredictable and the outcome of these matters cannot presently be determined. Although company counsel believes that the Company has valid defenses in these matters, it could in the future incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations in any particular period.

8.                  INCOME TAXES:

The components of income before income taxes are as follows:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Income before income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

93,377

 

$

142,491

 

$

122,669

 

International

 

34,579

 

27,662

 

(6,212

)

 

 

$

127,956

 

$

170,153

 

$

116,457

 

 

99




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The provision for income taxes consists of:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

45,876

 

$

50,426

 

$

55,732

 

International

 

5,153

 

2,795

 

5,618

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

(3,492

)

5,555

 

(10,476

)

International

 

(2,751

)

1,799

 

952

 

 

 

$

44,786

 

$

60,575

 

$

51,826

 

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable United States (U.S.) statutory rate to earnings before income taxes, as a result of the following:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

U.S. statutory rate

 

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

 

2.4

 

2.4

 

2.5

 

Tax effect of goodwill impairment

 

4.2

 

 

11.0

 

Foreign income taxes at other than U.S. rates

 

(3.1

)

(2.5

)

(4.6

)

Work Opportunity and Welfare-to-Work Tax Credits

 

(3.2

)

(0.5

)

(1.5

)

Other, net

 

(0.3

)

1.2

 

2.1

 

 

 

35.0

%

35.6

%

44.5

%

 

The components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

$

18,382

 

$

16,697

 

Insurance

 

 

1,176

 

Payroll and payroll related costs

 

26,605

 

22,275

 

Foreign NOL carryforwards

 

4,752

 

490

 

Reserve for impaired assets

 

5,328

 

3,486

 

Derivatives

 

 

2,623

 

Inventories

 

1,204

 

1,191

 

Deferred gift card revenue

 

1,788

 

922

 

Other

 

5,892

 

4,128

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

63,951

 

$

52,988

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

$

(4,280

)

$

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

(120,975

)

(118,548

)

Accrued property taxes

 

(2,617

)

(2,362

)

Derivatives

 

(583

)

 

Other

 

(1,032

)

(1,195

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(129,487

)

$

(122,105

)

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(65,536

)

$

(69,117

)

 

100




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

At June 30, 2007, the Company had foreign operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5.0 million. Approximately $3.6 million of the loss carryforwards relate to losses in France and the Netherlands and may be carried forward indefinitely. The remainder of the loss carryforwards relate to losses in Spain, Poland and Canada and expire in various amounts through 2018. The company expects to fully utilize all of these loss carryforwards.

In December 2006, President Bush signed the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 into law. This Act retroactively reinstated the Work Opportunity and Welfare-to-Work Tax Credits for a two year period beginning January 1, 2006. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the financial impact of the tax credits earned during the entire calendar year was required to be reflected in the Company’s tax rate for the quarter in which the Act was signed into law, which was the Company’s quarter ended December 31, 2006. The fiscal year 2007 tax rate reflects $4.1 million related to Work Opportunity and Welfare-to-Work Tax Credits, a portion of which was earned during fiscal year 2006, but not reflected in the related financial statements due to the expiration of the prior statute. Under the prior law which was retroactive to January 1, 2004 and expired on December 31, 2005, the Company earned employment credits of $0.8 and $1.8 million during fiscal years 2006 and 2005, respectively. On May 26, 2007, President Bush signed into law the Small Business and Work Opportunity Tax Act of 2007. Whereas under the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 the Work Opportunity and Welfare-to-Work Tax Credits were to expire on December 31, 2007, this Act enhances and extends the credits to September 1, 2011.

The effective income tax rate for fiscal year 2007 was adversely impacted by the pre-tax, non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $23.0 million ($19.6 million net of tax) recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2007. The majority of the goodwill impairment charge was not deductible for tax purposes. The fiscal year 2005 income tax rate was also adversely affected by a goodwill impairment write-down which was not deductible for tax purposes.The effects of the writedowns in these years were partially offset by the employment credits discussed earlier.

As of June 30, 2007, undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries of approximately $42.9 million were considered to have been reinvested indefinitely and, accordingly, the Company has not provided United States income taxes on such earnings.

9.                  BENEFIT PLANS:

Profit Sharing Plan:

Prior to March 1, 2007, the Company maintained a Profit Sharing Plan (the Profit Sharing Plan) which covered substantially all non-highly compensated field supervisors, warehouse and corporate office employees. The Profit Sharing Plan was a defined contribution plan and contributions to it were at the discretion of the Company. Contributions were invested in a broad range of securities. Effective January 1, 2007, the vesting provisions of the Profit Sharing Plan were amended to comply with the accelerated vesting requirements required by the Pension Protection Act of 2006. Under the amended Profit Sharing Plan, participants’ interest in the Profit Sharing Plan become 20 percent vested after completing two years of service with vesting increasing 20 percent for each additional year of service, and with participants becoming fully vested after six full years of service.

On March 1, 2007, the Profit Sharing Plan was merged into the Company’s defined contribution 401(k) plan, the Regis Retirement Savings Plan (the RRSP). The RRSP is a new 401(k) plan sponsored by the Company that resulted from the merger of four separate 401(k) plans previously maintained by the Company. Fidelity Investments provides the investment, custodian and recordkeeping services for the RRSP. In conjunction with the merger of the Profit Sharing Plan into the RRSP, the Profit Sharing Plan’s investments were liquidated and the proceeds were transferred to Fidelity Investments. Amounts received

101




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

by Fidelity Investments are invested as directed by plan participants and are valued daily. The nature and terms of each 401(k) plan and of the Profit Sharing Plan did not change significantly in connection with the merger into the RRSP; the mergers did not affect participation in the RRSP, the account balances of plan participants in each respective plan, or the right to share in future profit sharing contributions to the plan.

Executive Profit Sharing Plan:

Prior to March 1, 2007, the Company maintained a nonqualified Profit Sharing Plan (the Executive Profit Sharing Plan) which covered company officers, field supervisors, warehouse and corporate office employees who are highly compensated. Contributions to the Executive Profit Sharing Plan are at the discretion of the Company. Prior to January 22, 2002, such contributions were invested in common stock of the Company. Subsequent to that date contributions have been invested in a broad range of securities, including common stock of the Company. The investments other than Company common stock were in a pooled trust that was valued monthly. Investments in Company common stock were separately credited to participant accounts.

On March 1, 2007, the Executive Profit Sharing Plan was merged into the Company’s Nonqualified Deferred Salary Plan (as combined, the Executive Plan). Fidelity Investments provides the investment, custodian and recordkeeping services for the Executive Plan. Amounts received by Fidelity Investments attributable to participant accounts in the Executive Profit Sharing Plan and all future profit sharing contributions under the Executive Plan are invested as directed by plan participants and are valued daily. Future profit sharing contributions to the Executive Plan will not be invested in common stock of the Company. The merger did not affect participation in the profit sharing portion of the Executive Plan, the profit sharing account balances of Executive Plan participants, or the right to share in future profit sharing contributions to participants’ Executive Plan accounts.

Stock Purchase Plan:

The Company has an employee stock purchase plan (ESPP) available to substantially all employees. Under the terms of the ESPP, eligible employees may purchase the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions. The Company contributes an amount equal to 15.0 percent of the purchase price of the stock to be purchased on the open market and pays all expenses of the ESPP and its administration, not to exceed an aggregate contribution of $10.0 million ( the Board of Directors elected to increase the maximum aggregate contribution from $4.0 to $5.0 million during fiscal year 2004, and again elected to increase it to $10.0 million during fiscal year 2006). At June 30, 2007, cumulative contributions to the ESPP totaled $6.1 million.

Franchise Stock Purchase Plan:

The Company has a franchise stock purchase plan (FSPP) available to substantially all franchisee employees. Under the terms of the plan, eligible franchisees and their employees may purchase the Company’s common stock. The Company contributes an amount equal to five percent of the purchase price of the stock to be purchased on the open market and pays all expenses of the plan and its administration, not to exceed an aggregate contribution of $0.7 million. At June 30, 2007, cumulative contributions to the FSPP totaled $0.1 million.

Stock Options:

The 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (2004 Plan) was approved by shareholders on October 28, 2004 and provides for, among other things, the granting of stock options. Refer to the discussion of the 2004 Plan in the latter portion of this Note for additional details.

102




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

On October 24, 2000, the shareholders of Regis Corporation adopted the Regis Corporation 2000 Stock Option Plan (2000 Plan), which allows the Company to grant both incentive and nonqualified stock options and replaced the Company’s 1991 Stock Option Plan (1991 Plan).

Total options covering 3,500,000 shares of common stock may be granted under the 2000 Plan to employees of the Company for a term not to exceed ten years from the date of grant. The term may not exceed five years for incentive stock options granted to employees of the Company possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. Options may also be granted to the Company’s outside directors for a term not to exceed ten years from the grant date.

The 2000 Plan contains restrictions on transferability, time of exercise, exercise price and on disposition of any shares acquired through exercise of the options. Stock options are granted at not less than fair market value on the date of grant. The Board of Directors determines the 2000 Plan participants and establishes the terms and conditions of each option.

The Company also has outstanding stock options under the 1991 Plan, although the Plan terminated in 2001. The terms and conditions of the 1991 Plan are similar to the 2000 Plan. Total options covering 5,200,000 shares of common stock were available for grant under the 1991 Plan and, as of June 30, 2001, all available shares were granted.

Common shares available for grant under the Company’s 2000 Plan were 135,593, 250,066, and 337,300 shares as of June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and common shares available for grant under the Company’s 2004 Plan were 1,747,950, 1,971,350 and 2,147,500 at June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Stock options outstanding, weighted average exercise prices and weighted average fair values were as follows:

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

WeightedAverage

 

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

Balance, June 30, 2004

 

4,596,423

 

 

$

18.32

 

 

Granted

 

125,500

 

 

35.49

 

 

Cancelled

 

(9,700

)

 

23.53

 

 

Exercised

 

(1,039,623

)

 

16.59

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2005

 

3,672,600

 

 

19.43

 

 

Granted

 

135,000

 

 

35.33

 

 

Cancelled

 

(47,766

)

 

26.95

 

 

Exercised

 

(851,892

)

 

17.02

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2006

 

2,907,942

 

 

20.59

 

 

Granted

 

141,000

 

 

39.04

 

 

Cancelled

 

(26,527

)

 

27.06

 

 

Exercised

 

(829,524

)

 

17.22

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2007

 

2,192,891

 

 

$

22.97

 

 

 

At June 30, 2007, 1,784,250 shares with a $19.77 per share weighted average exercise price and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 3.5 years were exercisable that have a total intrinsic value of $33.2 million. There are an additional 385,849 shares expected to vest with a $36.43 per share weighted average exercise price and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 6.7 years that have a total intrinsic value of $1.0 million.

103




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All options granted relate to stock option plans that have been approved by the shareholders of the Company.

See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the Company’s measure of compensation cost for its incentive stock option plans, as well as pro forma information.

2004 Long Term Incentive Plan:

In May of 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (2004 Plan). The 2004 Plan received shareholder approval at the annual shareholders’ meeting held on October 28, 2004. The 2004 Plan provides for the granting of stock options, equity-based stock appreciation rights (SARs) and restricted stock, as well as cash-based performance grants, to employees and directors of the Company. On March 8, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to the 2004 Plan to permit the granting and issuance of restricted stock units (RSUs). Following the amendment, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer were granted 165,000 and 50,000 restricted stock units, respectively, during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007. The 2004 Plan expires on May 26, 2014. A maximum of 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock are available for issuance pursuant to grants and awards made under the 2004 Plan. Stock options, SARs and restricted stock under the 2004 Plan generally vest pro rata over five years and have a maximum term of ten years. The cash-based performance grants will be tied to the achievement of certain performance goals during a specified performance period, not less than one fiscal year in length. The RSUs cliff vest after five years and payment of the RSUs is deferred until January 31 of the year following vesting. Unvested awards are subject to forfeiture in the event of termination of employment. Unvested awards are subject to forfeiture in the event of termination of employement. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the Company’s measure of compensation cost for its incentive stock plans, as well as an estimate of future compensation expense related to these awards.

No stock options have been granted under the 2004 Plan. Grants of restricted stock, RSUs and SARs outstanding under the 2004 Plan, as well as other relevant terms of the awards, were as follows:

 

 

Nonvested

 

SARs Outstanding

 

 

 

Restricted
Stock
Outstanding

 

Weighted
Average
Grant Date

 

 

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise

 

 

 

Shares/Units

 

Fair Value

 

Shares

 

Price

 

Balance, June 30, 2004

 

 

72,500

 

 

 

$

42.79

 

 

110,750

 

 

$

42.79

 

 

Granted

 

 

85,250

 

 

 

35.49

 

 

97,750

 

 

35.49

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(2,000

)

 

 

42.79

 

 

(11,750

)

 

42.79

 

 

Vested/Exercised

 

 

(14,100

)

 

 

42.79

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2005

 

 

141,650

 

 

 

38.40

 

 

196,750

 

 

39.16

 

 

Granted

 

 

85,500

 

 

 

35.33

 

 

96,500

 

 

35.33

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(2,850

)

 

 

39.59

 

 

(3,250

)

 

39.98

 

 

Vested/Exercised

 

 

(31,445

)

 

 

38.67

 

 

(4,600

)

 

40.31

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2006

 

 

192,855

 

 

 

36.92

 

 

285,400

 

 

36.87

 

 

Granted

 

 

343,200

 

 

 

39.04

 

 

139,200

 

 

39.04

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(21,200

)

 

 

37.84

 

 

(22,800

)

 

38.41

 

 

Vested/Exercised

 

 

(41,155

)

 

 

37.33

 

 

(1,500

)

 

37.92

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2007

 

 

473,700

 

 

 

$

38.36

 

 

400,300

 

 

$

37.53

 

 

 

Total cash received from the exercise of share-based instruments in fiscal year 2007 was $16.8 million.

104




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Other:

The Company has agreed to pay the Chief Executive Officer, commencing upon his retirement, an amount equal to 60 percent of his salary, adjusted for inflation, for the remainder of his life. Additionally, the Company has a survivor benefit plan payable upon his death at a rate of one half of his deferred compensation benefit, adjusted for inflation, for the remaining life of his spouse. In addition, the Company has other unfunded deferred compensation contracts covering key executives within the Company. The key executives’ benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation prior to departure. The Company utilizes a June 30 measurement date for these deferred compensation contracts, a discount rate based on the Aa Bond index rate (6.25 and 5.25 percent at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively) and projected salary increases of 4.0 percent at June 30, 2007 and 2006 to estimate the obligations associated with these deferred compensation contracts. Compensation associated with these agreements is charged to expense as services are provided. Associated costs included in general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations totaled $4.0, $2.4, and $2.2 million for fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. Related obligations totaled $17.1 and $13.6 million at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and are included in other noncurrent liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. (The accumulated benefit obligation totaled $14.4 and $11.4 million at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.) The tax-effected accumulated other comprehensive loss for the deferred compensation contracts, consisting of primarily unrecognized actuarial losses, was $0.6 million at June 30, 2007. The Company intends to fund its future obligations under these arrangements through company-owned life insurance policies on the participants. Cash values of these policies totaled $14.1 and $12.8 million at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The Company also has entered into an Amended and Restated Compensation Agreement (the Restated Agreement) with the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors (the Vice Chairman) during fiscal year 2007, that replaces the prior compensation agreement between the Company and the Vice Chairman. Under the Restated Agreement, the Vice Chairman will continue to provide services to the Company and the Company has agreed to pay the Vice Chairman an annual amount of $0.6 million, adjusted for inflation to $0.8 million in fiscal year 2007, for the remainder of his life (this amount remains unchanged from the prior agreement in place with the Vice Chairman). The Vice Chairman has agreed that during the period in which payments are made, as provided in the agreement, he will not engage in any business competitive with the business conducted by the Company. Additionally, the Company has a survivor benefit plan for the Vice Chairman’s spouse, payable upon his death, at a rate of one half of his deferred compensation benefit, adjusted for inflation, for the remaining life of his spouse. Estimated associated costs included in general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations totaled $2.1, $0.3 and $0.3 million for each of fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Related obligations totaled $6.6 and $4.6 million at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and are included in other noncurrent liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company intends to fund all future obligations under this agreement through company-owned life insurance policies on the Vice Chairman. Cash values of these policies totaled $3.1 and $2.8 million at June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The policy death benefits exceed the obligations under this agreement.

105




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Summary of Benefit Plans

Compensation expense included in income before income taxes related to the aforementioned plans, excluding amounts paid for expenses and administration of the plans, for the three years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, included the following:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Stock-based compensation

 

$

4,911

 

$

4,905

 

$

1,222

 

Deferred compensation contracts

 

6,107

 

2,755

 

2,547

 

Profit sharing plan

 

3,305

 

2,650

 

 

Executive Profit Sharing Plan

 

491

 

389

 

 

ESPP

 

714

 

689

 

617

 

FSPP

 

11

 

16

 

15

 

 

As of June 30, 2007, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to all unvested stock-based compensation arrangements was $25.6 million and the related weighted average period over which it is expected to be recognized is approximately 4.1 years. The total intrinsic value of all stock-based compensation (the amount by which the stock exceeded the exercise or grant date price) that was exercised during fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $17.7, $18.4 and $25.3 million, respectively.

10.           SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

In addition to the shareholders’ equity activities described in Note 9, the following activity has taken place:

Authorized Shares and Designation of Preferred Class:

The Company has 100 million shares of capital stock authorized, par value $0.05, of which all outstanding shares, and shares available under the Stock Option Plans, have been designated as common.

In addition, 250,000 shares of authorized capital stock have been designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (preferred stock). None of the preferred stock has been issued.

Shareholders’ Rights Plan:

The Company has a shareholders’ rights plan pursuant to which one preferred share purchase right is held by shareholders for each outstanding share of common stock. The rights become exercisable only following the acquisition by a person or group, without the prior consent of the Board of Directors, of 15.0 percent or more of the Company’s voting stock, or following the announcement of a tender offer or exchange offer to acquire an interest of 15.0 percent or more. If the rights become exercisable, they entitle all holders, except the takeover bidder, to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of preferred stock at an exercise price of $140, subject to adjustment, or in lieu of purchasing the preferred stock, to purchase for the same exercise price common stock of the Company (or in certain cases common stock of an acquiring company) having a market value of twice the exercise price of a right.

Share Repurchase Program:

In May 2000, the Company’s Board of Directors (BOD) approved a stock repurchase program. Originally, the program authorized up to $50.0 million to be expended for the repurchase of the Company’s stock. The BOD elected to increase this maximum to $100.0 million in August 2003, to

106




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

$200.0 million on May 3, 2005, and to $300.0 million on April 26, 2007. The timing and amounts of any repurchases will depend on many factors, including the market price of the common stock and overall market conditions. Historically, the repurchases to date have been made primarily to eliminate the dilutive effect of shares issued in conjunction with acquisitions, restricted stock grants and stock option exercises. All repurchased shares become authorized but unissued shares of the Company. This repurchase program has no stated expiration date. As of June 30, 2007, 2006, and 2005, a total accumulated 5.1, 3.0, and 2.4 million shares have been repurchased for $176.5, $96.8, and $76.5 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2007, $123.5 million remains to be spent on share repurchases under this program.

11.           SEGMENT INFORMATION:

As of June 30, 2007, the Company owned, franchised or held ownership interests in over 12,400 worldwide locations. The Company’s locations consisted of 9,826 North American salons (located in the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico), 2,055 international salons, 90 hair restoration centers, 56 beauty schools and approximately 400 locations in which the Company maintains an ownership interest. The Company operates its North American salon operations through five primary concepts: Regis Salons, MasterCuts, Trade Secret, SmartStyle and Strip Center salons. The concepts offer similar products and services, concentrates on the mass market consumer marketplace and has consistent distribution channels. All of the company-owned and franchise salons within the North American salon concepts are located in high traffic, retail shopping locations that attract mass market consumers, and the individual salons generally display similar economic characteristics. The salons share interdependencies and a common support base. The Company’s international salon operations, which are primarily in Europe, are located in malls, leading department stores, mass merchants and high-street locations. The Company’s beauty schools are located in the United States and the United Kingdom. The Company’s hair restoration centers are located in the United States and Canada.

Based on the way the Company manages its business, it has reported its North American salons, international salons, beauty schools and hair restoration centers as four separate reportable operating segments.

107




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The accounting policies of the reportable operating segments are the same as those described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Corporate assets detailed below are primarily comprised of property and equipment associated with the Company’s headquarters and distribution centers, corporate cash, inventories located at corporate distribution centers, deferred income taxes, franchise receivables and other corporate assets. Intersegment sales and transfers are not significant. Summarized financial information concerning the Company’s reportable operating segments is shown in the following table as of June 30, 2007, 2006, and 2005:

 

 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2007

 

 

 

Salons

 

Beauty

 

Hair
Restoration

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

International

 

Schools

 

Centers

 

Corporate

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

 

$

1,512,287

 

 

 

$

151,057

 

 

$

76,556

 

 

$

53,902

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

1,793,802

 

 

Product

 

 

614,377

 

 

 

65,675

 

 

9,071

 

 

63,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

752,280

 

 

Royalties and fees

 

 

38,766

 

 

 

36,698

 

 

 

 

5,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

80,506

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,430

 

 

 

253,430

 

 

85,627

 

 

122,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,626,588

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of service

 

 

872,813

 

 

 

80,256

 

 

32,583

 

 

29,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,014,781

 

 

Cost of product

 

 

317,214

 

 

 

38,957

 

 

5,462

 

 

18,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

380,492

 

 

Site operating expenses

 

 

174,733

 

 

 

11,989

 

 

16,366

 

 

5,013

 

 

 

 

 

 

208,101

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

119,204

 

 

 

45,179

 

 

9,848

 

 

27,191

 

 

 

127,222

 

 

 

328,644

 

 

Rent

 

 

314,718

 

 

 

50,410

 

 

9,272

 

 

6,535

 

 

 

1,885

 

 

 

382,820

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

84,250

 

 

 

9,091

 

 

3,355

 

 

9,813

 

 

 

17,628

 

 

 

124,137

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,000

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

1,882,932

 

 

 

235,882

 

 

99,886

 

 

96,540

 

 

 

146,735

 

 

 

2,461,975

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

282,498

 

 

 

17,548

 

 

(14,259

)

 

25,561

 

 

 

(146,735

)

 

 

164,613

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41,770

)

 

 

(41,770

)

 

Other, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,113

 

 

 

5,113

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

$

282,498

 

 

 

$

17,548

 

 

$

(14,259

)

 

$

25,561

 

 

 

$

(183,392

)

 

 

$

127,956

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

1,070,776

 

 

 

$

210,629

 

 

$

163,818

 

 

$

262,295

 

 

 

$

424,596

 

 

 

$

2,132,114

 

 

Long-lived assets

 

 

334,568

 

 

 

34,569

 

 

16,664

 

 

9,461

 

 

 

98,823

 

 

 

494,085

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

49,294

 

 

 

8,057

 

 

2,493

 

 

4,590

 

 

 

25,645

 

 

 

90,079

 

 

Purchases of salon assets

 

 

63,754

 

 

 

2,895

 

 

(73

)

 

2,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,747

 

 

 

108




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

 

 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2006

 

 

 

Salons

 

Beauty

 

Hair
Restoration

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

International

 

Schools

 

Centers

 

Corporate

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

 

$

1,395,953

 

 

 

$

133,323

 

 

$

58,281

 

 

$

46,471

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

1,634,028

 

 

Product

 

 

601,332

 

 

 

53,796

 

 

5,671

 

 

58,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

718,942

 

 

Royalties and fees

 

 

39,263

 

 

 

33,543

 

 

 

 

5,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

77,894

 

 

 

 

 

2,036,548

 

 

 

220,662

 

 

63,952

 

 

109,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,430,864

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of service

 

 

806,024

 

 

 

71,110

 

 

24,757

 

 

26,624

 

 

 

 

 

 

928,515

 

 

Cost of product

 

 

316,980

 

 

 

32,168

 

 

4,278

 

 

17,592

 

 

 

 

 

 

371,018

 

 

Site operating expenses

 

 

175,039

 

 

 

9,755

 

 

10,272

 

 

4,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

199,602

 

 

General and
administrative

 

 

108,362

 

 

 

41,963

 

 

8,270

 

 

23,254

 

 

 

112,243

 

 

 

294,092

 

 

Rent

 

 

293,571

 

 

 

42,756

 

 

6,999

 

 

6,215

 

 

 

1,385

 

 

 

350,926

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

80,011

 

 

 

9,348

 

 

2,610

 

 

9,908

 

 

 

14,026

 

 

 

115,903

 

 

Terminated acquisition income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33,683

)

 

 

(33,683

)

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

1,779,987

 

 

 

207,100

 

 

57,186

 

 

88,129

 

 

 

93,971

 

 

 

2,226,373

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

256,561

 

 

 

13,562

 

 

6,766

 

 

21,573

 

 

 

(93,971

)

 

 

204,491

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,989

)

 

 

(34,989

)

 

Other, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

651

 

 

 

651

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

$

256,561

 

 

 

$

13,562

 

 

$

6,766

 

 

$

21,573

 

 

 

$

(128,309

)

 

 

$

170,153

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

1,030,720

 

 

 

$

187,556

 

 

$

177,295

 

 

$

259,739

 

 

 

$

330,014

 

 

 

$

1,985,324

 

 

Long-lived assets

 

 

340,105

 

 

 

30,094

 

 

16,003

 

 

7,203

 

 

 

90,359

 

 

 

483,764

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

71,507

 

 

 

8,978

 

 

3,681

 

 

2,833

 

 

 

32,915

 

 

 

119,914

 

 

Purchases of salon assets

 

 

81,823

 

 

 

4,556

 

 

62,740

 

 

6,362

 

 

 

 

 

 

155,481

 

 

 

109




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

 

 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2005

 

 

 

Salons

 

Beauty

 

Hair
Restoration

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

International

 

Schools

 

Centers

 

Corporate

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

 

$

1,270,444

 

 

 

$

139,629

 

 

$

31,848

 

 

$

24,415

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

1,466,336

 

 

Product

 

 

563,529

 

 

 

51,143

 

 

2,063

 

 

31,685

 

 

 

 

 

 

648,420

 

 

Royalties and fees

 

 

40,238

 

 

 

36,012

 

 

 

 

3,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

79,538

 

 

 

 

 

1,874,211

 

 

 

226,784

 

 

33,911

 

 

59,388

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,194,294

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of service

 

 

737,045

 

 

 

74,344

 

 

11,535

 

 

13,525

 

 

 

 

 

 

836,449

 

 

Cost of product

 

 

293,336

 

 

 

30,745

 

 

1,288

 

 

10,267

 

 

 

 

 

 

335,636

 

 

Site operating expenses

 

 

166,680

 

 

 

9,750

 

 

4,319

 

 

2,307

 

 

 

 

 

 

183,056

 

 

General and
administrative

 

 

99,210

 

 

 

42,357

 

 

5,097

 

 

12,712

 

 

 

100,831

 

 

 

260,207

 

 

Rent

 

 

262,818

 

 

 

41,523

 

 

2,943

 

 

3,242

 

 

 

458

 

 

 

310,984

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

67,042

 

 

 

7,879

 

 

1,263

 

 

5,071

 

 

 

10,498

 

 

 

91,753

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

 

38,319

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,319

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

1,626,131

 

 

 

244,917

 

 

26,445

 

 

47,124

 

 

 

111,787

 

 

 

2,056,404

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

248,080

 

 

 

(18,133

)

 

7,466

 

 

12,264

 

 

 

(111,787

)

 

 

137,890

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,385

)

 

 

(24,385

)

 

Other, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,952

 

 

 

2,952

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

$

248,080

 

 

 

$

(18,133

)

 

$

7,466

 

 

$

12,264

 

 

 

$

(133,220

)

 

 

$

116,457

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

949,149

 

 

 

$

180,375

 

 

$

72,357

 

 

$

248,024

 

 

 

$

276,071

 

 

 

$

1,725,976

 

 

Long-lived assets

 

 

322,581

 

 

 

27,477

 

 

9,066

 

 

6,801

 

 

 

69,399

 

 

 

435,324

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

73,831

 

 

 

6,895

 

 

857

 

 

1,750

 

 

 

17,764

 

 

 

101,097

 

 

Purchases of salon assets

 

 

103,022

 

 

 

3,018

 

 

18,107

 

 

211,233

 

 

 

 

 

 

335,380

 

 

 

Total revenues and long-lived assets associated with business operations in the United States and all other countries in aggregate were as follows:

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Total
Revenues

 

Long-lived
Assets

 

Total
Revenues

 

Long-lived
Assets

 

Total
Revenues

 

Long-lived
Assets

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

United States

 

$

2,252,491

 

$

439,650

 

$

2,102,063

 

$

432,377

 

$

1,870,226

 

$

388,964

 

Other countries

 

374,097

 

54,435

 

328,801

 

51,387

 

324,068

 

46,360

 

Total

 

$

2,626,588

 

$

494,085

 

$

2,430,864

 

$

483,764

 

$

2,194,294

 

$

435,324

 

 

110




12.           SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

On July 12, 2007, the Company refinanced its $350.0 million revolving credit facility. Among other changes, this amendment extended the credit facility’s expiration date to July 2012, reduced the interest rate on borrowings under the credit facility and modified certain financial covenants. The Company utilizes its revolving credit facility to fund loans and acquisitions, share repurchases and corporate working capital needs.

On August 1, 2007, the Company closed on its transaction with Empire Beauty School Inc. (Empire) pursuant to a Contribution Agreement entered into with Empire on April 18, 2007. Effective August 1, 2007, the Company and Empire each contributed cosmetology schools into a newly formed company, the Empire Education Group, Inc. Empire’s management team will operate and manage the combined business. The Company’s investment in Empire Education Group, Inc. will be accounted for under the equity method. The cosmetology schools contributed by the Company comprised substantially all of the Company’s beauty schools segment (see Note 11).

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
(Unaudited)

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

Year

 

 

 

September 30

 

December 31

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

Ended

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

$

639,243

 

 

 

$

656,990

 

 

$

655,035

 

$

675,320

 

$

2,626,588

 

Gross margin, including site depreciation

 

 

262,460

 

 

 

269,368

 

 

269,096

 

278,619

 

1,079,543

 

Operating income(a)

 

 

44,016

 

 

 

47,260

 

 

23,267

 

50,070

 

164,613

 

Net income

 

 

23,093

 

 

 

26,874

 

 

5,328

 

27,875

 

83,170

 

Net income per basic share

 

 

0.51

 

 

 

0.60

 

 

0.12

 

0.63

 

1.86

 

Net income per diluted share

 

 

0.50

 

 

 

0.59

 

 

0.12

 

0.61

 

1.82

 

Dividends declared per share

 

 

0.04

 

 

 

0.04

 

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

0.16

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

Year

 

 

 

September 30

 

December 31

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

Ended

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

$

584,229

 

 

 

$

606,623

 

 

$

604,047

 

$

635,965

 

$

2,430,864

 

Gross margin, including site depreciation

 

 

238,926

 

 

 

248,112

 

 

242,598

 

257,320

 

986,956

 

Operating income

 

 

41,320

 

 

 

50,234

 

 

36,992

 

75,945

 

204,491

 

Net income

 

 

22,159

 

 

 

27,310

 

 

18,594

 

41,515

 

109,578

 

Net income per basic share

 

 

0.49

 

 

 

0.61

 

 

0.41

 

0.92

 

2.43

 

Net income per diluted share

 

 

0.48

 

 

 

0.59

 

 

0.40

 

0.89

 

2.36

 

Dividends declared per share

 

 

0.04

 

 

 

0.04

 

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

0.16

 


Refer to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Part II, Item 6 in this Form 10-K for explanations of items which impacted fiscal year 2007 operating and net income.

(a)            An adjustment of $7.5 million ($4.7 million net of tax) was recorded in the fourth quarter ended June 30, 2007 related to the Company’s self-insurance accruals, primarily prior years’ workers’ compensation claims reserves, due to the continued improvement of our safety and return-to-work programs over the recent years as well as changes in state laws.

111




Item 9.                         Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.                 Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in its Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management necessarily applied its judgment in assessing the costs and benefits of such controls and procedures, which, by their nature, can provide only reasonable assurance regarding management’s control objectives.

With the participation of management, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures at the conclusion of the period ended June 30, 2007. Based upon this evaluation, the chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Because of inherent limitations, disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In Part II, Item 8 above, management provided a report on internal control over financial reporting, in which management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2007. In addition, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, provided a report on the Company’s effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The full text of management’s report and PricewaterhouseCooper’s report appears on pages 67 through 69 herein.

Changes in Internal Controls

There were no changes in the Company’s internal controls or, to the knowledge of management of the Company, in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter based on the Company’s most recent evaluation of its disclosure controls and procedures utilized to compile information included in this filing.

112




PART III

Item 10.                  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information regarding the Directors of the Company and Exchange Act Section 16(a) filings is included in the sections titled “Election of Directors”, Committees of the Board and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of the Company’s 2007 Proxy, and is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K regarding the Company’s executive officers is included under “Executive Officers” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additionally, information regarding the Company’s audit committee and audit committee financial expert, as well nominating committee functions, is included in the section titled “Committees of the Board” and shareholder communications with directors is included in the section titled “Communications with the Board” of the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has adopted a code of ethics, known as the Code of Business Conduct & Ethics, that applies to all employees, including the Company’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer, directors and executive officers. The Code of Business Conduct & Ethics is available on the Company’s website at www.regiscorp.com , under the heading “Corporate Governance / Guidelines” (within the “Investor Information” section). The Company intends to disclose any substantive amendments to, or waivers from, its Code of Business Conduct & Ethics on its website or in a report on Form 8-K. In addition, the charters of the Company’s Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines may be found on the Company’s website. Copies of any of these documents are available upon request to any shareholder of the Company by writing to the Company’s Secretary at Regis Corporation, 7201 Metro Boulevard, Edina, Minnesota 55439.

Item 11.                  Executive Compensation

Executive compensation included in the section titled “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” of the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.                  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management in the section titled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” of the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

113




The following table provides information about the Company’s common stock that may be issued under all of the Company’s stock-based compensation plans in effect as of June 30, 2007.

 

 

Number of
Securitiesto be
issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Weighted-average
exercise price of 
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in the column(a))

 

Plan Category

 

 

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

Equity compensation plans approved
by security holders(1)

 

 

2,808,191

 

 

 

$

26.40

 

 

 

1,883,544

(2)

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

2,808,191

 

 

 

$

26.40

 

 

 

1,883,544

 

 


(1)   Includes stock options granted under the Regis Corporation 2000 Stock Option Plan and 1991 Stock Option Plan as well as shares granted through stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units under the 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan. Information regarding the stock-based compensation plans is included in Notes 1 and 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)   The Company’s 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (2004 Plan) provides for the issuance of a maximum of 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock through stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, or restricted stock units. As of June 30, 2007, 473,700 unvested restricted stock units and shares were outstanding under the 2004 Plan, which are not reflected in this table. However, the remaining 1,747,950 common shares available for grant under the 2004 Plan (which are available for grant as restricted stock, as well as stock options or stock appreciation rights) are included in the number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans as disclosed in this table.

Item 13.                  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is included in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” of the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.                  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

A description of the fees paid to the independent registered public accounting firm will be set forth in the section titled “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 15.                  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)    (1).   All financial statements:

Consolidated Financial Statements filed as part of this report are listed under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

114




(2).    Financial statement schedules:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts as of June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

All other schedules are inapplicable to the Company, or equivalent information has been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes thereto, and have therefore been excluded.

(b)           Exhibits:

The exhibits listed in the accompanying index are filed as part of this report.

Exhibit Number/Description

2(a)

 

Contribution Agreement, dated April 18, 2007, between the Company and Empire Beauty School Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 24, 2007.)

 

2(b)

 

Purchase Agreement, dated November 13, 2004, between the Company and Hair Club Group Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 of the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 9, 2005, for the quarter ended December 31, 2004.)

 

3(a)

 

Election of the Company to become governed by Minnesota Statutes Chapter 302A and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated March 11, 1983; Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated October 29, 1984; Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated August 14, 1987; Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated October 21, 1987; Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated November 20, 1996; Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated July 25, 2000. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) of the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 8, 2006, for the quarter ended December 31, 2005.)

 

3(b)

 

By-Laws of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on October 31, 2006.)

 

3(c)

 

Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of the Company (attached as Exhibit A to the Rights Agreement dated December 26, 2006, and incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A12B filed on December 26, 2006.)

 

4(a)

 

Shareholder Rights Agreement dated December 23, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company’s Report on Form 8-A12G filed on February 4, 1997.)

 

4(b)

 

Rights Agreement, dated December 26, 2006, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Rights Agent, and Form of Rights Certificate attached as Exhibit B to the Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 1 and 3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A12B, filed on December 26, 2006).

 

10(a)(*)

 

Form of Employment and Deferred Compensation Agreement between the Company and certain executive officers.

 

10(b)(*)

 

Schedule of omitted split-dollar insurance policies. (Filed as Exhibit 10(h) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 40142) and incorporated herein by reference.)

115




 

10(c)(*)

 

Regis Corporation Executive Retirement Savings Plan and Trust Agreement dated March 1, 2007 between the Company and Fidelity Management Trust Company, as Trustee.

 

10(d)(*)

 

Survivor benefit agreement dated June 27, 1994, between the Company and Myron Kunin. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(t) part of the Company’s Report on Form 10-K dated September 28, 1994, for the year ended June 30, 1994.)

 

10(e)(*)

 

Compensation and Non-Competition Agreement dated May 7, 1997, between the Company and Myron Kunin. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(z) of the Company’s Report on Form 10-K filed on September 24, 1997, for the year ended June 30, 1997.)

 

10(f)(*)

 

Second Amendment dated February 9, 2000, to Compensation and Non-Competition Agreement dated May 7, 1997, between the Company and Myron Kunin.

 

10(g)

 

Series G Senior Note dated July 10, 1998, between the Company and Prudential Insurance Company of America. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(jj) of the Company’s Report on Form 10-K filed on September 17, 1998, for the year ended June 30, 1998.)

 

10(h)

 

Amended and Restated Private Shelf Agreement dated October 3, 2000, between the Company and Prudential Insurance Company of America. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ff) of the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 13, 2000, for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.)

 

10(i)

 

Term Note I-1 agreement dated October 3, 2000, between the Company and Prudential Insurance Company of America. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(aa) of the Company’s Report on Form 10-K filed on September 12, 2001, for the year ended June 30, 2001.)

 

10(j)

 

Note Purchase Agreement dated March 1, 2002, between the Company and purchasers listed in Schedule A attached thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(aa) of the Company’s Report on Form 10-K filed on September 24, 2002, for the year ended June 30, 2002.)

 

10(k)

 

Series A Senior Note dated March 1, 2002, between the Company and purchasers listed in Schedule A attached to Note Purchase Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(bb) of the Company’s Report on Form 10-K filed on September 24, 2002, for the year ended June 30, 2002.)

 

10(l)

 

Series B Senior Note dated March 1, 2002, between the Company and purchasers listed in Schedule A attached to Note Purchase Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(cc) of the Company’s Report on Form 10-K filed on September 24, 2002, for the year ended June 30, 2002.)

 

10(m)

 

Series J Senior Notes dated June 9, 2003, between the Company and purchasers listed in the Purchasers Schedule attached thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(dd) of the Company’s Report on Form 10-K filed on September 17, 2003, for the year ended June 30, 2003.)

 

10(n)

 

Promissory Note dated November 26, 2003, between the Company and Information Leasing Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ee) of the Company’s Report on Form 10-K filed on September 10, 2004, for the year ended June 30, 2004.)

 

10(o)(*)

 

2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (Draft) dated August 4, 2002. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ff) of the Company’s Report on Form 10-K filed on September 10, 2004, for the year ended June 30, 2004.)

116




 

10(p)(*)

 

Exhibit A Amendment to 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan effective March 8, 2007.

 

10(q)

 

Lease Agreement commencing October 1, 2005, between the Company and France Edina, Property, LLP. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 of the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2005.)

 

10(r)

 

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 7, 2005, among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, LaSalle Bank National Association, as Co-Administrative Agent and Co-Arranger and as Swing-Line Lender, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Documentation Agent and the Other Financial Institutions Party Hereto Banc of America Securities LLC as Co-Arranger and Sole Book Manager. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed April 12, 2005.)

 

10(s)

 

Master Note Purchase Agreement dated March 15, 2005, between the Company and the purchasers listed in Schedule A attached thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed April 12, 2005.)

 

10(t)

 

First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement dated March 1, 2005, between the Company and the purchasers listed in Schedule I attached thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed April 12, 2005.)

 

10(u)(*)

 

Short Term Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ll) of the Company’s Report on Form 10-K filed on September 9, 2005, for the year ended June 30, 2005.)

 

10(v)(*)

 

Employment Agreement, dated February 8, 2007, between the Company and Paul D. Finkelstein. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 9, 2007, for the quarter ended December 31, 2006.)

 

10(w)(*)

 

Employment Agreement, dated May 9, 2007, between the Company and Randy L. Pearce. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2007, for the quarter ended March 31, 2007.)

 

10(x)

 

Consulting Agreement, dated April 18, 2007, between the Company and Empire Beauty School Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 24, 2007.)

 

10(y)(*)

 

Amended and Restated Compensation Agreement, dated June 29, 2007, between the Company and Myron Kunin. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2007.)

 

10(z)(*)

 

Amended and Restated Senior Officer Employment and Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated June 29, 2007, between the Company and Gordon Nelson. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2007.)

 

23

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

31.1

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company: Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

31.2

 

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of the Company: Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.1

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company: Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.2

 

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of the Company: Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


(*)           Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K.

117




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

REGIS CORPORATION

By

/s/ PAUL D. FINKELSTEIN

 

 

Paul D. Finkelstein,

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer

By

/s/ RANDY L. PEARCE

 

 

Randy L. Pearce,

 

Senior Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

DATE: August 29, 2007

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ PAUL D. FINKELSTEIN

 

Date: August 29, 2007

Paul D. Finkelstein, Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

/s/ MYRON KUNIN

 

Date: August 29, 2007

Myron Kunin, Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

/s/ DAVID B. KUNIN

 

Date: August 29, 2007

David B. Kunin, Director

 

 

/s/ ROLF BJELLAND

 

Date: August 29, 2007

Rolf Bjelland, Director

 

 

/s/ VAN ZANDT HAWN

 

Date: August 29, 2007

Van Zandt Hawn, Director

 

 

/s/ SUSAN S. HOYT

 

Date: August 29, 2007

Susan S. Hoyt, Director

 

 

/s/ THOMAS L. GREGORY

 

Date: August 29, 2007

Thomas L. Gregory, Director

 

 

 

118




REGIS CORPORATION
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
as of June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005
(dollars in thousands)

 

 

Balance at

 

Charged to

 

Charged

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

beginning

 

costs and

 

to Other

 

 

 

end of

 

Description

 

 

 

of period

 

expenses

 

Accounts

 

Deductions

 

period

 

Valuation Account, Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2007

 

 

$

6,205

 

 

 

$

6,763

 

 

 

$

776

(1)

 

 

$

7,345

(2)

 

 

$

6,399

 

 

June 30, 2006

 

 

3,464

 

 

 

5,238

 

 

 

92

(1)

 

 

2,589

(2)

 

 

6,205

 

 

June 30, 2005

 

 

2,841

 

 

 

456

 

 

 

483

(3)

 

 

316

(2)

 

 

3,464

 

 


(1)           Other, primarily the effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

(2)           Represents primarily the write off of uncollectible receivables.

(3)           Related to the acquisition of receivables.

119



Exhibit 10(a)

AMENDED AND RESTATED
EMPLOYMENT AND
DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is hereby amended and restated as of June 22, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”), between REGIS CORPORATION , hereinafter referred to as the Corporation ,” and [***NAME***], hereinafter referred to as “ Employee .”

WHEREAS , this Agreement was initially entered into as of [***DATE***]; and

WHEREAS , Employee and the Corporation wish to amend and restate this Agreement as of the date hereof to incorporate and supersede all prior amendments hereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.                                        Definitions.

“Aggregate Benefit” shall be an amount equal to the Employee’s Monthly Benefit multiplied by 240.

“Cause” shall mean: (a) (i) a felony conviction under any Federal or state statute which is materially detrimental to the financial interests of the Corporation, or (ii) willful non-performance by Employee of his material employment duties other than by reason of his physical or mental incapacity after reasonable written notice to Employee and reasonable opportunity (not less than thirty (30) days) to cease such non-performance; or (b) Employee willfully engaging in fraud or gross misconduct which is materially detrimental to the financial interests of the Corporation.

“Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as any of the following events occur: (a) any “person” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), is or has become the “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of twenty percent (20%) or more of the common stock of the Corporation, or (b) approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of (i) any consolidation or merger of the Corporation in which the Corporation is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of stock of the Corporation would be converted into cash, securities or other property, or (ii) any consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is the continuing or surviving corporation but in which the common stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the consolidation or merger do not hold at least a majority of the outstanding

1




 

common stock of the continuing or surviving corporation, or (iii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation, or (c) individuals who constitute the Corporation’s Board of Directors on the Effective Date (the “ Incumbent Board ”) have ceased for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters (75%) of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Corporation in which such person is named as nominee for director) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board.

“Discounted Vested Monthly Benefit” shall be an amount determined by discounting Employee’s Vested Monthly Benefit to present value based on the number of months between (a) the later of (i) Employee’s age at the time of his or her termination of employment or (ii) the date on which Employee attains age 55, and (b) the date of Employee’s 65th birthday.  The discount rate to be used for this purpose shall be equal to the yield to maturity, at the date of termination of Employee’s employment, of U.S. Treasury Notes with a maturity date nearest the date of the Employee’s 65th birthday.

“Good Reason”  shall mean the occurrence, without the express written consent of Employee, of any of the following: (a) any adverse alteration in the nature of Employee’s reporting responsibilities, titles, or offices, or any removal of Employee from, or any failure to reelect Employee to, any such positions, except in connection with a termination of the employment of Employee for Cause, permanent disability, or as a result of Employee’s death or a termination of employment by Employee other than for Good Reason; (b) a reduction by the Corporation in Employee’s base salary as then in effect; (c) failure by the Corporation to continue in effect (without substitution of a substantially equivalent plan or a plan of substantially equivalent value) any compensation plan, bonus or incentive plan, stock purchase plan, stock option plan, life insurance plan, health plan, disability plan or other benefit plan or arrangement in which Employee is then participating; (d) any material breach by the Corporation of any provisions of the Agreement; (e) the requirement by the Corporation that Employee’s principal place of employment be relocated outside of a thirty (30) mile radius from its existing location; or (f) the Corporation’s failure to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform Corporation’s obligations under the Agreement; provided that Employee notifies the Corporation of such condition set forth in clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) within 90 days of its initial existence and the Corporation fails to remedy such condition within 30 days of receiving such notice.

“Monthly Benefit” shall be an amount equal to the greater of (i) [***PERCENT***] percent ([***#***]%) of Employee’s average monthly

2




compensation, excluding bonuses, for the sixty (60) months immediately preceding Employee’s termination of employment or disability, and (ii) [***DOLLARS***] Dollars ($[***#***]).

“Vested Monthly Benefit” shall be a percentage of Employee’s Monthly Benefit determined on the basis of the number of Employee’s completed years of service during which Employee has been a party to this Agreement or a prior deferred compensation agreement with the Company:

Years of Service

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 7 years

 

0

%

7 years

 

5

%

8 years

 

10

%

9 years

 

15

%

10 years

 

20

%

11 years

 

25

%

12 years

 

30

%

13 years

 

35

%

14 years

 

40

%

15 years

 

50

%

16 years

 

60

%

17 years

 

70

%

18 years

 

80

%

19 years

 

90

%

20 or more years

 

100

%

 

A year of service for purposes of vesting shall be a consecutive 12-month period.

2.             Employment.   The Corporation agrees to continue to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to continue to serve the Corporation, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

3.             Term.   The employment of Employee pursuant to this Agreement has commenced as of the date of this Agreement and shall continue until terminated by either of the parties hereto. The parties agree and acknowledge that the employment of Employee pursuant to this Agreement is at will and may be terminated by either party without notice.  Notwithstanding the termination of employment of Employee, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect during such time as Employee is or may be entitled to any Monthly Benefit under this Agreement.

4.             Duties.   Employee agrees to serve the Corporation faithfully and to the best of his or her ability under the direction of the President and the Board of Directors of the Corporation, devoting his or her entire business time, energy and skill to such employment,

3




and to perform from time to time such services and act in such office or capacity as the President and the Board of Directors shall request.

5.             Compensation.   The Corporation agrees to pay to Employee during the term of his or her employment hereunder as salary for his or her full time active services such compensation as may be mutually agreed upon from time to time.

6.              Deferred Compensation.   The Corporation shall pay to Employee, if living, or to his or her designee(s) in the event of his or her death, the following sums upon the terms and conditions and for the periods hereinafter set forth:

a]                                       Payments upon Retirement.   Commencing upon the last day of the month next following the month in which Employee retires from employment with the Corporation at or after age 65, or upon the last day of the month next following the month in which he or she reaches age 65 if he or she is then disabled within the meaning of paragraph 6(c), the Corporation shall pay to Employee his or her Vested Monthly Benefit and shall continue to pay him or her the same amount monthly on the same date of each succeeding month thereafter until a total of 240 monthly payments have been made.  If Employee dies before receiving all 240 monthly payments specified herein, the Corporation shall pay to Employee’s surviving spouse, or to such other person or persons as Employee shall have designated in writing, the remaining unpaid monthly payments as they become due as provided above.

b]                                      Payments upon Death before Retirement.   If Employee dies while employed by the Corporation, the Corporation shall pay to Employee’s surviving spouse, or to such other person or persons as Employee shall have designated in writing, Employee’s Monthly Benefit for 240 months. The first payment shall be due within thirty (30) days after Employee’s death with the remaining payments payable according to the terms of paragraph 6(a) above.

c]                                       Payments during Disability.   In addition to the payments provided in subparagraphs (a) and (b), should Employee become disabled while employed by the Corporation, and such disability continues for a period of six months, the Corporation shall pay to Employee his or her Monthly Benefit during each month that Employee remains disabled until he attains age 65 or until his or her death prior to attaining such age, at which time the payments provided in subparagraph (b) shall begin.  The first payment under this subparagraph (c) shall be made during the seventh month of such disability, and each succeeding payment shall be made on the same date of each succeeding month

4




                                                thereafter.  Payments shall be made under this subparagraph (c) only if Employee is disabled within the meaning of the disability clause of an applicable policy’s waiver of premium provision and within the meaning of “disability” as set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A—3(i)(4).

d]                                      Early Termination.   In the event Employee terminates his or her employment with the Corporation before reaching age 65 (unless such employment termination is for Cause, by reason of disability pursuant to subparagraph 6(c), or by reason of death), then commencing upon the last day of the month next following the month in which his employment terminates (or if later, upon attainment of age 55), unless Employee has been terminated by the Corporation for Cause, the Corporation shall pay to Employee his or her Discounted Vested Monthly Benefit and shall continue to pay him or her the same amount monthly on the same date of each succeeding month thereafter until a total of 240 monthly payments have been made.  If Employee dies before receiving all 240 monthly payments specified herein, the Corporation shall pay to Employee’s surviving spouse, or to such other person or persons as Employee shall have designated in writing, the remaining unpaid monthly payments as they become due as provided above.  Notwithstanding the foregoing in this subparagraph 6(d)(i), Employee shall be entitled, by written election to the Corporation’s Board of Directors, to receive, in connection with a termination of employment prior to age 65, his Vested Monthly Benefit rather than the Discounted Vested Monthly Benefit (or his Discounted Vested Monthly Benefit commencing at a later date), provided (x) Employee makes such written election more than 12 months before Employee otherwise would have received the Discounted Vested Monthly Benefit, (y) such election is not effective for 12 months, and (z) the first installment of the Monthly Benefit is paid at least five years after the month next following the month of such employment termination (or, if earlier, upon death or disability pursuant to subparagraphs 6(b) and 6(c), respectively); provided, however, that if the first installment of the Monthly Benefit is to commence prior to Employee’s attainment of age 65, Employee shall receive the Discounted Vested Monthly Benefit rather than the Vested Monthly Benefit.

e]                                       Termination for Cause .   If Employee’s employment with the Corporation is terminated at any time for Cause, the Corporation shall have no obligation to make any payments to Employee under this Agreement and all future payments shall be forfeited.

The Corporation is the owner and beneficiary of certain insurance policies on Employee’s life and insuring against Employee’s disability.  No payments shall be required

5




under subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this paragraph, if because of any act by Employee, either (i) the applicable policy is canceled by the insurance company issuing such policy or (ii) the insurance company refuses to pay the proceeds of said policy.  The provisions of the preceding sentence shall be inapplicable and of no further force or effect upon and after a Change in Control.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 6 or paragraph 7, to the extent required in order to be made without triggering any tax or penalty under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) if an Employee is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable under this paragraph 6 during the six-month period immediately following the employment termination date shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, or, if earlier, the date of Employee’s death.

7.             Change in Control .

(a)                 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, in the event that Employee’s employment is terminated by the Corporation without Cause or by Employee with Good Reason within two years after a Change in Control, Employee shall be paid, within thirty (30) days after such employment termination, an amount equal to three times the sum of (i) Employee’s annual base salary, and (ii) the largest annual bonus paid to or earned by Employee during the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the Change in Control.

(b)                 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement: (A) if Employee’s employment with the Corporation terminates within two years following a Change in Control, whether such termination is initiated by Employee or by the Corporation (unless the termination is by the Corporation for Cause), the Corporation, within five (5) days after such termination and in lieu of Employee’s Monthly Benefit, shall pay in full Employee’s Aggregate Benefit, without any reduction for vesting or for discounting, to Employee; (B) if Employee’s employment with the Corporation terminates more than two years following a Change in Control, the Corporation, within thirty (30) days after such termination, shall commence payment of Employee’s Monthly Benefit, without any reduction for vesting or for discounting, and shall continue such payments as provided in paragraph 6 hereof.

(c)                 Upon a Change in Control, Employee automatically shall receive [***SHARES***] shares of the Corporation’s common stock free of any restrictions on exercisability (except as may be imposed by law). 

6




Any such shares awarded under this subparagraph 7(c) shall be subject to automatic adjustment by the appropriate Board committee or its delegate to reflect any Corporation share dividend, share split, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of the Corporation since the date hereof.

(d)                 In addition to the payments and stock grant provided in subparagraphs 7(a), (b) and (c) above, and at the time such payments and grant are made to Employee, the Corporation shall pay to Employee an amount equal to any excise tax imposed on Employee by Section 4999 of the Code and by any comparable and applicable state tax law (collectively, “ Excise Taxes ”), as a result of the payments and stock grant provided in subparagraphs 7(a), (b) and (c) and as a result of any accelerated vesting of Employee’s options to acquire shares of the Corporation, and shall further pay to Employee on a “grossed-up” basis all additional federal and state income taxes and Excise Taxes payable by Employee as a result of the payments provided in this subparagraph 7(d), so that the net after-tax amount received by Employee pursuant to this paragraph 7 is equal to the amount that Employee would have received if no Excise Taxes had been imposed on income received by or imputed to Employee by reason of the payments or stock grant pursuant to paragraph 7 hereof or by reason of accelerated vesting of Employee’s options.  All amounts payable pursuant to this subparagraph 7(d) shall be paid by the end of Employee’s taxable year next following Employee’s taxable year in which the related taxes are remitted to the taxing authority.

All payments required by this paragraph 7 shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other payments to which Employee is entitled under any other agreement with the Corporation.

The amounts paid to Employee pursuant to this paragraph shall be in consideration of Employee’s past services to the Corporation and Employee’s continued services from the date of this amendment.  The payments required hereunder shall not be reduced or offset by any future earnings by Employee.

8.             Restrictive Covenant.

a]                                       Employee expressly agrees, as a condition to the performance by the Corporation of its obligations hereunder, that during the term of this Agreement and during the further period that such payments to him or her are provided by this Agreement, he or she will not, directly or indirectly, own any interest in, render any services of any nature to,

7




                                                become employed by, or participate or engage in the licensed beauty salon business, except with the prior written consent of the Corporation.

b]                                      If Employee voluntarily terminates his or her employment with the Corporation, and Employee violates the restrictive covenant set forth in subparagraph a] above during the first twenty-four (24) months after such termination of employment, and such violation continues for thirty (30) days after Employee is notified in writing by the Corporation that Employee is in violation of the restrictive covenant, then the Corporation shall have no further obligation to make any payments to Employee under this Agreement and all such future payments shall be forfeited.  If such violation occurs after twenty-four (24) months after such termination and continues for thirty (30) days after notice as provided hereinabove, Employee shall forfeit one (1) month of Employee’s Vested Monthly Benefit for each month that Employee is in violation of the restrictive covenant.

c]                                       If Employee’s employment with the Corporation is terminated by the Corporation without Cause, and if Employee at any time after such termination continues to violate the restrictive covenant for thirty (30) days after being notified in writing by the Corporation that Employee is in violation of the restrictive covenant, Employee shall forfeit one (1) month of Employee’s Vested Monthly Benefit for each month or portion of a month that Employee continues in violation of the restrictive covenant.

d]                                      The provisions of paragraph 8 of the Agreement shall be inapplicable and of no further force or effect upon and after a Change in Control.

9.             Trust Agreement.   The Corporation has established a Trust Agreement under the Regis Corporation Deferred Compensation Agreement and said Trust Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement and made a part hereof.

10.           Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota.

11.           Arbitration.   All controversies or claims arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in Minneapolis, Minnesota, administered by the American Arbitration Association under its then current Commercial Arbitration Rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in the District Court of Hennepin County, Minnesota.

8




12.           Prohibition against Assignment.   Employee agrees, on behalf of himself or herself and his or her personal representatives, and any other person claiming any benefits under him or her by virtue of this Agreement, that this Agreement and the rights, interests and benefits hereunder shall not be assigned, transferred or pledged in any way by Employee or any person claiming under him or her by virtue of this Agreement, and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, garnishment or similar process.

13.           Binding Effect.   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Corporation, and any successor shall be deemed substituted for the Corporation under the terms of this Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, the term “successor” shall include any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by merger, purchase, or otherwise, acquires all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of the Corporation.

14.           Prior Agreements.   This Agreement supersedes all prior Employment and Deferred Compensation Agreements, and any amendments or supplements thereto, between the parties to this Agreement.

9




IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

REGIS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Paul D. Finkelstein, President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***NAME***]

 

10



Exhibit 10(c)

The CORPORATE plan for Retirement SM

EXECUTIVE PLAN

BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

IMPORTANT NOTE

This document has not been approved by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity. An Adopting Employer must determine whether the plan is subject to the Federal securities laws and the securities laws of the various states. An Adopting Employer may not rely on this document to ensure any particular tax consequences or to ensure that the Plan is “unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act with respect to the Employer’s particular situation. Fidelity Management Trust Company, its affiliates and employees cannot and do not provide legal or tax advice in connection with this document. This document does not constitute legal or tax advice and is not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purposes of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer. This document should be reviewed by the Employer’s attorney prior to adoption.




CORPORATEplan for Retirement EXECUTIVE

BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

ARTICLE 1

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

2.01 - Definitions

ARTICLE 3

PARTICIPATION

3.01 - Date of Participation

3.02 - Resumption of Participation Following Re employment

3.03 - Cessation or Resumption of Participation Following a Change in Status

ARTICLE 4

CONTRIBUTIONS

4.01 - Deferral Contributions

4.02 - Matching Contributions

4.03 - Employer Contributions

4.04 - Time of Making Contributions

ARTICLE 5

PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS

5.01 - Individual Accounts

ARTICLE 6

INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

6.01 - Manner of Investment

6.02 - Investment Decisions

ARTICLE 7

RIGHT TO BENEFITS

7.01 - Normal or Early Retirement

7.02 - Death

7.03 - Other Termination of Employment

7.04 - Separate Account

7.05 - Forfeitures

7.06 - Adjustment for Investment Experience

7.07 - Unforeseeable Emergency Withdrawals

7.08 - Change in Control

ARTICLE 8

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS PAYABLE AFTER TERMINATION OF SERVICE

8.01 - Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries

8.02 - Determination of Method of Distribution

8.03 - Notice to Trustee

8.04 - Time of Distribution

ARTICLE 9

 

1




 

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.01 - Amendment by Employer

9.02 - Retroactive Amendments

9.03 - Termination

9.04 - Distribution Upon Termination of the Plan

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 - Communication to Participants

10.02 - Limitation of Rights

10.03 - Nonalienability of Benefits

10.04 - Facility of Payment

10.05 - Information between Employer and Trustee

10.06 - Notices

10.07 - Governing Law

ARTICLE 11

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

11.01 - Powers and responsibilities of the Administrator

11.02 - Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority

11.03 - Claims and Review Procedures

 

2




PREAMBLE

It is the intention of the Employer to establish herein an unfunded plan maintained solely for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as provided in ERISA.

Article 1. Adoption Agreement .

Article 2. Definitions .

2.01. Definitions .

(a) Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

(1) “Account” means an account established on the books of the Employer for the purpose of recording amounts credited on behalf of a Participant and any income, expenses, gains or losses included thereon.

(2) “Administrator” means the Employer adopting this Plan, or other person designated by the Employer in Section 1.01(b).

(3) “Adoption Agreement” means Article 1, under which the Employer establishes and adopts or amends the Plan and designates the optional provisions selected by the Employer. The provisions of the Adoption Agreement shall be an integral part of the Plan.

(4) “Beneficiary” means the person or persons entitled under Section 7.02 to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.

(5) “Bonus” means any performance-based Compensation based on services performed for the Employer over a period of at least 12 months.

(6) “Change of Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Employer, or a substantial portion of the Employer’s assets as defined in the regulations under Code Section 409A.

(7) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(8) “Compensation” means for purposes of Article 4 (Contributions) wages as defined in Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of compensation to an employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the employee a written statement under Section 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code, excluding any items elected by the Employer in Section 1.04, reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits, but including amounts that are not includable in the gross income of the Participant under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code. Compensation shall be determined without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) of the Code that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). Compensation shall also include amounts deferred pursuant to an election under Section 4.01. In the case of any Self-Employed Individual or an Owner-Employee, Compensation means the Self-Employed Individual’s Earned Income.

(9) “Earned Income” means the net earnings of a Self-Employed Individual derived from the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established and for which the personal services of such individual are a material income-providing factor, excluding any items not included in gross income and the deductions allocated to such items, except that for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989 net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed under Section 164(f) of the Code, to the extent applicable to the Employer. Net earnings shall be reduced by contributions of the Employer to any qualified plan, to the extent a deduction is allowed to the Employer for such contributions under Section 404 of the Code.

(10) “Employee” means any employee of the Employer, Self-Employed Individual or Owner-Employee.

(11) “Employer” means the employer named in Section 1.02(a) and any Related Employers designated in Section 1.02(b).

(12) “Employment Commencement Date” means the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service.

(13) “Entry Date” means the date(s) designated in Section 1.03(b).

(14) “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as from time to time amended.

(15) “Fund Share” means the share, unit, or other evidence of ownership in a Permissible Investment.

(16) “Hour of Service” means, with respect to any Employee,

3




(A) Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer or a Related Employer, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties were performed;

(B) Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer or Related Employer (including payments made or due from a trust fund or insurer to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums) on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employ-ment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity, disability, layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the Eligibility Computation Period in which such period of time occurs, subject to the following rules:

(i) No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph (B) on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties;  (ii) Hours of Service shall not be credited under this paragraph (B) for a payment which solely reimburses the Employee for medically-related expenses, or which is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen’s compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and

(iii) If the period during which the Employee performs no duties falls within two or more computation periods and if the payment made on account of such period is not calculated on the basis of units of time, the Hours of Service credited with respect to such period shall be allocated between not more than the first two such computation periods on any reasonable basis consistently applied with respect to similarly situated Employees; and

(C) Each hour not counted under paragraph (A) or (B) for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to be paid by the Employer or a Related Employer, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.

For purposes of determining Hours of Service, Employees of the Employer and of all Related Employers will be treated as employed by a single employer. For purposes of paragraphs (B) and (C) above, Hours of Service will be calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 2530.200b-2(b) of the Department of Labor regulations, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Solely for purposes of determining whether a break in service for participation purposes has occurred in a computation period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the hours of service which would otherwise been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8 hours of service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The hours of service credited under this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period, or (2) in all other cases, in the following computation period.

(17) “Key Employee” means a Participant who is key employee pursuant to Code Section 416(i), without regard to paragraph (5) thereof. A Participant will not be considered a Key Employee unless the Employer is a corporation which has any of its stock publicly traded according to Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

(18) “Normal Retirement Age” means the normal retirement age specified in Section 1.07(f) of the Adoption Agreement.

(19) “Owner-Employee” means, if the Employer is a sole proprietorship, the individual who is the sole proprietor, or, if the Employer is a partnership, a partner who owns more than 10 percent of either the capital interest or the profits interest of the partnership.

(20) “Participant” means any Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with Article 3 hereof.

 (21) “Permissible Investment” means the investments specified by the Employer as available for investment of assets of the Trust and agreed to by the Trustee. The Permissible Investments under the Plan shall be listed in the Service Agreement.

(22) “Plan” means the plan established by the Employer as set forth herein as a new plan or as an amendment to an existing plan, by executing the Adoption Agreement, together with any and all amendments hereto.

(23) “Plan Year” means the 12-consecutive-month period designated by the Employer in Section 1.01(c).

(24) “Related Employer” means any employer other than the Employer named in Section 1.02(a), if the Employer and such other employer are members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m)), or are trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which

4




are under common control (as defined in Section 414(c)), or such other employer is required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations issued under Section 414(o).

(25) “Self-Employed Individual” means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the Employer or who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.

(26) “Service Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and Trustee regarding the arrangement between the parties for recordkeeping services with respect to the Plan.

(27) “Trust” means the trust created by the Employer.

(28) “Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and the Trustee, as set forth in a separate agreement, under which assets are held, administered, and managed subject to the claims of the Employer’s creditors in the event of the Employer’s insolvency, until paid to Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries as specified in the Plan.

(29) “Trust Fund” means the property held in the Trust by the Trustee.

(30) “Trustee” means the corporation or individual(s) appointed by the Employer to administer the Trust in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

(31) “Years of Service for Vesting” means, with respect to any Employee, the number of whole years of his periods of service with the Employer or a Related Employer (the elapsed time method to compute vesting service), subject to any exclusions elected by the Employer in Section 1.07(c). An Employee will receive credit for the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and ending on the date a break in service begins, unless any such years are excluded by Section 1.07(c). An Employee will also receive credit for any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive months. Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days.

In the case of a Participant who has 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service, all years of service after such breaks in service will be disregarded for the purpose of vesting the Employer-derived account balance that accrued before such breaks, but both pre-break and post-break service will count for the purposes of vesting the Employer-derived account balance that accrues after such breaks. Both accounts will share in the earnings and losses of the fund.

In the case of a Participant who does not have 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service, both the pre-break and post-break service will count in vesting both the pre-break and post-break employer-derived account balance. A break in service is a period of severance of at least 12 consecutive months. Period of severance is a continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service.

In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such absence shall not constitute a break in service. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

If the Plan maintained by the Employer is the plan of a predecessor employer, an Employee’s Years of Service for Vesting shall include years of service with such predecessor employer. In any case in which the Plan maintained by the Employer is not the plan maintained by a predecessor employer, service for such predecessor shall be treated as service for the Employer to the extent provided in Section 1.08.

(b) Pronouns used in the Plan are in the masculine gender but include the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

Article 3. Participation .

3.01. Date of Participation . An eligible Employee (as set forth in Section 1.03(a)) who has filed an election pursuant to Section 4.01 will become a Participant in the Plan on the first Entry Date coincident with or following the date on which such election would otherwise become effective, as determined under Section4.01.

3.02. Resumption of Participation Following Reemployment . If a Participant ceases to be an Employee and thereafter returns to the employ of the Employer he will again become a Participant as of an Entry Date following the date on which he completes an Hour of Service for the Employer following his re employment, if he is an eligible Employee as defined in Section 1.03(a), and has filed an election pursuant to Section 4.01.

3.03. Cessation or Resumption of Participation Following a Change in Status . If any Participant continues in the employ of the Employer or Related Employer but ceases to be an eligible Employee as defined in Section 1.03(a), the individual shall continue to be a Participant until the entire amount of his benefit is distributed; however, the individual

5




shall not be entitled to make Deferral Contributions or receive an allocation of Matching or Employer Contributions during the period that he is not an eligible Employee. Such Participant shall continue to receive credit for service completed during the period for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Accounts. In the event that the individual subsequently again becomes an eligible Employee, the individual shall resume full participation in accordance with Section 3.01.

Article 4. Contributions .

4.01. Deferral Contributions . Each Participant may elect to execute a salary reduction agreement with the Employer to reduce his Compensation by a specified percentage, not exceeding the percentage set forth in Section 1.05(a) and equal to a whole number multiple of one (1) percent, per payroll period, subject to any election regarding Bonuses, as set out in Subsection 1.05(a)(2). Such agreement shall become effective on the first day of the period as set forth in the Participant’s election. The election will be effective to defer compensation relating to all services performed in a calendar year subsequent to the filing of such an election, subject to any election regarding Bonuses, as set out in Subsection 1.05(a)(2). An election once made will remain in effect until a new election is made; provided, however that such an election choosing a distribution date pursuant to 1.06(b)(1)(B) will only be effective for the Plan Year indicated. A new election will be effective as of the first day of the following calendar year and will apply only to Compensation payable with respect to services rendered after such date, except that a separate election made pursuant to Section 1.05(a)(2) will be effective immediately if made no later than 6 months before the end of the period during which the services on which the Bonus is based are performed. If the Employer has selected 1.05(a)(2), no amount will be deducted from Bonuses unless the Participant has made a separate election. Amounts credited to a Participant’s account prior to the effective date of any new election will not be affected and will be paid in accordance with that prior election. The Employer shall credit an amount to the account maintained on behalf of the Participant corresponding to the amount of said reduction. Under no circumstances may a salary reduction agreement be adopted retroactively. To the extent permitted in regulations under Code Section 409A, a Participant may revoke a salary reduction agreement for a calendar year during that year, provided, however, that such revocation shall apply only to Compensation not yet earned. In that event, the Participant shall be precluded from electing to defer future Compensation hereunder during the calendar year to which the revocation applies. Notwithstanding the above, in the calendar year in which the Plan first becomes effective or in the year in which the Participant first becomes eligible to participate, an election to defer compensation may be made within 30 days after the Participant is first eligible or the Plan is first effective, which election shall be effective with respect to Compensation payable with respect to services rendered after the date of the election.

4.02. Matching Contributions . If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(b), the Employer shall make a “Matching Contribution” to be credited to the account maintained on behalf of each Participant who had “Deferral Contributions” pursuant to Section 4.01 made on his behalf during the year and who meets the requirement, if any, of Section 1.05(b)(3). The amount of the “Matching Contribution” shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.05(b).

4.03. Employer Contributions . If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(c)(1), the Employer shall make an “Employer Contribution” to be credited to the account maintained on behalf of each Participant who meets the requirement, if any, of Section 1.05(c)(3) in the amount required by Section 1.05(c)(1). If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(c)(2), the Employer may make an “Employer Contribution” to be credited to the account maintained on behalf of any Participant in such an amount as the Employer, in its sole discretion, shall determine. In making “Employer Contributions” pursuant to Section 1.05(c)(2), the Employer shall not be required to treat all Participants in the same manner in determining such contributions and may determine the “Employer Contribution” of any Participant to be zero.

4.04. Time of Making Contributions . The Employer shall remit contributions deemed made hereunder to the Trust as soon as practicable after such contributions are deemed made under the terms of the Plan.

Article 5. Participants’ Accounts .

5.01. Individual Accounts . The Administrator will establish and maintain an Account for each Participant, which will reflect Matching, Employer and Deferral Contributions credited to the Account on behalf of the Participant and earnings, expenses, gains and losses credited thereto, and deemed investments made with amounts in the Participant’s Account. The Administrator will establish and maintain such other accounts and records as it decides in its discretion to be reasonably required or appropriate in order to discharge its duties under the Plan. Participants will be furnished statements of their Account values at least once each Plan Year. The Administrator shall provide the Trustee with information on the amount credited to the separate account of each Participant maintained by the Administrator in its records.

6




Article 6. Investment of Contributions .

6.01. Manner of Investment . All amounts credited to the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as though invested and reinvested only in eligible investments selected by the Employer in the Service Agreement.

6.02. Investment Decisions . Investments in which the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as invested and reinvested shall be directed by the Employer or by each Participant, or both, in accordance with the Employer’s election in Section 1.11(a).

(a) All dividends, interest, gains and distributions of any nature that would be earned in respect of Fund Shares in which the Account is treated as investing shall be credited to the Account as though reinvested in additional shares of that Permissible Investment.

(b) Expenses that would be attributable to the acquisition of investments shall be charged to the Account of the Participant for which such investment is treated as having been made.

Article 7. Right to Benefits .

7.01. Normal or Early Retirement . If provided by the Employer in Section 1.07(e), each Participant who attains his Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age will have a nonforfeitable interest in his Account in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) elected in Section 1.07. If a Participant retires on or after attainment of Normal or Early Retirement Age, such retirement is referred to as a normal retirement. On or after his normal retirement, the balance of the Participant’s Account, plus any amounts thereafter credited to his Account, subject to the provisions of Section 7.06, will be distributed to him in accordance with Article 8.

If provided by the Employer in Section 1.07, a Participant who separates from service before satisfying the age requirements for early retirement, but has satisfied the service requirement will be entitled to the distribution of his Account, subject to the provisions of Section 7.06, in accordance with Article 8, upon satisfaction of such age requirement.

7.02. Death . If a Participant dies before the distribution of his Account has commenced, or before such distribution has been completed, his Account shall become vested in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) elected in Section 1.07 and his designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries will be entitled to receive the balance or remaining balance of his Account, plus any amounts thereafter credited to his Account, subject to the provisions of Section 7.06. Distribution to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries will be made in accordance with Article 8. A distribution to a beneficiary of a Key Employee is not considered to be a distribution to a Key Employee for purposes of Sections 1.06 and 7.08.

A Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, or change any prior designation of Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, by giving notice to the Administrator on a form designated by the Administrator. If more than one person is designated as the Beneficiary, their respective interests shall be as indicated on the designation form.

A copy of the death certificate or other sufficient documentation must be filed with and approved by the Administrator. If upon the death of the Participant there is, in the opinion of the Administrator, no designated Beneficiary for part or all of the Participant’s Account, such amount will be paid to his surviving spouse or, if none, to his estate (such spouse or estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary for purposes of the Plan). If a Beneficiary dies after benefits to such Beneficiary have commenced, but before they have been completed, and, in the opinion of the Administrator, no person has been designated to receive such remaining benefits, then such benefits shall be paid to the deceased Beneficiary’s estate.

7.03. Other Termination of Employment . If provided by the Employer in Section 1.07, if a Participant terminates his employment for any reason other than death or normal retirement, he will be entitled to a termination benefit equal to (i) the vested percentage(s) of the value of the Matching and Employer Contributions to his Account, as adjusted for income, expense, gain, or loss, such percentage(s) determined in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) selected by the Employer in Section 1.07, and (ii) the value of the Deferral Contributions to his Account as adjusted for income, expense, gain or loss. The amount payable under this Section 7.03 will be subject to the provisions of Section 7.06 and will be distributed in accordance with Article 8. For purposes of the Plan, a termination of employment is a separation from service as defined pursuant to Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

7.04. Separate Account . If a distribution from a Participant’s Account has been made to him at a time when he has a nonforfeitable right to less than 100 percent of his Account, the vesting schedule in Section 1.07 will thereafter apply only to amounts in his Account attributable to Matching and Employer Contributions allocated after such distribution. The balance of his Account immediately after such distribution will be transferred to a separate account that will be maintained for the purpose of determining his interest therein according to the following provisions.

At any relevant time prior to a forfeiture of any portion thereof under Section 7.05, a Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in his Account held in a separate account described in the preceding paragraph will be equal to P(AB + (RxD))-(RxD), where P is the nonforfeitable percentage at the relevant time determined under Section 7.05; AB

7




is the account balance of the separate account at the relevant time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant time to the account balance after distribution. Following a forfeiture of any portion of such separate account under Section 7.05 below, any balance in the Participant’s separate account will remain fully vested and nonforfeitable.

7.05. Forfeitures . If a Participant terminates his employment, any portion of his Account (including any amounts credited after his termination of employment) not payable to him under Section 7.03 will be forfeited by him.

7.06. Adjustment for Investment Experience . If any distribution under this Article 7 is not made in a single payment, the amount remaining in the Account after the distribution will be subject to adjustment until distributed to reflect the income and gain or loss on the investments in which such amount is treated as invested and any expenses properly charged under the Plan to such amounts.

7.07. Unforeseeable Emergency Withdrawals . Subject to the provisions of Article 8, a Participant shall not be permitted to withdraw his Account (and earnings thereon) prior to retirement or termination of employment, except that, to the extent permitted under Section 1.09, a Participant may apply to the Administrator to withdraw some or all of his Account if such withdrawal is made on account of an unforeseeable emergency as determined by the Administrator in accordance with the requirements of and subject to the limitations provided within Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

7.08. Change in Control Distributions . If the Employer has elected to apply Section 1.06(c), then, upon a Change in Control, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all Participants shall have a nonforfeitable right to receive the entire amount of their account balances under the Plan. All distributions due to a Change in Control shall be paid out to Participants as soon as administratively practicable, except that any such distribution to a Key Employee who has terminated employment pursuant to Section 7.03 shall not be earlier than the 1st day of the seventh month following that Key Employee’s termination of employment.

Article 8. Distribution of Benefits .

8.01. Form of Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries . The Plan provides for distribution as a lump sum to be paid in cash on the date specified by the Employer in Section 1.06 pursuant to the method provided in Section 8.02. If elected by the Employer in Section 1.10 and specified in the Participant’s deferral election, the distribution will be paid through a systematic withdrawal plan (installments) for a time period not exceeding 10 years beginning on the date specified by the Employer in Section 1.06.

8.02. Events Requiring Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries .

(a) If elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(a), the Participant will receive a distribution upon the earliest of the events specified by the Employer in Section 1.06(a), subject to the provisions of Section 7.08, and at the time indicated in Section 1.06(a)(2). If the Participant dies before any event in Section 1.06(a) occurs, the Participant shall be considered to have terminated employment and the Participant’s benefit will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the same form and at the same time as it would have been paid to the Participant pursuant to this Article 8.

(b) If elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(b), the Participant will receive a distribution of all amounts not deferred pursuant to Section 1.06(b)(1)(B) (and earnings attributable to those amounts) upon termination of employment, subject to the delay applicable to Key Employees described therein, as applicable. If elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(b)(1)(B), the Participant shall have the election to receive distributions of amounts deferred pursuant to Section 4.01 (and earnings attributable to those amounts) after a date specified by the Participant in his deferral election which is at least 12 months after the first day of the calendar year in which such amounts would be earned. Amounts distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 1.06(b) shall be distributed at the time indicated in Section 1.06(b)(2). Subject to the provisions of Section 7.08, the Participant shall receive a distribution in the form provided in Section 8.01. If the Participant dies before any event in Section 1.06(a) occurs, the Participant shall be considered to have terminated employment and the Participant’s benefit will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the same form and at the same time as it would have been paid to the Participant pursuant to this Article 8. However, if the Participant dies before the date specified by the Participant in an election pursuant to Section 1.06(b)(1)(B), then the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the form provided in Section 8.01 as if the Participant had elected to be paid at termination of employment.

8.03. Determination of Method of Distribution . The Participant will determine the method of distribution of benefits to himself and his Beneficiary, subject to the provisions of Section 8.02. Such determination will be made at the time the Participant makes a deferral election. A Participant’s election cannot be altered, except, if elected by the Employer in Section 1.10(b), if the Participant’s balance falls below the level described in regulations under Code Section 409A, the Participant’s benefit payable due to termination of employment will be distributed in a lump sum rather than installments.

8




(a) When Section 1.06(a) has been elected by the Employer . The distribution period specified in a Participant’s first deferral election specifying distribution under a systematic withdrawal plan shall apply to all subsequent elections of distributions under a systematic withdrawal plan made by the Participant. Once a Participant has made an election for the method of distribution, that election shall be effective for all contributions made on behalf of the Participant attributable to any Plan Year after that election was made and before the Plan Year for which that election has been altered in the manner prescribed by the Administrator. If the Participant does not designate in the manner prescribed by the Administrator the method of distribution, such method of distribution shall be a lump sum at termination of employment.

(b) When Section 1.06(b) has been elected by the Employer . The distribution period for distributions under a systematic withdrawal plan shall be specified in each Participant’s contribution election selecting payments under a systematic withdrawal plan. If the Participant does not designate in the manner prescribed by the Administrator the method of distribution, such method of distribution for all such contributions shall be a lump sum at termination of employment.

8.04. Notice to Trustee . The Administrator will notify the Trustee, pursuant to the method stated in the Trust Agreement for providing direction, whenever any Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits under the Plan. The Administrator’s notice shall indicate the form, amount and frequency of benefits that such Participant or Beneficiary shall receive.

8.05. Time of Distribution . In no event will distribution to a Participant be made later than the date specified by the Participant in his salary reduction agreement. All distributions will be made as soon asadministratively feasible following the distribution date specified in Section 1.06 or Section 7.08, if applicable.

Article 9. Amendment and Termination .

9.01 Amendment by Employer . The Employer reserves the authority to amend the Plan by filing with the Trustee an amended Adoption Agreement, executed by the Employer only, on which said Employer has indicated a change or changes in provisions previously elected by it. Such changes are to be effective on the effective date of such amended Adoption Agreement. Any such change notwithstanding, no Participant’s Account shall be reduced by such change below the amount to which the Participant would have been entitled if he had voluntarily left the employ of the Employer immediately prior to the date of the change. The Employer may from time to time make any amendment to the Plan that may be necessary to satisfy the Code or ERISA. The Employer’s board of directors or other individual specified in the resolution adopting this Plan shall act on behalf of the Employer for purposes of this Section 9.01.

9.02 Retroactive Amendments . An amendment made by the Employer in accordance with Section 9.01 may be made effective on a date prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which it is adopted if such amendment is necessary or appropriate to enable the Plan and Trust to satisfy the applicable requirements of the Code or ERISA or to conform the Plan to any change in federal law or to any regulations or ruling thereunder. Any retroactive amendment by the Employer shall be subject to the provisions of Section 9.01.

9.03. Termination . The Employer has adopted the Plan with the intention and expectation that contributions will be continued indefinitely. However, said Employer has no obligation or liability whatsoever to maintain the Plan for any length of time and may discontinue contributions under the Plan or terminate the Plan at any time by written notice delivered to the Trustee without any liability hereunder for any such discontinuance or termination.

9.04. Distribution upon Termination of the Plan . Upon termination of the Plan, no further Deferral, Employer or Matching Contributions shall be made under the Plan, but Accounts of Participants maintained under the Plan at the time of termination shall continue to be governed by the terms of the Plan until paid out in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

Article 10. Miscellaneous .

10.01. Communication to Participants . The Plan will be communicated to all Participants by the Employer promptly after the Plan is adopted.

10 02. Limitation of Rights . Neither the establishment of the Plan and the Trust, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits, will be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the Employer, Administrator or Trustee, except as provided herein; and in no event will the terms of employment or service of any Participant be modified or in any way affected hereby.

10.03. Nonalienability of Benefits . The benefits provided hereunder will not be subject to alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and any attempt to cause such benefits to be so subjected will not be recognized, except to such extent as may be required by law.

10 04. Facility of Payment . In the event the Administrator determines, on the basis of medical reports or other evidence satisfactory to the Administrator, that the recipient of any benefit payments under the Plan is incapable of handling his affairs by reason of minority, illness, infirmity or other incapacity, the Administrator may disburse such payments, or

9




direct the Trustee to disburse such payments, as applicable, to a person or institution designated by a court which has jurisdiction over such recipient or a person or institution otherwise having the legal authority under State law for the care and control of such recipient. The receipt by such person or institution of any such payments shall be complete acquittance therefore, and any such payment to the extent thereof, shall discharge the liability of the Trust for the payment of benefits hereunder to such recipient.

10.05. Information between Employer and Trustee . The Employer agrees to furnish the Trustee, and the Trustee agrees to furnish the Employer with such information relating to the Plan and Trust as may be required by the other in order to carry out their respective duties hereunder, including without limitation information required under the Code or ERISA and any regulations issued or forms adopted thereunder.

10.06. Notices . Any notice or other communication in connection with this Plan shall be deemed delivered in writing if addressed as provided below and if either actually delivered at said address or, in the case of a letter, three business days shall have elapsed after the same shall have been deposited in the United States mails, first-class postage prepaid and registered or certified:

(a) If to the Employer or Administrator, to it at the address set forth in the Adoption Agreement, to the attention of the person specified to receive notice in the Adoption Agreement;

(b) If to the Trustee, to it at the address set forth in the Trust Agreement; or, in each case at such other address as the addressee shall have specified by written notice delivered in accordance with the foregoing to the addressor’s then effective notice address.

10.07. Governing Law . The Plan and the accompanying Adoption Agreement will be construed, administered and enforced according to ERISA, and to the extent not preempted thereby, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

Article 11. Plan Administration .

11.01. Powers and responsibilities of the Administrator . The Administrator has the full power and the full responsibility to administer the Plan in all of its details, subject, however, to the applicable requirements of ERISA. The Administrator’s powers and responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

(a) To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

(b) To interpret the Plan, its interpretation thereof in good faith to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan;

(c) To decide all questions concerning the Plan and the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan;

(d) To administer the claims and review procedures specified in Section 11.03;

(e) To compute the amount of benefits which will be payable to any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan;

(f) To determine the person or persons to whom such benefits will be paid;

(g) To authorize the payment of benefits;

(h) To comply with any applicable reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA;

(i) To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, and consultants as may be required to assist in administering the Plan;

(j) By written instrument, to allocate and delegate its responsibilities, including the formation of an Administrative Committee to administer the Plan;

11.02. Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority . Whenever, in the administration of the Plan, any discretionary action by the Administrator is required, the Administrator shall exercise its authority in a nondiscriminatory manner so that all persons similarly situated will receive substantially the same treatment.

11.03. Claims and Review Procedures .

(a) Claims Procedure . If any person believes he is being denied any rights or benefits under the Plan, such person may file a claim in writing with the Administrator. If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such person to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the person wishes to submit a request for review, including a statement of the such person’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following as adverse determination upon review. Such notification will be given within 90 days after the claim is received by the Administrator (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 90-day period).

10




If the claim concerns disability benefits under the Plan, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant in writing within 45 days after the claim has been filed in order to deny it. If special circumstances require an extension of time to process the claim, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant before the end of the 45-day period that the claim may take up to 30 days longer to process. If special circumstances still prevent the resolution of the claim, the Plan Administrator may then only take up to another 30 days after giving the claimant notice before the end of the original 30-day extension. If the Plan Administrator gives the claimant notice that the claimant needs to provide additional information regarding the claim, the claimant must do so within 45 days of that notice.

(b) Review Procedure . Within 60 days after the date on which a person receives a written notice of a denied claim (or, if applicable, within 60 days after the date on which such denial is considered to have occurred), such person (or his duly authorized representative) may (i) file a written request with the Administrator for a review of his denied claim and of pertinent documents and (ii) submit written issues and comments to the Administrator. This written request may include comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The claimant shall be provided, upon the claimant’s request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits. The review will take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such person and will contain specific reasons for the decision as well as specific references to pertinent Plan provisions. The decision on review will be made within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Administrator (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request, such as an election by the Administrator to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 60-day period). The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render the determination on review. If the initial claim was for disability benefits under the Plan and has been denied by the Plan Administrator, the claimant will have 180 days from the date the claimant received notice of the claim’s denial in which to appeal that decision. The review will be handled completely independently of the findings and decision made regarding the initial claim and will be processed by an individual who is not a subordinate of the individual who denied the initial claim. If the claim requires medical judgment, the individual handling the appeal will consult with a medical professional whom was not consulted regarding the initial claim and who is not a subordinate of anyone consulted regarding the initial claim and identify that medical professional to the claimant.

The Plan Administrator shall provide the claimant with written notification of a plan’s benefit determination on review. In the case of an adverse benefit determination, the notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant – the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determinations, reference to the specific plan provisions on which the benefit determination is based, a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon the claimant’s request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits.

11




The CORPORATE plan for Retirement SM
EXECUTIVE PLAN

Adoption Agreement

IMPORTANT NOTE

This document has not been approved by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity. An Adopting Employer must determine whether the plan is subject to the Federal securities laws and the securities laws of the various states. An Adopting Employer may not rely on this document to ensure any particular tax consequences or to ensure that the Plan is “unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management of highly compensated employees” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act with respect to the Employer’s particular situation. Fidelity Management Trust Company, its affiliates and employees cannot and do not provide legal or tax advice in connection with this document. This document does not constitute legal or tax advice and is not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purposes of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer. This document should be reviewed by the Employer’s Attorney prior to adoption.




ADOPTION AGREEMENT
ARTICLE 1

1.01            PLAN INFORMATION

(a)                    Name of Plan:

This is the Regis Corporation Executive Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”).

(b)                    Name of Plan Administrator, if not the Employer:

Address:

 

 

Phone Number:

 

The Plan Administrator is the agent for service of legal process for the Plan.

(c)                     Plan Year End is December 31.

(d)                    Plan Status (check one):

(1)                      o                             Effective Date of new Plan:

(2)                      x                           Amendment Effective Date: 03/01/2007

Amendment to merge the Regis Corporation Executive Profit Sharing Plan into the Regis Corporation Nonqualified Deferred Salary Plan

The original effective date of the Nonqualified Deferred Salary Plan: 7/24/1988

The original effective date of the Executive Profit Sharing Plan: 7/1/1992

1.02            EMPLOYER

(a)

 

The Employer is:

 

Regis Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

7201 Metro Boulevard

 

 

 

 

Edina, MN 55439

 

 

Contact’s Name:

 

Maura Shaffer

 

 

Telephone Number:

 

(952) 947-7675

 

(1)                Employer’s Tax Identification Number: 41-0749934

(2)                Business form of Employer (check one):

(A)     x       Corporation (Other than a Subchapter S corporation)

(B)     o           Other (e.g., Subchapter S corporation, partnership, sole proprietor)

1




(3)                      Employer’s fiscal year end: 6/30

(b)                    The term “Employer” includes the following Related Employer(s) (as defined in Section 2.01(a)(24)):

All Related Employers, as defined in Section 2.01(a)(24).

1.03            COVERAGE

(a)                    The following Employees are eligible to participate in the Plan:

(1)      o                          Only those Employees listed in Attachment A will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(2)      x                         Only those Employees in the eligible class described below will be eligible to participate in the Plan:

All Company officers and all Highly Compensated Employees, as defined in Code Section 414(q), except those who the Administrator determines would not be considered a member of a select group of management or a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA.

(3)      o                           Only those Employees described in the Board of Directors Resolutions attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(b)                    The Entry Date(s) shall be (check one):

(1)                      o                     each January 1.

(2)                      o                     each January 1 and each July 1.

(3)                      o                     each January 1 and each April 1, July 1 and October 1.

(4)                      o                     the first day of each month.

(5)                      x                   immediate upon meeting the eligibility requirements specified in Subsection 1.03(a).

1.04            COMPENSATION

For purposes of determining Contributions under the Plan, Compensation shall be as defined (check (a) or (b) below, as appropriate):

(a)          x                         in Section 2.01(a)(8), (check (1) or (2) below, if and as appropriate)):

(1)                      x                           but excluding (check the appropriate box(es)):

(A)       x                                          Overtime Pay.

(B)       o                                             Bonuses.

2




(C)     x          Commissions.

(D)     x          The value of a qualified or a non-qualified stock option granted to an Employee by the Employer to the extent such value is includable in the Employee’s taxable income.

(E)     x           The following:

Severance Pay, Third Party Payments of Sick Pay

(2)                      o                             except as otherwise provided below:

 

(b)       o                             in the                       Plan maintained by the Employer to the extent it is in excess of the limit imposed under Code Section 401(a)(17).

1.05            CONTRIBUTIONS

(a)                    Employee contributions (Complete all that apply)

(1)                     x                           Deferral Contributions. The Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.01 on behalf of each Participant who has an executed salary reduction agreement in effect with the Employer for the calendar year (or portion of the calendar year) in question, not to exceed 100% of Compensation, exclusive of any Bonus.

(2)                     x                           Bonus Contributions. The Employer requires Participants to enter into a special salary reduction agreement to make Deferral Contributions of any percentage of Employer paid cash Bonuses, up to 100% of such Bonuses. (The Compensation definition elected by the Employer in Section 1.04 must include Bonuses if Bonus contributions are permitted.)

(b)       x                  Matching Contributions (Choose (1) or (2) below, and (3) below, as applicable.)

SEE AMENDMENT

(1)                   x                           The Employer shall make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each Participant in an amount equal to the following percentage of a Participant’s Deferral Contributions during the Plan Year (check one):

(A)       o           50%

(B)       o           100%

(C)       o                   %

(D)       o                          (Tiered Match)                 % of the first                 % of the Participant’s Compensation contributed to the Plan.

(E)       o                            The percentage declared for the year, if any, by a Board of Directors’ resolution.

(F)       o                            Other:                

(2)                   o                             Matching Contribution Offset. For each Participant who has made 401(k) Deferrals at least equal to the maximum under Code Section 402(g) or, if less, the maximum permitted under the Qualified Plan, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution for the calendar year equal to (A) minus (B) below:

(A)              The 401(m) Match that the Participant would have received under the Qualified Plan for such calendar year on the sum of the Participant’s

3




Deferral Contributions and the Participant’s 401(k) Deferrals if no limits otherwise imposed by tax law applied to 401(m) Match and deeming the Participant’s Deferral Contributions to be 401(k) Deferrals.

(B)                  The 401(m) Match actually allocated to such Participant under the Qualified Plan for the calendar year.

For purposes of this Section 1.05(b): “Qualified Plan” means the Plan; “401(k) Deferrals” means contributions under the Qualified Plan’s cash or deferred arrangement as defined in Code Section 401(k); and “401(m) Match” means a matching contribution as defined in Code Section 401(m).

(3)      x                                                       Matching Contribution Limits (check the appropriate box(es)):

SEE AMENDMENT

(A)      o                          Deferral Contributions in excess of            % of the Participant’s Compensation for the period in question shall not be considered for Matching Contributions.

Note:   If the Employer elects a percentage limit in (A) above and requests the Trustee to account separately for matched and unmatched Deferral Contributions, the Matching Contributions allocated to each Participant must be computed, and the percentage limit applied, based upon each period.

(B)      o                          Matching Contributions for each Participant for each Plan Year shall be limited to $.               

(4)                                                                                          Eligibility Requirement(s) for Matching Contributions . A Participant who makes Deferral Contributions during the Plan Year under Section 1.05(a) shall be entitled to Matching Contributions for that Plan Year if the Participant satisfies the following requirement(s) (Check the appropriate box(es). Options (B) and (C) may not be elected together):

(A)                   o                     Is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

(B)                   o                     Earns at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

(C)                   o                     Earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

(D)                   o                     Other:

(E)                     x                   No requirements.

Note: If option (A), (B) or (C) above is selected, then Matching Contributions can only be made by the Employer after the Plan Year ends. Any Matching Contribution made before Plan Year end shall not be subject to the eligibility requirements of this Section 1.05(b)(3)).

4




(c)                      Employer Contributions

SEE AMENDMENT

(1)      o                           Fixed Employer Contributions . The Employer shall make an Employer Contribution on behalf of each Participant in an amount determined as described below (check at least one):

(A)       o                    In an amount equal to               % of each Participant’s Compensation each Plan Year.

(B)      o                    In an amount determined and allocated as described below:

(C)       o                    In an amount equal to (check at least one):

(i.)     o                              Any profit sharing contribution that the Employer would have made on behalf of the Participant under the following qualified defined contribution plan but for the limitations imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17):

(ii.)    o                              Any contribution described in Code Section 401(m) that the Employer would have made on behalf of the Participant under the following qualified defined contribution plan but for the limitations imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17):

(2)       x                         Discretionary Employer Contributions . The Employer may make Employer Contributions to the accounts of Participants in any amount, as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion from time to time, which amount may be zero.

(3)                                                       Eligibility Requirement(s) for Employer Contributions . A Participant shall only be entitled to Employer Contributions under Section 1.05(c)(1) for a Plan Year if the Participant satisfies the following requirement(s) (Check the appropriate box(es). Options (B) and (C) may not be elected together):

(A)    o                 Is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

(B)    o                 Earns at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

(C)   o                 Earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

(D)   o                 Other:                                  

(E)   o                   No requirements.

1.06            DISTRIBUTION DATES

Distribution from a Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 8.02 shall begin upon the following date(s) (check either (a) or (b); check (c), if desired):

5




(a)       o                           Non-Class Year Accounting (complete (1) and (2)).

(1)                     The earliest of termination of employment with the Employer (see Plan Section 7.03) and the following event(s) (check appropriate box(es); if none selected, all distributions will be upon termination of employment):

(A)    o                                   Attainment of Normal Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(f)).

(B)    o                                   Attainment of Early Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(g)).

(C)    o                                   The date on which the Participant becomes disabled (as defined in Section 1.07(h)).

(2)                     Timing of distribution (check either (A) or (B)).

(A)    o                                 The distribution of the Participant’s Account will be begin in the month following the event described in (a)(1) above, however, if the event is termination of employment, then such distribution will begin as soon as practicable on or after the 1st day of the seventh calendar month following such separation if the Participant was a Key Employee.

(B)    o                                 The distribution of the Participant’s Account will begin as soon as administratively feasible in the calendar year following distribution event described in (a)(1) above, provided however, that if the event is termination of employment, in no event will such distribution begin earlier than the 1st day of the seventh calendar month following such separation if the Participant was a Key Employee.

(b)       x                                Class Year Accounting (complete (1) and (2)).

SEE AMENDMENT

(1)                     Upon (check at least one; (A) must be selected if plan has contributions pursuant to section l.05(b) or (c)):

(A)      x                         Termination of employment with the Employer (see Plan Section 7.03); provided however, that if the event is termination of employment, in no event will such distribution begin earlier than the 1st day of the seventh calendar month following such separation if the Participant was a Key Employee.

(B)      x                         The date elected by the Participant, pursuant to Plan Section 8.02, and subject to the restrictions imposed in Plan Section 8.02 with respect to future Deferral Contributions, in which event such date of distribution must be at least one year after the date such Deferral Contribution would have been paid to the Participant in cash in the absence of the election to make the Deferral Contribution.

6




(2)                     Timing of distribution subject to Subsection (b)(1)(A) above (check either (A) or (B)).

SEE AMENDMENT

(A)    x                               The Distribution of the Participant’s Account will begin        (specify month and day) following the event described in (b)(1) above.

(B)    o                                  The Distribution of the Participant’s Account will begin        (specify month and day) of the calendar year following the event described in (b)(1) above.

(c)    x                                          Upon a Change of Control in accordance with Plan Section 7.08.

Note: Internal Revenue Code Section 280G could impose certain, adverse tax consequences on both Participants and the Employer as a result of the application of this Section 1.06(c). The Employer should consult with its attorney prior to electing to apply Section 1.06(c).

1.07                                      VESTING SCHEDULE

 (a)                  The Participant’s vested percentage in Matching Contributions elected in Section 1.05(b) shall be based upon the schedule(s) selected below.

                     (1)    o                          N/A - No Matching Contributions

                     (2)    x                        100% Vesting immediately

                     (3)    o                          3 year cliff (see C below)

                     (4)    o                          5 year cliff (see D below)

                     (5)    o                          6 year graduated (see E below)

                     (6)    o                          7 year graduated (see F below)

                     (7)    o                          G below

                     (8)    o                          Other (Attachment “B”)

Years of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service for

 

Vesting Schedule

 

Vesting

 

C

 

D

 

E

 

F

 

G

 

0

 

0

%

0

%

0

%

0

%

 

 

1

 

0

%

0

%

0

%

0

%

 

 

2

 

0

%

0

%

20

%

0

%

 

 

3

 

100

%

0

%

40

%

20

%

 

 

4

 

100

%

0

%

60

%

40

%

 

 

5

 

100

%

100

%

80

%

60

%

 

 

6

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

80

%

 

 

7

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

 

7




(b)                                  The Participant’s vested percentage in Employer Contributions elected in Section 1.05(c) shall be based upon the schedule(s) selected below.

(1) o N/A - No Employer Contributions

(2) o 100% Vesting immediately

(3) o 3 year cliff (see C below)

(4) o 5 year cliff (see D below)

(5) x 6 year graduated (see E below)

(6) o 7 year graduated (see F below)

(7) o G below

(8) o Other (Attachment “B”)

Years of
Service for 

 

Vesting Schedule

 

Vesting

 

C

 

D

 

E

 

F

 

G

 

0

 

0

%

0

%

0

%

0

%

 

 

1

 

0

%

0

%

0

%

0

%

 

 

2

 

0

%

0

%

20

%

0

%

 

 

3

 

100

%

0

%

40

%

20

%

 

 

4

 

100

%

0

%

60

%

40

%

 

 

5

 

100

%

100

%

80

%

60

%

 

 

6

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

80

%

 

 

7

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

 

(c)      o          Years of Service for Vesting shall exclude (check one) :

(1)   o                 for new plans, service prior to the Effective Date as defined in Section 1.01(d)(1).

(2)   o                 for existing plans converting from another plan document, service prior to the original Effective Date as defined in Section 1.01(d)(2).

(d)      o                            A Participant will forfeit his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions upon the occurrence of the following event (s):                              

(e)                                                        A Participant will be 100% vested in his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions upon (check the appropriate box(es), if any; if 1.06(c) is selected, Participants will automatically vest upon Change of Control as defined in Section 1.12):

(1) x    Normal Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(f)).

(2) o    Early Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(g)).

(3) x    Death.

8




(4) x    The date on which the Participant becomes disabled, as determined under Section 1.07(h)of the Plan.

(f)                       Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is (check one) :

SEE AMENDMENT

(1) o              age 65.

(2) o              age         (specify from 55 through 64).

(3) o              the later of age           (cannot exceed 65) or the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s Commencement Date.

If no box is checked in this Section 1.07(f), then Normal Retirement Age is 65.

(g) o   Early Retirement Age is the first day of the month after the Participant attains age       (specify 55 or greater) and completes           Years of Service for Vesting.

(h) x    A Participant is considered disabled when that Participant (check one):

(1)      o                              is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

(2)      x                            is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

1.08                         PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER SERVICE

o                        Service for purposes of vesting in Section 1.07(a) and (b) shall include service with the following employer(s):

1.09                         UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY WITHDRAWALS

Participant withdrawals for unforeseeable emergency prior to termination of employment (check one):

(a)    x                                                  will be allowed in accordance with Section 7.07, subject to a $ 10,000 minimum amount. (Must be at least $1,000)

(b)    o                                                 will not be allowed.

9




1.10            DISTRIBUTIONS

Subject to Articles 7 and 8 distributions under the Plan are always available as a lump sum. Check below to allow distributions in installment payments:

SEE AMENDMENT

o                       under a systematic withdrawal plan (installments) not to exceed 10 years which (check one if box for this Section is selected):

(a)                    o                will not be accelerated, regardless of the Participant’s Account balance.

(b)                    o                will be accelerated to a lump sum distribution in accordance with Section 8.03.

1.11            INVESTMENT DECISIONS

(a)                     Investment Directions

Investments in which the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as invested and reinvested shall be directed (check one):

(1)   o                                            by the Employer among the options listed in (b) below.

(2)   x                                          by each Participant among the options listed in (b) below.

(3)   o                                            in accordance with investment directions provided by each Participant for all contribution sources in a Participant’s Account except the following sources shall be invested as directed by the Employer (check (A) and/or (B)):

(A)  o                                         Nonelective Employer Contributions

(B)  o                                         Matching Employer Contributions

The Employer must direct the applicable sources among the same investment options made available for Participant directed sources listed in the Service Agreement.

(b)                    Plan Investment Options

Participant Accounts will be treated as invested among the Investment Funds listed in the Service Agreement from time to time pursuant to Participant and/or Employer directions, as applicable.

Note: The method and frequency for change of investments will be determined under the rules applicable to the selected funds. Information will be provided regarding expenses, if any, for changes in investment options.

1.12            RELIANCE ON PLAN

An adopting Employer may not rely solely on this Plan to ensure that the Plan is “unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” with respect to the Employer’s particular situation. This Agreement must be reviewed by the Employer’s attorney before it is executed.

This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with the CORPORATEplan for Retirement Executive Plan Basic Plan Document.

10




EXECUTION PAGE
(Fidelity’s Copy)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed this 20th day of February, 2007.

 

 

Employer

Regis Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Eric A. Bakken

 

 

 

 

 

Eric A. Bakken

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

11




EXECUTION PAGE
(Employer’s Copy)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed this 20th day of February, 2007.

 

 

Employer

Regis Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Eric A. Bakken

 

 

 

 

 

Eric A. Bakken

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

12




Attachment A

Pursuant to Section 1.03(a), the following are the Employees who are eligible to participate in the Plan:

Employer

Regis Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Eric A. Bakken

 

 

 

Eric A. Bakken

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

February 20, 2007

 

 

Note:       The Employer must revise Attachment A to add Employees as they become eligible or delete Employees who are no longer eligible. Attachment A should be signed and dated every time a change is made.

13




Attachment B

(a)          o The Participant’s vested percentage in Matching Contributions elected in Section 1.05(b) shall be based upon the following schedule:

(b)          o The Participant’s vested percentage in Employer Contributions elected in Section 1.05(c) shall be based upon the following schedule:

14




AMENDMENT No. 4

TO THE REGIS CORPORATION

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED SALARY PLAN

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation maintains each of the Regis Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Salary Plan (the “Deferred Salary Plan”) and the Regis Corporation Executive Profit Sharing Plan (the “Profit Sharing Plan”) (collectively, the “Non-Qualified Plans”), each a nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained for the benefit of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as described in Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of Title I of ERISA; and

WHEREAS, the Corporation has by corporate action, amended and restated the Deferred Salary Plan through the adoption of the Fidelity CORPORATEplan for Retirement Executive Plan in accordance with the terms of the Fidelity Basic Plan Document and the related Adoption Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Corporation has by corporate action, effective as of March 1, 2007 approved the merger of the Profit Sharing Plan into the Deferred Salary Plan (as combined, the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Corporation would like to (1) amend the Deferred Salary Plan to (A) reflect the merger of the Profit Sharing Plan into such plan and to (B) change the name of the merged plan to the “Regis Corporation Executive Retirement Savings Plan”, and (2) pursuant to the guidance provided under Section XI.C. of the Preamble to the Proposed Regulations under Code Section 409A, permit Plan participants to make an election (or change a prior election) as soon as administratively feasible following the merger to designate the form of distribution for their Profit Sharing subaccount; provided, however, that any such election: (i) is made no later than December 31, 2007, (ii) may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2007, and (iii) may not cause an amount to be paid in 2007 that would not otherwise be payable in 2007; and

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Deferred Salary Plan provides that the Corporation may amend the Plan at any time.

NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue and in exercise of the power reserved to the Corporation by Section 9.01 of the Deferred Salary Plan and pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned, effective as of March 1, 2007, the Deferred Salary Plan be and hereby is amended as follows:

1.                                       Section 1.04(a) is amended by selecting option (2) and adding the following language:

                                                (A)                               To the extent that a Participant does not elect to make a Bonus Contribution pursuant to Section 1.05(a)(2), Compensation shall also exclude Bonuses.

                                                (B)                                 For purposes of calculating the amount of the Employer Contribution to be credited to a Participant’s account, Compensation shall be as defined under Section 1.04(a)(1), but shall in all events exclude Bonuses and shall exclude the Employer match on contributions made by the Participant to the Regis Corporation Contributory Stock Purchase Plan.

2.                                        Section 1.05(b)(1) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

The Employer shall make a Matching Contribution on each Bonus Contribution made by a Participant who is an officer of the Corporation pursuant to Section 1.05(a)(2) in an amount equal to the following percentage of the officer’s Section 1.05(a)(2) Bonus Contribution for the applicable period:

Senior Vice Presidents – 25%

 

Chief Operating Officers – 20%

Vice Presidents – 10%

 

15




3.                                        Section 1.05(b)(3)(A) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Bonus Contributions in excess of $100,000 for the applicable period shall not be considered for Matching Contributions.

4.                                        Section 1.05(c) shall be amended by electing option (2) and inserting the following two new sentences to the end thereof: “All Employer Contributions shall be based on, and calculated on, the Employer’s fiscal year, July 1 through June 30.” 

5.                                        Section 1.05(c)(3) shall be elected and thereafter amended by (i) replacing the reference to 1.05(c)(1) with 1.05(c)(2); (ii) electing 1.05(c)(3)(A), deleting the text in its entirety and replacing it with the following: “Is employed by the Employer on the last day of the fiscal year to which the Employer Contribution relates”; (iii) selecting 1.05(c)(3)(C) but deleting “Plan Year” and replacing it with “the fiscal year to which the Employer Contribution relates”; and (iv) electing item D and adding the following language:  “Has completed a Year of Service with the Employer.”

6.                                        Section 1.06(b)(1)(B) shall be amended by (i) adding the following proviso to the beginning of such subsection: “For Deferral Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions only,”; and (ii) adding the following sentence to the end of such subsection: “Participants shall not be entitled to elect a date for distribution of Employer Contributions credited to their Profit Sharing subaccount; such amounts shall be paid under Section (b)(1)(A) above, at termination of employment.”

7.                                        Section 2.01(a)(5) shall be amended by adding the following to the end of such subsection: “, but excluding (i) any discretionary, unscheduled bonus award made to a Participant who is not an officer of the Corporation, and (ii) any other remuneration paid by the Employer or a Related Employer, including without limitation, base salary, overtime, net commissions, the value of stock options, stock appreciation rights or restricted stock, allowances for expenses (e.g., moving, travel, auto) or fringe benefits, but including any amount which would be included in the definition of Bonus but for the Participant’s election to defer some or all of such Participant’s Bonus pursuant to Section 1.05(a)(2) of this Plan.”

8.                                        Section 3.01 shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:  “An eligible Employee (as set forth in Section 1.03(a)) will become a Participant in the Plan on the first Entry Date coincident with the date on which such eligible Employee becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, irrespective of whether such eligible Employee has filed an election pursuant to Section 4.01.” 

9.                                        Section 4.01 shall be amended by moving the last sentence thereof to create a new Section 4.05 titled “Special Elections” but replacing such sentence with the following new language:  “Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Participants shall be permitted to make new elections in accordance with the guidance provided under IRS Notice 2005-1, Q&A-19(c) and Section XI.C. of the Preamble to the Section 409A Proposed Regulations, provided that any such election is made no later than December 31, 2006 or December 31, 2007, as applicable and provided that any such election may not apply to amounts that would otherwise be payable in 2006 or 2007 respectively and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2006 or 2007 that would not otherwise be payable in 2006 or 2007 respectively.”  

10.                                  Section 8.03 shall be amended by deleting the third sentence thereof and replacing it with the following: “A Participant’s election cannot be altered except as provided under Section 1.10(b), Section 4.05 or Section 8.06.”

16




11.                                  Section 8.03(b) shall be amended by adding the following new second sentence to such Section:  “A Participant shall be permitted to elect a separate distribution period with respect to each of the Deferral Contributions, Bonus Contributions, Matching Contributions or Employer Contributions (as applicable) made on behalf of such Participant for each applicable year.”

12.                                  Section 8.05 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

8.05                         Time of Distribution Distribution of a Participant’s Deferral Contributions, Bonus Contributions and Matching Contributions will be made as soon as administratively feasible following the date specified by the Participant in his deferral election.  Subject to Section 8.02, a Participant’s Profit Sharing subaccount will be distributed upon the Participant’s termination of employment with the Employer.  All distributions will be made as soon as administratively feasible following the distribution date specified in Section 1.06 or Section 7.08, if applicable; provided, however, that a distribution date may be adjusted as required by applicable law, including without limitation that, where required by Code Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder, distributions to Key Employees that are due to termination of employment will begin as soon as practicable on or after the first day of the seventh calendar month following such Key Employee’s separation.

17




TRUST AGREEMENT

Between


Regis Corporation

And

FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY


Regis Corporation Executive Retirement Savings Plan

TRUST

Dated as of March 1, 2007




TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Definitions

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

Trust

3

 

(a)

 

Establishment

3

 

(b)

 

Grantor Trust

3

 

(c)

 

Trust Assets

3

 

(d)

 

Non-Assignment

3

 

 

 

 

3

 

Payments to Sponsor

3

 

 

 

 

4

 

Disbursements.

3

 

(a)

 

Directions from Administrator

3

 

(b)

 

Limitations

4

 

 

 

 

5

 

Investment of Trust

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Selection of Investment Options

4

 

(b)

 

Available Investment Options

4

 

(c)

 

Investment Directions

4

 

(d)

 

Funding Mechanism

4

 

(e)

 

Mutual Funds

5

 

(f)

 

Trustee Powers

5

 

 

 

 

6

 

Recordkeeping and Administrative Services to Be Performed

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

General

6

 

(b)

 

Accounts

6

 

(c)

 

Inspection and Audit

6

 

(d)

 

Effect of Plan Amendment

6

 

(e)

 

Returns, Reports and Information

7

 

 

 

 

7

 

Compensation and Expenses

7

 

 

 

 

8

 

Directions and Indemnification

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Identity of Administrator

7

 

(b)

 

Directions from Administrator

7

 

(c)

 

Directions from Participants

7

 

(d)

 

Indemnification

8

 

(e)

 

Survival

8

 

 

 

 

9

 

Resignation or Removal of Trustee

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Resignation and Removal

8

 

(b)

 

Termination

8

 

(c)

 

Notice Period

8

 

(d)

 

Transition Assistance

8

 

(e)

 

Failure to Appoint Successor

8

 

 

 

 

10

 

Successor Trustee

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Appointment

9

 

(b)

 

Acceptance

9

 

(c)

 

Corporate Action

9

 

 

 

 

11

 

Resignation, Removal, and Termination Notices

9

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Duration

 

9

 

i




 

13

 

Insolvency of Sponsor

9

 

 

 

 

14

 

Amendment or Modification

10

 

 

 

 

15

 

Electronic Services

10

 

 

 

 

16

 

General

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Performance by Trustee, its Agents or Affiliates

11

 

(b)

 

Entire Agreement

11

 

(c)

 

Waiver

11

 

(d)

 

Successors and Assigns

11

 

(e)

 

Partial Invalidity

11

 

(f)

 

Section Headings

12

 

 

 

 

17

 

Assignment

12

 

 

 

 

18

 

Force Majeure

12

 

 

 

 

19

 

Confidentiality

12

 

 

 

 

20

 

Governing Law

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Massachusetts Law Controls

13

 

(b)

 

Trust Agreement Controls

13

 

ii




TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of March 1, 2007, between Regis Corporation, a Minnesota Corporation, having an office at 7201 Metro Boulevard, Edina, MN 55439 (the “Sponsor”), and FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company, having an office at 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 (the “Trustee”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Sponsor is the sponsor of the Regis Corporation Executive Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Sponsor wishes to establish an irrevocable trust and to contribute to the trust assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of Sponsor’s creditors in the event of Sponsor’s Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to Participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”); and

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Sponsor to make contributions to the trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of its liabilities under the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to hold and invest the aforesaid plan assets in trust among several investment options selected by the Sponsor; and

WHEREAS, the Sponsor wishes to have the Trustee perform certain ministerial recordkeeping and administrative functions under the Plan; and

WHEREAS, Regis Corporation (the “Administrator”) is the administrator of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to perform recordkeeping and administrative services for the Plan if the services are purely ministerial in nature and are provided within a framework of plan provisions, guidelines and interpretations conveyed in writing to the Trustee by the Administrator.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the Sponsor and the Trustee agree as follows:

1




1    Definitions

The following terms as used in this Trust Agreement have the meaning indicated unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

(a)                                   Administrator ” shall mean, with respect to the Plan, the person or entity which is the “administrator” of such Plan.

(b)                                  Agreement ” shall mean this Trust Agreement, as the same may be amended and in effect from time to time.

(c)                                   Business Day ” shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open.

(d)                                  Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it has been or may be amended from time to time.

(e)                                   ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it has been or may be amended from time to time.

(f)                                     Fidelity Mutual Fund ” shall mean any investment company advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company or any of its affiliates.

(g)                                  Mutual Fund ” shall refer both to Fidelity Mutual Funds and Non-Fidelity Mutual Funds.

(h)                                  Non-Fidelity Mutual Fund ” shall mean certain investment companies not advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company or any of its affiliates.

(i)                                      Participant ” shall mean, with respect to the Plan, any employee (or former employee) with an account under the Plan, which has not yet been fully distributed and/or forfeited, and shall include the designated beneficiary(ies) with respect to the account of any deceased employee (or deceased former employee) until such account has been fully distributed and/or forfeited.

(j)                                      Permissible Investment ” shall mean the investments specified by the Employer as available for investment of assets of the Trust and agreed to by the Trustee and the Prototype Sponsor. The Permissible Investments under the Plan shall be listed in the Service Agreement.

(k)                                   Plan ” shall mean the Regis Corporation Executive Retirement Savings Plan.

(l)                                      Reconciliation Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the date of the initial transfer of assets to the Trust and ending on the date of the completion of the reconciliation of Participant records.

(m)                                Reporting Date ” shall mean the last day of each calendar quarter, the date as of which the Trustee resigns or is removed pursuant to this Agreement and the date as of which this Agreement terminates pursuant to Section 9 hereof.

(n)                                  Service Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Trustee and the Sponsor for the Trustee, through certain affiliates and related companies, to provide administrative and recordkeeping services for the Plan.

(o)                                  Sponsor ” shall mean Regis Corporation, a Minnesota corporation, or any successor to all or substantially all of its businesses which, by agreement, operation of law or otherwise, assumes the responsibility of the Sponsor under this Agreement.

(p)                                  Trust ” shall mean the Regis Corporation Executive Retirement Savings Plan Trust, being the trust established by the Sponsor and the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

(q)                                  Trustee ” shall mean Fidelity Management Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company and any successor to all or substantially all of its trust business. The term Trustee shall also include any successor trustee appointed pursuant to this agreement to the extent such successor agrees to serve as Trustee under this Agreement.

2




2   Trust

(a)                Establishment

The Sponsor hereby establishes the Trust, with the Trustee. The Trust shall consist of an initial contribution of money or other property acceptable to the Trustee in its sole discretion, made by the Sponsor or transferred from a previous trustee under the Plan, such additional sums of money as shall from time to time be delivered to the Trustee under the Plan, all investments made therewith and proceeds thereof, and all earnings and profits thereon, less the payments that are made by the Trustee as provided herein, without distinction between principal and income. The Trustee hereby accepts the Trust on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. In accepting this Trust, the Trustee shall be accountable for the assets received by it, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b)                Grantor Trust

The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly.

(c)                Trust Assets

The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Sponsor and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Participants and general creditors as herein set forth. Participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Participants and their beneficiaries against the Sponsor. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Sponsor’s general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in this Agreement.

(d)                Non-Assignment

Benefit payments to Participants and their beneficiaries funded under this Trust may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered, or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution, or other legal or equitable process.

3   Payments to Sponsor

Except as provided under this Agreement, the Sponsor shall have no right to retain or divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payment of benefits have been made to the Participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

4   Disbursements

(a)                Directions from Administrator

(i)                                      If it is indicated in the Service Agreement that the Trustee will make distributions of Plan benefits directly to Participants and beneficiaries, the Trustee shall disburse monies to Participants and their beneficiaries for benefit payments in the amounts that the Administrator directs from time to time in writing. The Trustee shall have no responsibility to ascertain whether the Administrator’s direction complies with

3




the terms of the Plan or of any applicable law. The Trustee shall be responsible for Federal or State income tax reporting or withholding with respect to such Plan benefits. The Trustee shall not be responsible for FICA (Social Security and Medicare), any Federal or State unemployment or local tax with respect to Plan distributions.

(ii)                                   If it is indicated in the Service Agreement that the Sponsor shall be responsible for making distributions of benefits to Participants and beneficiaries, then the Trustee shall disburse monies to the Administrator for benefit payments in the amounts that the Administrator directs from time to time in writing. The Trustee shall have no responsibility to ascertain whether the Administrator’s direction complies with the terms of the Plan or any applicable law. The Trustee shall not be responsible for: (1) making benefit payments to Participants under the Plan, (2) any Federal, State or local income tax reporting or withholding with respect to such Plan benefits, and (3) FICA (Social Security and Medicare) or any Federal or State unemployment tax with respect to Plan distributions.

(b)                Limitations

The Trustee shall not be required to make any disbursement in excess of the net realizable value of the assets of the Trust at the time of the disbursement. The Trustee shall not be required to make any disbursement in cash unless the Administrator has provided a written direction as to the assets to be converted to cash for the purpose of making the disbursement.

5   Investment of Trust

(a)                Selection of Investment Options

The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the selection of investment options under the Trust and shall not render investment advice to any person in connection with the selection of such options.

(b)                Available Investment Options

The Sponsor shall direct the Trustee as to what investment options the Trust shall be invested in (i) during the Reconciliation Period, and (ii) following the Reconciliation Period, subject to the following limitations. The Sponsor may determine to offer as investment options only Permissible Investments as described in the Service Agreement; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be considered a fiduciary with investment discretion. The Sponsor may add or remove investment options with the consent of the Trustee and upon mutual amendment of the Service Agreement to reflect such additions.

(c)                Investment Directions

In order to provide for an accumulation of assets comparable to the contractual liabilities accruing under the Plan , the Sponsor may direct the Trustee in writing to invest the assets held in the Trust to correspond to the hypothetical investments made for Participants in accordance with their direction under the Plan.

(d)                Funding Mechanism

The Sponsor’s designation of available investment options under paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the maintenance of accounts for each Plan Participant and the crediting of investments to such accounts, and the exercise by Participants of any powers relating to investments under this Section 5 are solely for the purpose of providing a mechanism for measuring the obligation of the Sponsor to any particular Participant under the applicable Plan. As further provided in this Agreement, no Participant or beneficiary will have any preferential claim to or beneficial ownership interest in any asset or investment held in the Trust, and the rights of any Participant and his or her beneficiaries under the applicable Plan and this Agreement are solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the Sponsor with respect to the benefits of the Participant under the Plan.

4




(e)                Mutual Funds

The Sponsor hereby acknowledges that it has received from the Trustee a copy of the prospectus for each Mutual Fund selected by the Sponsor as a Plan investment option. Trust investments in Mutual Funds shall be subject to the following limitations:

(i)             Execution of Purchases and Sales

Purchases and sales of Permissible Investments (other than for Exchanges) shall be made on the date on which the Trustee receives from the Sponsor in good order all information and documentation necessary to accurately effect such purchases and sales (or in the case of a purchase, the subsequent date on which the Trustee has received a wire transfer of funds necessary to make such purchase). Exchanges of Permissible Investments shall be made on the same Business Day that the Trustee receives a proper direction if received before market close (generally 4:00 p.m. eastern time); if the direction is received after market close (generally 4:00 p.m. eastern time), the exchange shall be made the following Business Day.

(ii)         Voting

At the time of mailing of notice of each annual or special stockholder’s meeting of any Mutual Fund, the Trustee shall send a copy of the notice and all proxy solicitation materials to the Sponsor, together with a voting direction form for return to the Trustee or its designee. The Trustee shall vote the shares held in the Trust in the manner as directed by the Sponsor. The Trustee shall not vote shares for which it has received no corresponding directions from the Sponsor. The Sponsor shall also have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which all shareholder rights, other than the right to vote, shall be exercised. The Trustee shall have no duty to solicit directions from the Sponsor.

(f)                  Trustee Powers

The Trustee shall have the following powers and authority:

(i)                                      Subject to paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 5, to sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any property held in the Trust, by private contract or at public auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or other property delivered to the Trustee or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition.

(ii)                                   To cause any securities or other property held as part of the Trust to be registered in the Trustee’s own name, in the name of one or more of its nominees, or in the Trustee’s account with the Depository Trust Company of New York and to hold any investments in bearer form, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are part of the Trust.

(iii)                                To keep that portion of the Trust in cash or cash balances as the Sponsor or Administrator may, from time to time, deem to be in the best interest of the Trust.

(iv)                               To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer or conveyance and to carry out the powers herein granted.

(v)                                  To borrow funds from a bank or other financial institution not affiliated with the Trustee in order to provide sufficient liquidity to process Plan transactions in a timely fashion, provided that the cost of borrowing shall be allocated in a reasonable fashion to the investment fund(s) in need of liquidity.

(vi)                               To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts, or damages due to or arising from the T rust; to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings; to represent the Trust in all suits and legal and administrative hearings; and to pay all reasonable expenses arising from any such action, from the Trust if not paid by the Sponsor.

(vii)                            To employ legal, accounting, clerical, and other assistance as may be required in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation from the Trust if not paid by the Sponsor.

5




(viii)                         To do all other acts although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem necessary to carry out any of the foregoing powers and the purposes of the Trust.

Notwithstanding any powers granted to Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

6   Recordkeeping and Administrative Services to Be Performed

(a)                General

The Trustee shall perform those recordkeeping and administrative functions described in the Service Agreement attached hereto. These recordkeeping and administrative functions shall be performed within the framework of the Administrator’s written directions regarding the Plan’s provisions, guidelines and interpretations.

(b)                Accounts

The Trustee shall keep accurate accounts of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions hereunder, and shall report the value of the assets held in the Trust as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Plan and, if not on the last day of a fiscal quarter, the date on which the Trustee resigns or is removed as provided in this Agreement or is terminated as provided in this Agreement. Within thirty (30) days following each Reporting Date or within sixty (60) days in the case of a Reporting Date caused by the resignation or removal of the Trustee, or the termination of this Agreement, the Trustee shall file with the Administrator a written account setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions effected by the Trustee between the Reporting Date and the prior Reporting Date, and setting forth the value of the Trust as of the Reporting Date. Except as otherwise required under applicable law, upon the expiration of six (6) months from the date of filing such account with the Administrator, the Trustee shall have no liability or further accountability to anyone with respect to the propriety of its acts or transactions shown in such account, except with respect to such acts or transactions as to which the Sponsor shall within such six (6) month period file with the Trustee written objections.

(c)                Inspection and Audit

All records generated by the Trustee in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) shall be open to inspection and audit, during the Trustee’s regular business hours prior to the termination of this Agreement, by the Administrator or any person designated by the Administrator. Upon the resignation or removal of the Trustee or the termination of this Agreement, the Trustee shall provide to the Administrator, at no expense to the Sponsor, in the format regularly provided to the Administrator, a statement of each Participant’s accounts as of the resignation, removal, or termination, and the Trustee shall provide to the Administrator or the Plan’s new recordkeeper such further records as are reasonable, at the Sponsor’s expense.

(d)                Effect of Plan Amendment

The Trustee’s provision of the recordkeeping and administrative services set forth in this Section shall be conditioned on the Sponsor delivering to the Trustee a copy of any amendment to the Plan as soon as administratively feasible following the amendment’s adoption, and on the Administrator providing the Trustee on a timely basis with all the information the Administrator deems necessary for the Trustee to perform the recordkeeping and administrative services and such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request.

6




(e)                Returns, Reports and Information

Except as set forth in the Service Agreement, the Administrator shall be responsible for the preparation and filing of all returns, reports, and information required of the Trust or Plan by law. The Trustee shall provide the Administrator with such information as the Administrator may reasonably request to make these filings. The Administrator shall also be responsible for making any disclosures to Participants required by law.

7   Compensation and Expenses

Sponsor shall pay to Trustee, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Trustee’s bill, the fees for services in accordance with the Service Agreement. All fees for services are specifically outlined in the Service Agreement and are based on any assumptions identified therein.

All reasonable expenses of plan administration as shown on the Service Agreement, as amended from time to time, shall be a charge against and paid from the appropriate plan Participants’ accounts, except to the extent such amounts are paid by the Plan Sponsor in a timely manner.

All expenses of the Trustee relating directly to the acquisition and disposition of investments constituting part of the Trust, and all taxes of any kind whatsoever that may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon or in respect of the Trust or the income thereof, shall be a charge against and paid from the appropriate Participants’ accounts.

8   Directions and Indemnification

(a)                Identity of Administrator

The Trustee shall be fully protected in relying on the fact that the Administrator under the Plan is the individual or persons named as such above or such other individuals or persons as the Sponsor may notify the Trustee in writing.

(b)                Directions from Administrator

Whenever the Administrator provides a direction to the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach, arising from the direction if the direction is contained in a writing (or is oral and immediately confirmed in a writing) signed by any individual whose name and signature have been submitted (and not withdrawn) in writing to the Trustee by the Administrator in the manner described in the Service Agreement, provided the Trustee reasonably believes the signature of the individual to be genuine. Such direction may be made via electronic data transfer (“EDT”) in accordance with procedures agreed to by the Administrator and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be fully protected in relying on such direction as if it were a direction made in writing by the Administrator. The Trustee shall have no responsibility to ascertain any direction’s (i) accuracy, (ii) compliance with the terms of the Plan or any applicable law, or (iii) effect for tax purposes or otherwise.

(c)                Directions from Participants

The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, which arises, from any Participant’s exercise or non-exercise of rights under this Agreement over the hypothetical assets in the Participant’s accounts.

7




(d)                Indemnification

The Sponsor shall indemnify the Trustee against, and hold the Trustee harmless from, any and all loss, damage, penalty, liability, cost, and expense, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that may be incurred by, imposed upon, or asserted against the Trustee by reason of any claim, regulatory proceeding, or litigation arising from any act done or omitted to be done by any individual or person with respect to the Plan or Trust, excepting only any and all loss, etc., arising solely from the Trustee’s negligence or bad faith.

(e)                Survival

The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

9   Resignation or Removal of Trustee

(a)                Resignation and Removal.

(i)                                      The Trustee may resign at any time in accordance with the notice provisions set forth below.

(ii)                                   The Sponsor may remove the Trustee at any time in accordance with the notice provisions set forth below.

(b)                Termination

This Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Sponsor upon prior written notice to the Trustee in accordance with the notice provisions set forth below.

(c)                Notice Period

In the event either party desires to terminate this Agreement or any Services hereunder, the party shall provide at least sixty-(60) days prior written notice of the termination date to the other party; provided, however, that the receiving party may agree, in writing, to a shorter notice period.

(d)                Transition Assistance

In the event of termination of this Agreement, if requested by Sponsor, Fidelity shall assist Sponsor in developing a plan for the orderly transition of the Plan Data, cash and assets then constituting the Trustee and Services provided by Fidelity hereunder to Sponsor or its designee. Fidelity shall provide such assistance for a period not extending beyond sixty (60) days from the termination date of this Agreement. Fidelity shall provide to Sponsor, or to any person designated by Sponsor, at a mutually agreeable time, one file of the Plan Data prepared and maintained by Fidelity in the ordinary course of business, in Fidelity’s format. Fidelity may provide other or additional transition assistance as mutually determined for additional fees, which shall be due and payable by the Sponsor prior to any termination of this Agreement.

(e)                Failure to Appoint Successor

If, by the termination date, the Sponsor has not notified the Trustee in writing as to the individual or entity to which the assets and cash are to be transferred and delivered, the Trustee may bring an appropriate action or proceeding for leave to deposit the assets and cash in a court of competent jurisdiction. The Trustee shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor for all costs and expenses of the action or proceeding including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements.

8




10   Successor Trustee

(a)                Appointment

If the office of Trustee becomes vacant for any reason, the Sponsor may in writing appoint a successor trustee under this Agreement. The successor trustee shall have all of the rights, powers, privileges, obligations, duties, liabilities, and immunities granted to the Trustee under this Agreement. The successor trustee and predecessor trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of the other with respect to the Trust.

(b)                Acceptance

When the successor trustee accepts its appointment under this Agreement, title to and possession of the Trust assets shall immediately vest in the successor trustee without any further action on the part of the predecessor trustee. The predecessor trustee shall execute all instruments and do all acts that reasonably may be necessary or reasonably may be requested in writing by the Sponsor or the successor trustee to vest title to all Trust assets in the successor trustee or to deliver all Trust assets to the successor trustee.

(c)                Corporate Action

Any successor of the Trustee or successor trustee, through sale or transfer of the business or trust department of the Trustee or successor trustee, or through reorganization, consolidation, or merger, or any similar transaction, shall, upon consummation of the transaction, become the successor trustee under this Agreement.

11   Resignation, Removal, and Termination Notices

All notices of resignation, removal, or termination under this Agreement must be in writing and mailed to the party to which the notice is being given by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Sponsor at the address designated in the Service Agreement, and to the Trustee c/o John M. Kimpel, Fidelity Investments, 82 Devonshire Street, F7A, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, or to such other addresses as the parties have notified each other of in the foregoing manner.

12   Duration

This Trust shall continue in effect without limit as to time, subject, however, to the provisions of this Agreement relating to amendment, modification, and termination thereof.

13   Insolvency of Sponsor

(a)                                   Trustee shall cease disbursement of funds for payment of benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries if the Sponsor is Insolvent. Sponsor shall be considered “Insolvent” for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) Sponsor is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) Sponsor is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(b)                                  All times during the continuance of this Trust, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Sponsor under federal and state law as set forth below.

9




(i)                                      The Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the Sponsor shall have the duty to inform Trustee in writing of Sponsor’s Insolvency. If a person claiming to be a creditor of the Sponsor alleges in writing to Trustee that Sponsor has become Insolvent, Trustee shall determine whether Sponsor is Insolvent and, pending such determination, Trustee shall discontinue disbursements for payment of benefits to Participants or their beneficiaries.

(ii)                                   Unless Trustee has actual knowledge of Sponsor’s Insolvency, or has received notice from Sponsor or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that Sponsor is Insolvent, Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether Sponsor is Insolvent. Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning Sponsor’s solvency as may be furnished to Trustee and that provides Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning Sponsor’s solvency.

(iii)                                If at any time Trustee has determined that Sponsor is Insolvent, Trustee shall discontinue disbursements for payments to Participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of Sponsor’s general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of Participants or their beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of Sponsor with respect to benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.

(iv)                               Trustee shall resume disbursement for the payment of benefits to Plan Participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with this Agreement only after Trustee has determined that Sponsor is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

(c)                                   Provided that there are sufficient assets, if Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to (a) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the Plan for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to Participants or their beneficiaries by Sponsor in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

14   Amendment or Modification

This Agreement may be amended or modified at any time and from time to time only by an instrument executed by both the Sponsor and the Trustee.

15   Electronic Services

(a)                                   The Trustee may provide communications and services (“Electronic Services”) and/or software products (“Electronic Products”) via electronic media, including, but not limited to Fidelity Plan Sponsor WebStation. The Sponsor and its agents agree to use such Electronic Services and Electronic Products only in the course of reasonable administration of or participation in the Plan and to keep confidential and not publish, copy, broadcast, retransmit, reproduce, commercially exploit or otherwise re disseminate the Electronic Products or Electronic Services or any portion thereof without the Trustee’s written consent, except, in cases where Trustee has specifically notified the Sponsor that the Electronic Products or Services are suitable for delivery to Sponsor’s Participants, for non-commercial personal use by Participants or beneficiaries with respect to their participation in the Plan or for their other retirement planning purposes.

(b)                                  The Sponsor shall be responsible for installing and maintaining all Electronic Products, (including any programming required to accomplish the installation) and for displaying any and all content associated with Electronic Services on its computer network and/or intranet so that such content will appear exactly as it appears when delivered to Sponsor. All Electronic Products and Services shall be clearly identified as originating from the Trustee or its affiliate. The Sponsor shall promptly remove Electronic Products or

10




Services from its computer network and/or intranet, or replace the Electronic Products or Services with updated products or services provided by the Trustee, upon written notification (including written notification via facsimile) by the Trustee.

(c)                                   All Electronic Products shall be provided to the Sponsor without any express or implied legal warranties or acceptance of legal liability by the Trustee, and all Electronic Services shall be provided to the Sponsor without acceptance of legal liability related to or arising out of the electronic nature of the delivery or provision of such Services. Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, no rights are conveyed to any property, intellectual or tangible, associated with the contents of the Electronic Products or Services and related material. The Trustee hereby grants to the Sponsor a non-exclusive, non-transferable revocable right and license to use the Electronic Products and Services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(d)                                  To the extent that any Electronic Products or Services utilize Internet services to transport data or communications, the Trustee will take, and Sponsor agrees to follow, reasonable security precautions, however, the Trustee disclaims any liability for interception of any such data or communications. The Trustee reserves the right not to accept data or communications transmitted via electronic media by the Sponsor or a third party if it determines that the media does not provide adequate data security, or if it is not administratively feasible for the Trustee to use the data security provided. The Trustee shall not be responsible for, and makes no warranties regarding access, speed or availability of Internet or network services, or any other service required for electronic communication. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss or damage related to or resulting from any changes or modifications to the Electronic Products or Services after delivering it to the Sponsor.

16   General

(a)                Performance by Trustee, its Agents or Affiliates

The Sponsor acknowledges and authorizes that the services to be provided under this Agreement shall be provided by the Trustee, its agents or affiliates, including but not limited to Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company, Inc. or its successor, and that certain of such services may be provided pursuant to one or more other contractual agreements or relationships.

(b)                Entire Agreement

This Agreement contains all of the terms agreed upon between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c)                Waiver

No waiver by either party of any failure or refusal to comply with an obligation hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of any other or subsequent failure or refusal to so comply.

(d)                Successors and Assigns

The stipulations in this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall bind, the successors and assigns of the respective parties.

(e)                Partial Invalidity

If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable,

11




shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(f)                  Section Headings

The headings of the various sections and subsections of this Agreement have been inserted only for the purposes of convenience and are not part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed in any manner to modify, explain, expand or restrict any of the provisions of this Agreement.

17   Assignment

This Agreement, and any of its rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other party(ies), and such consent may be withheld in any party’s sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Trustee may assign this Agreement in whole or in part, and any of its rights and obligations hereunder, to a subsidiary or affiliate of Trustee without consent of the Sponsor. All provisions in this Agreement shall extend to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18   Force Majeure

No party shall be deemed in default of this Agreement to the extent that any delay or failure in performance of its obligation(s) results, without its fault or negligence, from any cause beyond its reasonable control, such as acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, war, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, floods, unusually severe weather conditions, power outages or strikes. This clause shall not excuse any of the parties to the Agreement from any liability which results from failure to have in place reasonable disaster recovery and safeguarding plans adequate for protection of all data each of the parties to the Agreement are responsible for maintaining for the Plan.

19   Confidentiality

Both parties to this Agreement recognize that in the course of implementing and providing the services described herein, each party may disclose to the other confidential information. All such confidential information, individually and collectively, and other proprietary information disclosed by either party shall remain the sole property of the party disclosing the same, and the receiving party shall have no interest or rights with respect thereto if so designated by the disclosing party to the receiving party. Each party agrees to maintain all such confidential information in trust and confidence to the same extent that it protects its own proprietary information, and not to disclose such confidential information to any third party without the written consent of the other party. Each party further agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, each party agrees not to disclose or make public to anyone, in any manner, the terms of this Agreement, except as required by law, without the prior written consent of the other party.

12




20 Governing Law

(a)                Massachusetts Law Controls

This Agreement is being made in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the Trust shall be administered as a Massachusetts trust. The validity, construction, effect, and administration of this Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, except to the extent those laws are superseded under Section 514 of ERISA.

(b)                Trust Agreement Controls

The Trustee is not a party to the Plan, and in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

13




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

Plan Sponsor Name:    

Regis Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric A. Bakken

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Eric A. Bakken

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

February 20, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

14




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

Plan Sponsor Name:    

Regis Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric A. Bakken

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Eric A. Bakken

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

February 20, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

15



Exhibit 10(f)

SECOND AMENDMENT
TO
COMPENSATION AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Compensation and Non-Competition Agreement is made and entered into this 9th day of February, 2000, by and between Regis Corporation, a Minnesota corporation (the “Corporation”), and Myron Kunin (“Kunin”).

WHEREAS , on May 7, 1997, the Corporation and Kunin entered into a Compensation and Non-Competition Agreement (“Agreement”) providing for Kunin’s continued services to the Corporation and restricting Kunin from entering into any business competitive with the business conducted by the Corporation, and

WHEREAS , the Agreement was amended on November 21, 1997, to permit Kunin to enter into certain businesses without violating his non-competition covenants, and

WHEREAS , the parties desire to modify the Agreement to grant Kunin certain rights in the event of a Change in Control of the Corporation (as hereinafter defined).

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the above premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.              The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions:

“Accelerated Compensation” shall be an amount equal to Kunin’s annual compensation multiplied by the Joint Life Expectancy of Kunin and his spouse, without any discount to present value.

“Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as any of the following events occur: (i) any “person” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), is or has become the “beneficial owner”, as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of twenty percent (20%) or more of the common stock of the Corporation, or (ii) approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of (a) any consolidation or merger of the Corporation in which the Corporation is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of stock of the Corporation would be converted into cash, securities or other property, or (b) any consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is the continuing or surviving corporation but in which the common stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the consolidation or merger do not hold at least a majority of the outstanding common stock of the continuing or surviving corporation, or (c) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation, or (iii) individuals who constitute the Corporation’s Board of Directors on January 1, 2000 (the “Incumbent Board”) have ceased for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to January 1, 2000 whose election, or nomination for




election by the Corporation’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Corporation in which such person is named as nominee for director) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board.

“Joint Life Expectancy” shall mean the number of years of life expectancy of Kunin and his spouse at the time of termination of Kunin’s employment with the Corporation after a Change in Control, as determined by reference to the table of Joint Life and Last Survivorship Expectancy published by the Internal Revenue Service in Publication 590 or any successor publication. If publication of such table is discontinued, Joint Life Expectancy shall be determined by reference to comparable tables published by a recognized non-public authority.

2.                The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph 7 thereto:

7.         Change in Control .

(a)          Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, on the day on which a Change in Control occurs, the Corporation shall pay to Kunin an amount equal to three times the sum of Kunin’s compensation paid to or earned by Kunin during the twelve months immediately preceding the Change in Control.

(b)         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, if Kunin’s employment with the Corporation terminates at any time following a Change in Control, whether such termination is initiated by Kunin or by the Corporation (unless the termination is by the Corporation for cause), Kunin may, as an alternative to receiving continued annual compensation as provided in paragraph 2 of the Agreement, request payment in full of his Accelerated Compensation, which shall be paid by the Corporation to Kunin within five days after Kunin gives notice to the Corporation of his election to receive such Accelerated Compensation in lieu of his continued annual compensation. For the purpose of calculating Kunin’s Accelerated Compensation pursuant to this subparagraph 7(b), Kunin’s annual compensation shall be assumed to increase annually during the Joint Life Expectancy period by four percent (4%) of the prior year’s annual compensation. Any such notice shall be given by Kunin to the Corporation by certified mail or by facsimile transmission sent either (i) to the Corporation’s principal place of business and to the attention of the Corporation’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer, or (ii) to any director of the Corporation at such director’s place of business, and in either case shall be effective immediately upon such transmission or two (2) days after such mailing.

2




(c)     In addition to the payments provided in subparagraphs 7(a) and (b) above, and at the time such payments are made to Kunin, the Corporation shall pay to Kunin an amount equal to any federal and state income taxes, and any excise tax imposed on Kunin by Sec. 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code and by any comparable and applicable state tax law (collectively, “Excise Taxes”), as a result of the payments provided in subparagraphs 7(a) and (b) above, and as a result of any accelerated vesting of Kunin’s options to acquire shares of the Corporation, and shall further pay to Kunin on a “grossed-up” basis all additional federal and state income taxes and Excise Taxes payable by Kunin as a result of the payments provided in this subparagraph 7(c), or as a result of the accelerated vesting of Kunin’s options, so that the net after-tax amount received by Kunin pursuant to paragraph 7 hereof is equal to the amount that Kunin would have received if no income taxes or Excise Taxes had been imposed on income received by or imputed to Kunin by reason of the payments pursuant to paragraph 7 hereof, or by reason of accelerated vesting of Kunin’s options. The highest marginal federal and applicable state tax rates shall be used in calculating the federal and state income taxes payable by Kunin.

All payments required by this paragraph 7 shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other payments to which Kunin is entitled under any other agreement with the Corporation.

The amounts paid to Kunin pursuant to this paragraph shall be in consideration of Kunin’s past services to the Corporation and Kunin’s continued services from the date of this amendment. The payments required hereunder shall not be reduced or offset by any future earnings by Kunin.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

REGIS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul D. Finkelstein

 

 

 

Paul D. Finkelstein,

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

/s/ Myron Kunin

 

 

Myron Kunin

 

 

3



Exhibit 10(p)

EXHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO

REGIS CORPORATION

2004 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

The Regis Corporation 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) hereby is amended, effective as of the date hereof, to provide for grants of Restricted Stock Units in addition to the Awards already available under the Plan.

1.                The first sentence of Section 2.3 of the Plan is amended by adding “, Restricted Stock Unit” immediately following the words “Restricted Stock”.

2.                New Section 2.27A is added to the Plan immediately following the end of Section 2.27 and shall read:

“2.27A     Restricted Stock Unit ” means an Award to a Participant under Section 8.1 hereof under which no Common Stock actually is awarded to the Participant on the date of grant.  Each Award of a Restricted Stock Unit entitles a Participant to receive a share of Common Stock as of a future date, subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.”

3.  Article VIII of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

8.1            General .  The Committee shall have authority to grant Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan at any time or from time to time.  The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Restricted Stock and/or the number of Restricted Stock Units to be awarded to any Participant, the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture, and any other terms and conditions of the Awards.  Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to the terms of, an Agreement which shall become effective upon execution by the Participant.

8.2            Grant, Awards and Certificates .  An Award of Restricted Stock or of Restricted Stock Units shall occur as of the Grant Date determined by the Committee and as provided in an Agreement.  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be awarded either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the limitations on issuance of Common Stock otherwise provided in the Plan, each Participant receiving an Award of Restricted Stock shall be issued a certificate (or other representation of title) in respect of such Restricted Stock.  Such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award as determined by the Committee.  The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a share power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Award.

8.3            Terms and Conditions .  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee, including the following:

(1)            Limitations on Transferability .  The issue prices for Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be set by the Committee and may be zero.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Agreement, during a period set by the Committee (and, in the case of Restricted Stock Units, until the date of delivery of Common Stock), commencing with the date of such Award (the “ Restriction Period ”), the Participant shall not be permitted

1




to sell, assign, margin, transfer, encumber, convey, gift, alienate, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise dispose of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.

(2)            Rights .  Except as provided in Section 8.3(1), the Participant shall have, with respect to the Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company holding the class of Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock, including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends.  A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder but shall, to the extent provided in an Agreement, have the right to receive (with respect to such Restricted Stock Units) cash payments equivalent in value to the cash dividends payable on a like number shares of Common Stock.   Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and subject to the Plan and Code Section 409A, cash dividends on Common Stock that are the subject of the Restricted Stock shall be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock, and dividends on Common Stock that are Restricted Stock payable in Common Stock shall be paid in the form of Restricted Stock.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and subject to the Plan and Code Section 409A, dividend equivalent amounts payable with respect to Restricted Stock Units shall be automatically reinvested in additional Restricted Stock Units.

(3)            Criteria .  Based on service, performance by the Participant or by the Company or the Affiliate, including any division or department for which the Participant is employed or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine, the Committee may provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments and may accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Award and waive the restrictions for all or any part of such Award.

(4)            Forfeiture .  Unless otherwise provided in an Agreement or determined by the Committee, if the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment due to death or Disability during the Restriction Period, the restrictions shall lapse and the Participant shall be fully vested in the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.  Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant's Termination of Employment for any reason during the Restriction Period other than a Termination of Employment due to death or Disability, all shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units still subject to restriction shall be forfeited by the Participant, except the Committee shall have the discretion to waive in whole or in part any or all remaining restrictions with respect to any or all of such Participant's Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(5)            Delivery .  If a share certificate is issued in respect of Restricted Stock, the certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant but shall be held by the Company for the account of the Participant until the end of the Restricted Period.  If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units subject to such Restriction Period, unlegended certificates (or other representation of title) for Common Stock shall be delivered to the Participant at the time and subject to the conditions provided in the Agreement governing such Award.

(6)           Election .  A Participant may elect to further defer receipt of the Restricted Stock or payment of Common Stock with respect to Restricted Stock Units for a specified period or until a specified event, subject to the Committee’s approval and to such terms as are determined by the Committee.  Subject to any exceptions adopted by the Committee, such election must be made one at least (1) year prior to completion of the Restriction Period and in compliance with the terms and conditions of Section 409A of the Code.”

4.  Section 10.1(2) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“(2) The restrictions applicable to any Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall lapse.  Such Restricted Stock shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of the original grant, and such Restricted Stock Units shall become free of all restrictions, fully vested, and payable in shares of Common Stock; and”

2



Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (File Nos. 333-125631, 333-100327, 333-102858, 333-116170, 333-87482, 333-51094, 333-28511, 333-78793, 333-49165, 333-89279, 333-90809, 333-31874, 333-57092 and 333-72200), and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-123737, 333-88938, 33-44867 and 33-89882) of Regis Corporation of our report dated August 29, 2007 relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in the 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

August 29, 2007

 



Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Paul D. Finkelstein certify that:

1.                  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Regis Corporation;

2.                  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.                  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.                  The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

(a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.                  The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s Board of Directors:

(a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

August 29, 2007

/s/ PAUL D. FINKELSTEIN

 

Paul D. Finkelstein,

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 



Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Randy L. Pearce certify that:

1.                  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Regis Corporation;

2.                  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.                  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.                  The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

(a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.                  The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s Board of Directors:

(a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

August 29, 2007

/s/ RANDY L. PEARCE

 

Randy L. Pearce,

 

Senior Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer

 

 



Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Regis Corporation (the Registrant) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Paul D. Finkelstein, Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)           The Annual Report on Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)           The information contained in the Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

August 29, 2007

/s/ PAUL D. FINKELSTEIN

 

Paul D. Finkelstein,

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors,

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 



Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Regis Corporation (the Registrant) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Randy L. Pearce, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of the Registrant, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)           The Annual Report on Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)           The information contained in the Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

August 29, 2007

/s/ RANDY L. PEARCE

 

Randy L. Pearce,

 

Senior Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer